Text

Submittal of Quality Assurance Project Plan, ZS-QA-10
	ML102150351
Person / Time
Site:	Zion File:ZionSolutions icon.png
Issue date:	07/27/2010
From:	Tramm T; ZionSolutions
To:	; Document Control Desk, NRC/FSME
References
	ZS-2010-0199
	Download: ML102150351 (241)
	v • d • e

ZIONSOLuTONa 10 CFR 50.54(a)(3)

ZS-2010-0199 July 27, 2010 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, DC 20555-0001 Zion Nuclear Power Station, Units 1 and 2 Facility Operating License Nos. DPR-39 and DPR-48 NRC Docket Nos. 50-295 and 50-304

Subject:

ZionSolutions LLC Quality Assurance Project Plan, ZS-QA-10

References:

1) Letter from T. S. O'Neill (Exelon Generation Company) and J. Christian (ZionSolutions)to NRC, "Application for License Transfers and Conforming Administrative License Amendments," dated January 25, 2008

2) Letter from P.B Cowan, Exelon Generation Company, LLC and AmerGen Energy Company, LLC, "Submittal of Exelon Generation Company, LLC and AmerGen Energy Company, LLC Quality Assurance Topical Report, NO-AA-10, Revision 84," dated February 5, 2010 In accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.54(a)(3), ZionSolutions, LLC (ZionSolutions) is submitting the ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) for NRC review. This letter satisfies the requirements of 10 CFR 50.54(a)(3) to provide the NRC with information on changes to the quality assurance program which do not reduce commitments in the program description, and therefore, do not require NRC approval prior to implementation.

By order dated May 4, 2009 the NRC has approved the transfer of Facility Operating License Nos. DPR-39 and DPR-48 for Zion Nuclear Power Station Units 1 and 2 (Zion) from Exelon to ZionSolutions. As indicated in the application for this license transfer (Reference 1), ZionSolutions will implement the applicable requirements of the NRC approved Exelon Quality Assurance Topical Report (QATR, Reference 2). The QATR, Appendix A, Section 2.6.1 "Augmented Quality Requirements for Zion Station's Important to Defueled Condition Structures, Systems, Components and Activities" includes provisions for an augmented quality assurance program specific to the defueled condition.

Based on recent improvement in the value of the Zion decommissioning trust fund, ZionSolutions expects the transfer of the Zion operating licenses to occur soon and intends 101 Shiloh Boulevard 9 Zion, IL 60999 224.789.4016

Fax 847.379.2746

July27, 2010 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ...

Page 2 to begin decommissioning activities promptly thereafter. :To assure :appropriate control6 of activities associated :with dry.fuel storage, Zion Solutions has: prepared armajor upgrade.to:

the quality program: document~that incorporates, the prior provisions of, the QATR applicable to Zion Station and also addresses the full requirementsof 10 :CFR 50, Appendix 'B. The upgraded program is now referred; to :as Zion Solutions document ZS-QA-1 0, Zion Station Quality:Assurance, ProjectlPlan .(QAPP) (Enclosure( 1). Enclosure 2 provides a:discussion of the QAPP commitments: to NQA-1l-1993 and describes the additional supporting:::

information which is provided in Enclosures 3 and 4. While .this change :supplements the currently applicable requirements, it results in no reduction in prior comm tments and is therefore submitted in accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.54(a).(3).

ZionSolutions expects to implement the QAPP concurrent with completion of :the transfer of the operating licenses. ...

If you have any questions about this letter, please contact me at (847) 78974042.:

Respectfully, Tom R. Tramm

.Director, Regulatory Affairs & QA Zion Solutions, LLC

Enclosures:

(1) ZionSolutions Quality Assurance.Project Plan,: Rev.11, :dated February:9, 2010

()Summar 'of:Commitments. to NQAA-1 (3) NQA-I:to QAPP Cross-reference Matrix (4) NQA-:1 vs. No0n-programmatic:,ANSI. Standards Tabke. (6).

cc*. Regional Administrator, Region (ll, US NRC

Enclosure 1 ZIONSOLUTIONSUC An~enaSso~on,p, Quality Assurance Project Plan ZS-QA-1 0 ZionSolutions LLC Zion Station Restoration Project Revision 1 February .9,2010 AuthorApproval:

Edward L Martin, Acting Quality Assurance Manager Date RAIQA Approval: omX2 r2-e o -z7)/ 0 0 Tom: R.Tramm, Direc~tor, :RegulatoryAffairs and QA "Date Cororate QA

,Approval:

Richard E, Campbell, EnergySolutionsCorporate Director, QA Date Senior VPeApproval:

ck eio al, VP& enealManagerlrý Date

ZS-QA- 10 Revision 1 Information Use ZIONSOLUTIONS LLC ZION STATION RESTORATION PROJECT STATEMENT OF QUALITY ASSURANCE POLICY This Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) defines the ZionSolutions LLC Quality Assurance Program to be implemented during the Zion Station Restoration and Dry Cask Storage (DCS) Project at the Zion Nuclear Power Station (ZNPS) site. This QAPP is designed to meet the requirements of Title lO of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50 Appendix B, "Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Reprocessing Plants," ANSIIASME NQA-1-1994, Part 71, Subpart H, "Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Waste" and Part 72, Subpart G, "Quality Assurance Requirements for the Independent Storage of Spent Nuclear Fuel, High Level Radioactive Waste, and Reactor-Related Greater Than Class C Waste."

The QAPP incorporates the applicable portions of the current EnergySolutions Quality Assurance Program (QAP) Revision 0, effective date May 31, 2007, and the existing Exelon Quality Assurance Topical Report (QATR) Revision 81, Appendix A, Section 2.6, Augmented Quality requirements for Zion Station. Augmented Quality requirements are' addressed in the appropriate subsections of Section 4.0, Quality Assurance .

Requirements, and are implemented in a graded approach.

Implementation of the QAPP will include initial training to ensure employees are aware of their personal responsibility to consistently deliver quality products and services that meet regulatory, and industry requirements while ensuring the health and safety of their fellow workers, the public, and the environment, This QAPP applies to all activities associated with the design, fabrication, installation, and operation of an Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI), safe storage of spent nuclear fuel, and all related plant modifications and other site activities as designated by the General Manager. Design and fabrication of the Dry Fuel Storage System (DFSS) portion of the DCS project will not be performed under this QAPP; however, selection, qualification, and performance-based overview of the selected DFSS designer and DFSS fabrication will be conducted in accordance with this QAPP.

J: Presild nt, ZionSalti!ons LLC ;. :::: ::: :

,,ý.ýE -F.cuive O ffice r, Z ionS o lutio nis LLC . :i*::i . -*i : :;:::.!: ii 2

ZS-QA- 10 Revision 1 Information Use TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No.

1.0 INTRODUCTION

5 1.1 Project Quality Assurance Program 5 1.2 Scope 7 2.0 QUALITY RESPONSIBILITIES 8 2.1 Senior Vice President & General Manager 8 2.2 Senior Vice President & Gen Mgr, Comm'l Services Operations 8 2.3 Management Team 8 2.4 Director Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance 9 2.5 Quality Assurance Manager 9 2.6 Human Resources/Training/labor Relations Manager 9 2.7 ZionSolutions Project Review and Advisory Board 10 2.8 Quality Assurance Personnel 10 2.9 Support Personnel 10 2.10 Supplier/Subcontractor Project Managers 10 2.11 Supplier/Subcontractor Quality Assurance Managers 10 3.0 CLASSIFICATION OF PROJECT TASKS 11 Table 3.1 - ZionSolutions Quality Classification Category Descriptions 12 4.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 13 4.1 Organization 13 4.2 QA Program 13 4.3 Design Control 17 4.4 Procurement Document Control 22 4.5 Instructions, Procedures and Drawings 23 4.6 Document Control 23 4.7 Control of Purchased Material, Equipment and Services 24 4.8 Identification and Control of Materials, Parts and Components 28 4.9 Control of Special Processes 29 4.10 Inspection 30 4.11 Test Control 31 4.12 Control of Measuring and Test Equipment 33 4.13 Handling, Storage and Shipping 34 4.14 Inspection, Test, and Operating Status 35 4.15 Nonconforming Materials, Parts or Components 35 4.16, Corrective Action 36 4.17 Quality Assurance Records 37 4.18 Audits 41 3

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No.

5.0 QUALITY MONITORING 44 6.0 ZIONSOLUTIONS QUALITY COUNCIL 44

7.0 REFERENCES

45 FIGURES Figure 1 ZionSolutions Restoration and DSC Organization Chart 46 APPENDICES Appendix A List of Acronyms 47

.4

ZS-QA- 10 Revision 1 Information Use 1.0 Introduction The Zion Nuclear Power Station (ZNPS) located in Zion, Illinois is currently being maintained in a SAFSTOR condition by its owner, Exelon Corporation. The Exelon Quality Assurance Topical Report (QATR) is designed to meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix B, and ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1 994, and reflects the direction of applicable regulatory guides and industry standards thereby assuring that the health and safety of the public is not caused undue risk.

EnergySolutions has entered into an agreement with Exelon under which ZionSolutions, a wholly-owned subsidiary of EnergySolutions, assumes ownership of the facility, takes possession of the licenses, and undertakes decommissioning activities, to be conducted by EnergySolutions and affiliated companies.

The nuclear fuel stored in the Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) will be placed in Dry Cask Storage (DCS) casks and stored in an ISFSI, a secured storage pad on the ZNPS site. In addition, greater than Class C (GTCC) waste also will be stored at the ISFSI location.

This Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) defines the methodology that the ZionSolutions Project Team will utilize to meet the quality assurance requirements of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1994, 10 CFR 71 Subpart H, and 10 CFR 72 Subpart G as applicable to these tasks.

1.1 Project Quality Assurance Program This QAPP defines the Quality Assurance (QA) program requirements applicable to the ZionSolutions restoration and DCS project including activities such as: existing plant operations, licensing, site design, procurement, vendor selection, fabrication, shipping, receiving, storing, cleaning, erecting, site installation, inspecting, testing, cask loading, cask sealing, cask handling, preparation for an ISFSI operation, waste handling, packaging and transportation, and associated plant modification activities. The QAPP also may be utilized for other site activities as designated by the General Manager.

Quality Assurance, as defined herein, encompasses all those planned and systematic actions related to the control of the physical characteristics and quality of the material or components to predetermined requirements necessary to provide adequate confidence that a component, structure, or system will perform satisfactorily in service. Quality is recognized as an interdisciplinary function and not the sole responsibility of the Quality Assurance Department. The QAPP utilizes the existing 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, NRC approved, Exelon QATR as the initial basis of the program. In addition, the QAPP incorporates the EnergySolutions NRC approved 10 CFR 71 Subpart H QAP requirements.

QA programmatic requirements within this QAPP are based on, and meet, all applicable quality assurance requirements stipulated in 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, 10 CFR 71 Subpart H, and 10 CFR 72 Subpart G. In addition, the applicable requirements of 5

ZS-QA- 10 Revision 1 Information Use ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1994 Basic Requirements have been incorporated. It should be noted that the EnergySolutions QAP commits to the requirements of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, 10CFR71 Subpart H, 10CFR72 Subpart G, and ANSI/ASME NQA-1.

The project's quality program as defined in this QAPP primarily consists of the current Exelon QATR, EnergySolutions QAP, and applicable existing ZNPS and ZionSolutions' implementing procedures and instructions. Additionally, project unique procedures and processes, and Subcontractor QA programs define various aspects of the quality program controls that are applicable to the DCS project and other site activities as designated by the General Manager, and supplement this QAPP. The project unique procedures and process documents address applicable elements of ASME NQA-1-1994 Supplementary Requirements.

Supplier and subcontractor quality activities associated with the DCS will be performed in accordance with a QA program that meets the requirements of this QAPP as specified in written ZionSolutions contract documents. Activities will not be subcontracted without documented permission of the ZionSolutions Senior Vice President & General Manager (GM) and ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Manager (QAM). Suppliers and subcontractors will perform their activities in accordance with their QA programs, procedures, and specific project procedures, which shall be reviewed and accepted by ZionSolutions QA prior to use. Subsequent to ZionSolutions acceptance, all major changes to supplier and subcontractor programs, procedures, instructions and processes applicable to the project shall be reviewed and accepted by ZionSolutions prior to use.

The Zion Restoration and DCS project includes activities that temporarily maintain existing SSCs in operation, decommissioning of SSCs that are no longer required, design and construction of an ISFSI and transferring fuel from the existing SFP to the ISFSI, and releasing the remainder of the site for unrestricted use. The QAPP is written to invoke the quality assurance requirements that apply to these activities based on their function and importance to safety. As such, varying degrees of QA criteria are applied.

6

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 1.2 Scope This QAPP applies to project activities performed by the ZionSolutions project team and its suppliers and subcontractors for the duration of the DCS project activities associated with the operation and decommissioning of SSCs classified as Important to Defueled Condition (ITDC), and other site activities as designated by the GM. The DCS portion of the project is defined as beginning with the project conceptual design including ZNPS modifications required to accommodate the DFSS and continuing through the final placement of the last DFSS canister on the ISFSI pad and ending with the completion of the clean-out of the fuel pool. Operation of the ISFSI will be performed under this QAPP. The Restoration portion of the project includes activities that release the site for unrestricted use except for the ISFSI.

A Graded Approach To Quality shall be applied to the DCS project activities and other selected site activities as designated by the GM and will be defined through classification of tasks delineated in Section 3.0.

The Graded Approach to Quality involves both technical and quality oversight requirements for project activities, including subcontractors, and typically consists of a balanced review of technical and quality capabilities with a focus on technical acceptability of the activity, product and service.

The Augmented Quality requirements that were established by Exelon for existing SSC's designated as ITDC will continue to be applied in a graded approach as defined in the applicable subsections of Section 4.0, Quality Assurance Requirements.

See Section 3.0 for project task classification, Section 4.0 for QA requirements and Section 5.0 for QA oversight.

7

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 2.0 QUALITY RESPONSIBILITIES This section defines the responsibilities of key project members accountable for implementation of the QAPP. Functions and actions can be delegated; however, the responsibility remains with the designated individual. Implementation and management oversight of the QAPP is the responsibility of the following key individuals:

Note: Minor variations may occur between the titles contained herein and those used in practice. Specific position descriptions may be contained in other approved company documents. Certain functions may be named differently within the EnergySolutions and ZionSolutions organizations.

2.1 Senior Vice President & General Manager (GM)

This project executive provides direct oversight of the project, and other selected tasks, to ensure the project is properly planned, staffed and executed. The General Manager has periodic meetings with the management team to review plans and progress and to address stakeholder, quality, and project management issues. The GM delegates to the Management Team the day-to-day responsibilities for the DCS project, plant operation and decommissioning such as, but not limited to, safe conduct of work, procedure reviews, test and experiment reviews, personnel qualification, and other selected tasks.

2.2 Senior Vice President & General Manager, Commercial Services Operations (SVP)

This executive manages the operation of all EnergySolutions projects at commercial facilities. He reports directly to the President of ZionSolutions. The SVP assures that the ZionSolutions project receives timely and effective support from EnergySolutions corporate groups. He meets periodically with the General Manager and other key managers to review plans and progress and to address project management and quality issues.

2.3 Management Team The Management Team consist of those VP's, Directors and Managers who are the senior person in each department/functional area. They report directly to the GM on all DCS project, plant operations and decommissioning activities and are responsible for the implementation of the QAPP for the duration of the project and other site activities as designated by the General Manager. Management Team members have full authority and accountability for successful project planning and execution, including effective implementation of this QAPP. They are responsible for assuring that project personnel are properly indoctrinated, trained, and qualified to all applicable project quality and technical requirements. They also are responsible for satisfactory resolution of nonconforming conditions and effective implementation of corrective action commitments. They are responsible for contract management and 8

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use development of contract deliverables in accordance with quality requirements defined in this QAPP. They are also responsible for ensuring that applicable project quality and technical requirements are transmitted to, addressed by, and acceptably implemented by the project's Subcontractors.

2.4 Director Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance (DRA/QA)

The DRA/QA reports directly to the GM on licensing and quality assurance issues.

The DRA/QA is responsible for the day-to-day licensing activities, interfaces with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and Exelon, and is the Single Point of Contact for licensing and regulatory matters and concerns. The DRA/QA has management overview responsibility for quality assurance requirements and staffing. The Director is a member of the ZionSolutions Quality Council and, in the absence of the Quality Assurance Manager, chairs the Council.

2.5 Quality Assurance Manager (QAM)

The QAM reports to the DRA/QA, and has access to the GM and EnergySolutions Corporate Director, QA for quality matters. The QAM also has a functional relationship with the Management Team Members and Project Support Personnel (PSP). The QAM is responsible for establishing and maintaining the QAPP, monitoring the project's quality objectives through overview activities, and providing feedback to management on the effectiveness of the QAPP. The QAM evaluates, accepts, and performs oversight of supplier and subcontractor Quality Assurance programs.

The QAM formulates and assures execution of overview/acceptance plan for suppliers and subcontractors that lack acceptable Quality Assurance programs to ensure their full compliance with applicable requirements of this QAPP. The QAM is the custodian of this QAPP and, as such, is responsible for initiating necessary changes and revisions and obtaining necessary reviews and approvals of technical changes. The QAM and the Training Manager, with assistance from Quality Assurance personnel, provide orientation and training on applicable quality requirements to the project team. The QAM also is responsible for identification and execution of quality HOLD points, QC inspections, and QA/QC personnel qualification. The QAM chairs the ZionSolutions Quality Council and periodically provides reports on project quality activities to the GM, DRA/QA, and the management team.

2.6 Human Resources/Training/Labor Relations Manager (HRTLRM)

The HRTLRM reports directly to the GM in a number of capacities. For purposes of this QAPP, the Manager is responsible for overview and management of the project training program. The Manager shall periodically evaluate and report the status of the training program and effectiveness of the training process to the GM.

9

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 2.7 ZionSolutions Project Review and Advisory Board (PRAB)

The Project Review and Advisory Board provides independent oversight of the project to ensure compliance with licenses and regulations and to provide guidance on where improvements are needed and how they can be made. The PRAB has access to audit and management assessment reports and provides feedback to the GM and input to the Quality Council. The PRAB reports to the President, ZionSolutions.

2.8 Quality Assurance Personnel The QA personnel report directly to the QAM and have a functional relation with management and support personnel. The QA personnel perform project overview activities such as oversight, auditing, and inspecting to verify that activities affecting the functions that are important to safety have been correctly performed. In addition, they support the supplier and subcontractor Quality Program evaluation process.

2.9 Support Personnel (SP)

The Project Team consists of a number of support personnel that are responsible for performing their activities in accordance with this QAPP. Support personnel activities include, but are not limited to, safety, ALARA/RP, engineering, licensing, operations, security, maintenance, document control/records, fire protection, reactor engineering, emergency planning, training, and procurement.

2.10 Supplier/Subcontractor Project Managers Supplier/Subcontractor Project Managers are responsible for assuring their personnel are properly indoctrinated, trained, and qualified to all applicable project and Subcontractor quality program requirements. They are also responsible for assuring acceptable implementation of technical and quality requirements, and for ensuring when nonconforming conditions are identified, they are satisfactorily resolved.

2.11 Supplier/Subcontractor Quality Assurance Managers The Managers are responsible for assuring their quality program and procedures are effectively implemented in accordance with the Supplier's QA program (reviewed "

and accepted by ZionSolutions) and this QAPP. Each Manager is responsible for providing proposed Quality Assurance program revisions to the QAM for review and acceptance prior to implementation on the DCS project. Each Quality Assurance Manager of major suppliers/subcontractors may be a member of the Quality Council as determined by the GM and QAM.

10

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 3.0 CLASSIFICATION OF PROJECT TASKS The DCS project involves activities that include design, procurement, fabrication, construction, assembly, inspection, testing, repair, modification, and data collection that are subject to 10 CFR 50, 10 CFR 71, and/or 10 CFR 72 regulatory requirements. The Quality Assurance requirements of these activities are classified based on their function and importance to safety, and are described in Section 4.

The extent of the quality assurance criteria applicable to tasks associated with the Systems, Structures and Components (SSCs) will, as a minimum, be based on their quality classification. The level of quality rigor applicable to a task is directly proportional to the task's importance to safety. The quality classification dictates-the quality requirements and overview applicable to a task.

Assignment of quality classification is a two-step process consisting of:

(i) Determination of EITHER important to safety OR not important to safety, and (ii) Categorization of SSCs determined to be important to safety.

DCS SSCs are classified as Important to Safety or Not-Important to Safety based on their function and the definition of Important to Safety provided in Table 3.1, "DCS Quality Assurance Classification Category Descriptions." Guidance provided in NUREG-1536, NUREG-1567, and, NUREG-1617 Standard Review Plans also is utilized when making the determination of task classifications.

Importance to Safety relates to the basic ISFSI nuclear safety criteria, as follows:

Maintain subcriticality

Maintain confinement

" Ensure that radiation dose rates and doses for workers and public do not exceed acceptable levels (and remain ALARA)

" Maintain retrievability of the fuel by normal means

Heat removal (as necessary to meet the above criteria)

Once a SSC is determined to be Important To Safety it is further categorized into one of three quality assurance classification categories (A, B, or C) based on the descriptions given in Table 3.1. The ISFSI quality assurance classification categories given in Table 3.1 are consistent with the NRC guidance given in NUREG/CR-6407 and Regulatory Guide 7.10.

11

ZS-QA-1 0 Revision 1 Information Use Table 3.1 - DCS Quality Classification Category Descriptions Any structure, system or component whose failure could directly result in a condition adversely affecting public CRITICAL health and safety. The failure of a single item could cause A TO SAFE loss of primary containment leading to release of OPERATION radioactive material, loss of shielding, or unsafe geometry compromising criticality control.

Any structure, system or component whose failure or malfunction could indirectly result in a condition adversely B SAFETY affecting public health and safety. The failure of a category B item, in conjunction with a failure of an additional item, could result in an unsafe condition.

Any structure, system or component whose failure or MINOR IMPACT ON malfunction would not significantly reduce the packaging SAFETY effectiveness and would not be likely to create a situation adversely affecting public health and safety.

Any structure, system or component whose failure or NITS Not Important To malfunction would not reduce the packaging effectiveness Safety or would not create a situation adversely affecting public health or safety.

12

ZS-QA- 10 Revision 1 Information Use 4.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS Quality procedures, instructions, processes, and systems will be utilized to manage, supervise and perform work for the duration of the Zion Restoration and DCS project.

The approach to achieving effective quality assurance and control throughout the project involves the effective execution of this QAPP, the DFSS Designer, the Design Authority, and other supplier/subcontractor quality programs and associated procedures, instructions, processes, and systems. A Design Authority (DA) is a selected Architect-Engineering firm, crane designer, or the selected Dry Cask Storage System (DCSS) Designer for the DCS project. Each is the Design Authority within its assigned scope of responsibility.

4.1 Organization The Zion Restoration and DCS Project organization, authority, duties, responsibilities, and interface requirements are addressed in QAPP Section 2.0, Quality Responsibilities. These activities include performing activities affecting the functions of structures, systems, and components which are important to safety, those associated with attaining quality objectives, and the QA functions. The primary Zion Restoration and DCS Project organizations are ZionSolutions, EnergySolutions, DFSS Designer, DFSS Prime Fabricator(s), and Design Authorities.

The QAM position shall be responsible for verifying the proper establishment and effective execution of the QAPP and shall have no assigned responsibilities that would preclude appropriate attention to Quality Assurance matters.

Quality Assurance staff shall have sufficient independence from cost and schedule considerations and shall have the access to work areas and organizational freedom to effectively identify quality problems, initiate, recommend or provide solution to quality problems through designated channels, verify implementation of solutions; and assure that further processing, delivery, installation, and use are controlled until proper disposition of a nonconformance, deficiency, or unsatisfactory condition has occurred.

The QAM has the authority to stop work when significant conditions adverse to quality warrant such action.

In the case where differences of opinion involving the QAPP requirements exist, they shall be brought to the attention of the GM for resolution. If necessary, the QAM also has the ability to elevate the item to the Corporate Director, QA for resolution.

The responsibility for achieving and maintaining quality resides with those performing the work. Personnel or organizations not directly responsible for performance of the work can verify quality achievement of that work.

13

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 4.2 QA Program The ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) consists of those planned and systematic actions necessary to assure that activities will be conducted in a satisfactory manner and that equipment and material will perform satisfactorily in service. The system is based on the concept that work performance is a process that can be planned, executed, assessed, and improved. Management is responsible for these ongoing activities. Since all work is accomplished using people, equipment, and procedures as directed by management, management is responsible for fostering an attitude of support and encouraging personnel to complete their work in a quality manner. All employees are responsible for identifying non-compliant work or areas for improvement. Management is responsible for identifying (both internal and external) project needs and expectations. Meeting these needs and expectations is a measure of quality and success.

4.2.1 QAPP Application Procedures describe how ZionSolutions implements the requirements of the QAPP. These procedures document methods for planning, reviewing, implementing, controlling, and verifying activities affecting quality.

The QAPP shall apply to all activities that are important-to-safety or DCS operations and require compliance with applicable sections of the documents listed below:

- 10CFR50, Appendix B

10CFR71, Subpart H

10CFR72, Subpart G

ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1994 The applicability of the QAPP takes into consideration the regulatory requirements for important-to-safety and DCS operations items and activities, as well as their complexity and impact on safety, the need for special controls, demonstration of compliance through inspection and test, and the degree of standardization of the item. The requirements of the QAPP are implemented using a graded approach allowing control over items and activities to be commensurate with their importance and level of risk and are not reductions in quality requirements. Measures are established for identifying the components, systems, and structures to be covered by the QAPP. During the planning of an activity or design of an item the QAPP requirements will be implemented through procedures.

14

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 4.2.2 Quality Achievement, Management, and Verification The achievement of quality is the responsibility of all employees and is led by management. The QAPP provides for a systematic approach at various levels for oversight and assessment to assure the adequacy and effectiveness of implementation of the QAPP and implementing procedures. A tiered approach to verification and assessment includes self-checking by the individuals performing the work, supervision and oversight by management, independent inspection, and surveillance and verification to confirm adequacy and effectiveness of results. Managers are required to assess the effectiveness of their own operations and implementation of their portion of the QAPP. QA personnel perform independent audits, surveillances, and inspections to verify the effectiveness of the QAPP.

The management team provides systematic planning to establish the scope of work, analyze hazards, and confirm the appropriateness of methods to be used and controls to be applied. Work performed is then monitored to confirm performance within the established controls and to provide feedback to achieve continuous improvement as an integral process of assuring effectiveness of the quality and safety systems.

The management team members within each group periodically perform effectiveness reviews of activities that affect quality, safety, and regulatory requirements. The management team is comprised of representatives from Engineering, Operations, Quality Assurance, Safety, Radiation Safety, and other areas as needed.

On an annual basis, the Director, Regulatory Affairs and QA, will provide the GM an assessment on the effectiveness of the QAPP. This assessment is based on the performance and review of audits, independent assessments, inspections, surveillances, and trending.

4.2.3 Personnel Qualification and Certification 4.2.3.1 Training and Indoctrination The requirements and responsibilities established for the project Team ensure that management assess their organizations' training needs and assure that all personnel performing activities affecting quality are indoctrinated, trained, and qualified according to their level of responsibility and assigned functions.

This includes training on appropriate procedures, processes and policies and any special skill training required for the performance of job activities. Qualification is completed prior to 15

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use performing work, unless qualification is based upon demonstration of job skills under the supervision of a qualified person. The extent of such training is commensurate with the scope, nature, and complexity of the activity, as well as the education, experience, and abilities of the individual. Training scopes, objectives, and methods of implementation are included in approved procedures.

All activities affecting quality are accomplished under suitably controlled conditions. Controlled conditions include the use of appropriate equipment, suitable environmental conditions for accomplishing the activity, and assurance that prerequisites for the given activity have been satisfied. Management provides for any special control, processes, test equipment, tools, and skills to attain the required quality and for verification of quality.

Indoctrination and training are conducted as necessary to assure suitable proficiency is achieved and maintained. Project personnel shall be trained in the applicable procedures and project-specific documents..

The QAM shall monitor suppliers/subcontractors, as necessary, for implementation of these requirements.

4.2.3.2 Inspection and Test Personnel Inspection and test personnel have experience commensurate with the scope of work and the complexity of the activity and are selected and trained in accordance with approved procedures.

The job performance of inspection and test personnel is reevaluated at periodic intervals not to exceed three (3) years.

Certification or qualifications that are revoked for deficient job performance will result in the reevaluation of items inspected or tested by the individual.

Personnel performing nondestructive examinations are qualified in accordance with the American Society of Nondestructive Testing recommended practice, or as otherwise commensurate with the NDE requirements.

Certification documentation shall be maintained in accordance with approved procedures.

16

ZS-QA-1 0 Revision 1 Information Use 4.2.3.3 Lead Auditors and Inspectors Quality Assurance (QA) Lead Auditors are qualified and certified by ZionSolutions or by approved suppliers. Lead Auditors are qualified in accordance with established procedures, and records are maintained. Training methods, minimum experience requirements, and certification practices are in accordance with NQA-1, Supplement 2S-3, 1994. Proficiency evaluations are performed annually and documented for individuals performing audit activities and appropriate certification renewal or re-qualification actions are taken.

Personnel performing inspection activities are qualified and certified in accordance with established procedures that comply with ANSI N45.2.6, 1978 or NQA-1, Supplement 2S-1, 1994.

Auditor and Inspector certification documentation shall be maintained in accordance with approved procedures.

4.3 Design Control Design Control procedures ensure that the design meets applicable regulatory requirements, and that design activities are carried out in a planned and controlled manner. Procedures describe responsibilities for design interface, control, verification, and change. Approved procedures govern translation of applicable project and regulatory requirements and design bases into design, procurement, and procedural documents, as Well as controlling the design documents and design document distribution.

ITDC Design Control requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

Design controls shall be applied to: criticality physics, radiation shielding, stress, thermal, hydraulic, accident analysis, compatibility of materials, accessibility for in-service inspection, maintenance and repair, features to facilitate decontamination, and delineation of acceptance criteria for inspections and tests.

4.3.1 Design Input The engineering organization is responsible for identifying and documenting design input. Design inputs include:

Design basis;

Performance requirements; Regulatory requirements; 17

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use

Equipment specifications;

Industry codes and standards; and

Technical requirements.

The input used in each design is documented, reviewed, and approved in a timely manner by the responsible design organization. Documented design inputs provide the necessary level of detail to ensure the design activity can be carried out correctly and provides a consistent basis for making decisions, accomplishing design verification, and for evaluating changes. Changes from approved design inputs, including the reason for the changes, are documented, approved, and controlled.

Design inputs including appropriate quality standards shall be specified in a timely basis and translated into applicable design documents.

Deviations from the quality standards shall be controlled. Design measures shall include review for suitability of application for materials, parts, equipment and processes that are important to safety.

4.3.2 Design Process ZionSolutions describes and controls the design process through approved procedures. Appropriate design documents are developed to support the design, construction/manufacture, and operation. Quality standards are identified, documented, and approved by cognizant personnel. In addition, measures are established for selection and review for suitability of application of materials, parts, equipment, and processes.

Design activities result in design output documents that meet the design input requirements. Design documents contain the identification of assemblies and/or components that are part of the item being designed.

These measures include provisions to assure quality standards are specified and included in design documents. Any deviations from these standards are documented, reviewed, and approved.

4.3.3 Design Analysis Design analysis is performed and documented in accordance with approved procedures. Design analysis reports provide the following details as applicable:

The objective of the analysis;

Design inputs and their sources;

Literature research and background data; 18

ZS-QA-1 0 Revision 1 Information Use

Assumptions and designation of those that must be verified as design proceeds;

Calculation methodology and calculations; a Summary of results and compliance with requirements;

Identification of computer calculations, including computer hardware and software; and

Review and approval as specified in engineering procedures.

The Project team shall develop a standardized approach for the project to initiate, perform, document, check, approve, revise, and retain engineering calculations. This process will be utilized by project personnel performing design calculation activities including internal design review, validation, and verification activities on design information and design products produced.

4.3.4 Design Verification Design verification is performed to ensure that appropriate requirements and project needs are translated to the design documents. Design verification is performed in accordance with approved procedures that define responsibilities, methods, and documentation requirements.

Independent personnel who have qualifications equal to those of the original design personnel perform design verification. This could include an engineering supervisor who initiated the design provided he/she did not specify a singular design approach or rule out certain design considerations. No individual is ever the verifier for his/her own work or input.

Design verification methods include, but are not limited to, formal design reviews, alternative calculations, and qualification testing. The level of design verification applied complies with identified requirements.

Design verification is usually performed and discrepancy resolution is complete prior to the release of the design output document for production uses or process implementation. An exception would be cases where insufficient data exists to finalize the design at a point in the project where material procurement or preliminary facility construction must begin. In such cases, unverified portions of the design are identified and controlled.

Final design verification is completed prior to reliance on the item or process to perform its function. Engineering Management shall document completion of design verification.

19

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use The design documents and records that provide evidence that a design analysis was accomplished in accordance with this QAPP shall be accumulated, maintained, and stored at the site for the duration of the project.

4.3.5 Design Review Management is responsible for ensuring design reviews are performed at appropriate phases of the design process. Design review performance requirements, methods, and responsibilities are included in approved procedures.

The design is evaluated for the adequacy of the incorporated design inputs and the design methods used. Responsibilities for action items are assigned, verified completed, and the results are incorporated into the final design.

Individuals or multi-disciplined design review teams perform independent reviews on important-to-safety and DCS operations items. These reviews are performed by competent personnel and address the following as applicable:

Design input selection;

Design output compared to design input and verification requirements from interfacing organizations;

Design methods;

Design inputs correctly incorporated into the design;

Adequately described, reasonable, and identified assumptions; and

Assignment of quality levels.

QA may review design drawings, specifications, calculations, and procurement documents via a performance-based overview process (generally not as an in-line review responsibility).

4.3.6 Alternative Calculation The requirements for verification by alternative calculations are described in procedures that include the review of appropriateness of assumptions, input data, and computer program or other calculation methods used.

20

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 4.3.7 Qualification Tests Qualification testing (synonymous with design validation) provides the assurance that products conform to defined user needs and requirements.

Qualification tests of important-to-safety and DCS operations items validate and demonstrate the adequacy of performance under conditions that simulate the most severe design conditions in accordance with written test procedures and test specifications. Test specifications are reviewed and approved by the responsible engineering organization. The engineering group responsible for the design approves results of the qualification tests. For tests performed on models or mockups, scaling laws are established and verified. Test results obtained for model or mockup test work are subject to error analysis, where applicable, prior to use in final design work. Information regarding verification that is incomplete, including incomplete qualification tests, is available prior to installation of equipment.

4.3.8 Design Changes Changes to final design, field changes, and modifications are justified and subject to design control measures commensurate with those applied to the original design. These measures shall include assurance that the design analyses for the items are still valid. Where changes to previously verified designs have been made, the initial design verification shall be reviewed for the impact of the changes to the original design and the need for any supplementary design verification shall be determined. Changes are approved by the same, or equivalent, group organization responsible for review and approval of the original design documents.

4.3.9 Interface Control Formal design interfaces are established when multiple organizations (internal or external) participate in the design process. Procedures are written that establish and document responsibility and authority for transmittal, review, approval, release, distribution, and revision of design inputs and design output documents. Transmittals shall indicate the status of design information or of documentation submitted, including any incomplete items that require further actions.

4.3.10 Computer Programs Computer programs (whether generated, transferred, or purchased) used to calculate or develop important-to-safety and DCS operations data shall be subjected to documented verifications or validations, including evaluation of program changes. Computer programs may be used for 21

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use design analysis without individual verification of the program for each application provided:

0 The computer program has been verified to show that it produces correct solutions for the encoded mathematical model within defined limits for each parameter employed; and

The encoded mathematical model has been shown to produce a valid solution to the physical problem associated with the particular application.

4.4 Procurement Document Control Controls for procured items and services are established in approved programs and procedures. These programs and procedures require the technical, quality, regulatory, and administrative requirements applicable to the procurement to be specified in procurement documents. To the extent necessary, procurement documents require suppliers to adequately implement a quality program consistent with the type and use of the item or service being purchased.

ITDC Procurement Document Control requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

Management is responsible for supplying personnel to perform the procurement process and ensuring that project-specific requirements for procurement documents are documented.

Procurement documents generated under the controls of this section involve project contracts placed with supplier/subcontractor team members or other supplier/subcontractors performing specific DCS tasks, and other tasks designated by the GM.

4.4.1 Content of the Procurement Document Procurement documents shall include the following as applicable: the scope of work; technical and regulatory requirements; quality criteria for items and services; quality requirements for suppliers and sub-tier suppliers; documentation requirements; quality record maintenance and retention; right of access for audit or inspection; requirements for reporting and approving supplier generated nonconformance's; and identification of spare and replacement parts.

22

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 4.4.2 Procurement Document Review Technical, safety, and quality personnel who have an understanding of the requirements and intent of the procurement, shall review the procurement documents. Procurement documents are reviewed, approved, and documented prior to award.

QA shall review all Important to Safety (ITS) procurements for the appropriate Quality Assurance requirements prior to issuance.

4.4.3 Procurement Document Changes Changes to procurement documents receive the same level of review and approval as the original.

4.5 Instructions, Procedures and Drawings Management is responsible for ensuring that important-to-safety and DCS operations activities are described in instructions, procedures, or drawings, which are prepared and approved prior to commencing activities. All project personnel are responsible to perform their activities in accordance with the requirements of these documents. These documents include appropriate quantitative and qualitative acceptance criteria to verify that the activity has been satisfactorily accomplished.

ITDC instructions, procedures and drawings requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

Management is responsible for maintaining these documents current to reflect actual work practice. Instructions, procedures, work instructions and drawings are prepared, reviewed, issued, and controlled in accordance with approved procedures.

Procedures shall be reviewed periodically for adequacy and effectiveness.

4.6 Document Control Documents that prescribe or affect quality are controlled to ensure that the proper revisions are used. Controlled documents include documentation for important-to-safety and DCS operations activities such as procedures, work instructions, and drawings.

ITDC Document Control requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

The Document Control System ensures that all documents are properly identified, distributed, and retained as specified in approved procedures.

23

ZS-QA-1 0 Revision 1 Information Use Documents are reviewed for adequacy and approved for release by authorized personnel prior to issuance. Documents are issued to and used at the location where the activity is performed as specified in project procedures. Document changes are reviewed and approved in accordance with project procedures.

Project documents, including changes, shall be identified, prepared, reviewed, approved, maintained, revised, and controlled in accordance with the requirements of this QAPP.

Documents will be controlled based upon their revision date and specific project distribution lists. Management is responsible for assigning personnel to originate and process project documents, for review and approval, and assure that correct documents are being used.

4.6.1 Document Preparation, Review, Approval, and Issuance Management is responsible for identifying documents to be controlled and for their distribution. Controls are established in approved procedures that define responsibility, authority, issue, use, and revision of controlled documents. Management ensures that documents are reviewed for adequacy, completeness, and correctness prior to issue.

4.6.2 Document Changes Document changes are reviewed and approved in accordance with project procedures. Minor changes such as inconsequential editorial corrections do not require the same review cycle as the original document. Approved procedures define the types of changes considered minor and the persons who are permitted to make these changes.

4.7 Control of Purchased Materials, Equipment and Services ZionSolutions procurement controls establish measures to ensure those procured items and services for important-to-safety and DCS operations applications are clearly and adequately specified in procurement documents.

Items and services are provided by suppliers and subcontractors who are capable of producing items and furnishing services that conform to procurement document requirements. These procurement methods are controlled by procedures for supplier evaluation, review of procurement requirements, and audit/surveillance of supplier's facilities.

ITDC Control of Purchased Items and Services requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

Commercial -grade items may be procured and dedicated for important-to-safety and DCS operations applications. Qualified project personnel shall identify the 24

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use critical characteristics and the method(s) (e.g., special tests and inspections, commercial supplier survey, source verification, and/or acceptable supplier/item performance record) to be used to dedicate commercial grade items. Dedication of commercial grade items shall be accomplished in accordance with approved procedures.

4.7.1 Supplier Evaluation Project technical, procurement, and QA personnel participate, as appropriate, in evaluation of potential procurement sources performed by EnergySolutions' Corporate Quality Assurance Department or ZionSolutions QA staff. ZionSolutions' QA Department shall perform a third party review of EnergySolutions' audits to ensure they are acceptable to ZionSolutions'. ZionSolutions' recommendations of procurement sources are based on these evaluations. Results of supplier evaluations performed prior to contract award are documented and retained. The evaluations cover review of capabilities and facilities for technical, manufacturing, and quality performance, and include any or all of the following, as appropriate:

Historical performance data, particularly in product quality and delivery.

Review of supplier's QA Program, including current quality records.

" Inspections, audits, or surveillances to verify supplier's QA Program implementation.

Source qualification programs.

Supplier evaluations include elements of the QA Program applicable to the purchased item or services.

Engineering and QA will identify supplier qualification requirements and documentation in accordance with procedures.

4.7.2 Procurement Requirements Requirements to be met by the supplier are detailed in the procurement documents, which may include procurement specifications. Procurement specifications detail the supplier QA requirements such as inspection reports, provisions for inspection, equipment calibration prior to use, and provisions for inspection after component repair. The procurement specification also may require the supplier to submit the following for ZionSolutions's review:

25

ZS-QA-1 0 Revision 1 Information Use

Special process procedures for performing welding, heat treatment, and nondestructive examination.

Recommended inspection point program.

Appropriate documentation as required by applicable codes, standards, and procurement documents.

Notices of nonconformance and their disposition.

Test procedures in accordance with applicable codes and standards.

4.7.3 Supplier Surveillance QA is responsible for conducting and documenting supplier surveillance activities. Surveillance activities may include:

Witnessing tests, inspections, nondestructive examinations, and various special process operations.

Monitoring heat treatment, welding, cleaning, preserving, and packaging activities.

QA also is responsible for verifying supplier conformance with established procedures such as:

Use of ZionSolutions accepted drawings and procedures.

Document change control.

Material identification and traceability control.

Control of repairs.

" Control and calibration of measuring and test equipment.

Documentation packages for purchased items, if required, are reviewed by QA or their qualified designee prior to release of the items for use. This documentation may include material test reports, inspection and test reports, NDE reports, and applicable code data reports.

4.7.4 Receiving Inspection Receiving inspection shall be performed for purchased items that are important-to-safety or DCS operations related (including spare or replacement parts) to ensure that:

26

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use

Items are properly identified and correspond to the receiving documentation.

" Inspection records and certificates of conformance attesting to the acceptance of the items are available.

" Items accepted and released are identified as to their inspection status prior to forwarding them to a controlled storage area or releasing them for installation or further work.

Physical attributes comply with specified requirements.

Records of such inspections and documentary evidence that material, equipment, and services conform to procurement specifications and documents shall be retained or be available prior to installation or use of the item, material, equipment or service, for the life of the package, and for the life of the ISFSI as applicable. Nonconforming conditions or discrepancies identified during a receipt inspection shall be documented

on Condition Report (CR). ZS will keep all fuel records and ISFSI component records and turn them over to Exelon upon transfer of the 10CFR50 licenses.

4.7.5 Post Installation Testing When used, post installation test requirements and acceptance criteria shall be established with input from the supplier, if appropriate.

4.7.6 Vendor Evaluation A documented evaluation is required annually for suppliers maintained on the supplier list. Supplier audits, when required, shall be conducted at least once every thirty-six (36) months in accordance with the audit section of this document. A third party review of an audit performed or accepted by EnergySolutions may be performed to add the supplier to the list. This review shall be documented.

The controls used for procuring items or services include the requirement that the suppliers/subcontractors are required to implement their QA Program for the requested item or service for ITS category A and B. Applicable subcontractors are subject to technical and quality assurance reviews for acceptance. Suppliers/

subcontractors performing activities that affect quality will conduct the activities in accordance with a Quality Assurance program that meets the applicable requirements of this QAPP. Supplier/subcontractor QA programs must be reviewed and accepted by ZionSolutions QA prior to use including technical and quality assurance program changes that result from bid evaluations or negotiations. Subcontractors will be evaluated to pre-established technical and quality assurance requirements.

27

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use Supplier/subcontractor qualifications and capabilities will be determined based upon evaluation, previous quality services provided, surveillance/audit and/or ZionSolutions or EnergySolutions recommendations. In addition to an initial evaluation of the supplier/subcontractor QA program, QA will perform periodic independent oversight (audit, surveillance or assessment) at intervals consistent with the importance, complexity and quantity of the product or service to ensure performance as required by the applicable ZionSolutions procurement document.

4.8 Identification and Control of Materials, Parts and Components Controls are established in approved procedures to assure that only correct and accepted items are used or installed. Identification is maintained either on the items or in documents traceable to the item. When such controls are required, the following methods of identification and control will be utilized.

4.8.1 Identification Identification such as batch, lot, serial number, or part number is maintained from initial receipt up to and including installation. The identification relates the item to the applicable design or other specification document when appropriate. ZionSolutions utilizes physical identification when possible. Other means, including separation or procedural control, are used when physical identification is not possible.

4.8.2 Markings Markings are applied using materials and methods that are clear, legible, and do not detrimentally affect the function or service life of the item.

Markings are transferred to each part of an identified item when subdivided. Markings are not obliterated or hidden by surface treatments or coatings unless other identification methods are established.

4.8.3 Traceability Project procedures specify methods for identification of items when codes, standards, or specifications require identification or traceability of an item.

Procedures describe how to maintain traceability to a specification, grade of material, heat, batch, lot, part or serial number, or inspection, test, or other records.

The identification and control of material, parts, and components will include the use of heat numbers when applicable to assure the maintenance of identification and traceability throughout all stages of the project and to prevent the use of incorrect or defective material, parts or

.components.

28

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 4.8.4 ShelflOperating Life Items having limited calendar or operating life are controlled to preclude use after the shelf life or operating life has expired.

4.8.5 Maintaining Identification in Storage Provisions are made in project procedures for maintenance or replacement of markings and identification due to damage from handling or aging, excessive deterioration due to environmental exposure, and for updating records while in storage.

4.9 Control of Special Processes Processes are planned and performed under controlled conditions that ensure conformance to project requirements, quality system requirements, and applicable codes, standards, and regulations. Inspection, audit, assessment, surveillance, and non-destructive examination procedures are used to perform such verifications. Management is responsible for ensuring that only properly trained and qualified personnel are assigned to accomplish work activities and that they are provided adequate facilities, equipment, tools, and information to perform their work in compliance with requirements. Managers monitor the quality of activities through the results of in-process checks described in implementing procedures. These checks may be performed by co-workers or supervisory personnel independent of the work and provide a method of tracking and trending events that affect the quality, safety, or regulatory status of operations, products, and services.

4.9.1 General Processes Instructions, procedures, drawings, checklists, process control documents, or other appropriate methods are used to control processes affecting the quality of items and services. When required, process parameters and environmental conditions are specified and maintained.

4.9.2 Special Processes Special processes that control or verify quality are performed by qualified personnel using qualified procedures. Personnel, equipment, and procedures used to perform special processes are qualified in accordance with specified requirements. Qualified procedures for special processes include required conditions such as proper equipment, controlled parameters, and calibration requirements. Documentation of personnel, 29

ZS-QA-1 0 Revision 1 Information Use equipment, and process qualifications is maintained in accordance with procedures..

4.10 Inspection Quality Assurance, engineering, and technical support personnel are responsible for ensuring that inspections required to verify conformance of an item or activity to specified requirements are planned, executed, and documented by qualified personnel according to approved procedures.

ITDC Inspection requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

Equipment modifications, repairs, and replacement are inspected in accordance with the original design and inspection requirements unless. an approved alternative exists.

4.10.1 Personnel Inspection personnel are independent of those who performed the work being inspected. Personnel who verify conformance of work for acceptance are qualified to perform the inspection in accordance with approved procedures. Personnel in training for qualification as an inspector by on-the-job training are directly supervised by a qualified person who verifies the inspection results until qualification is achieved.

4.10.2 Inspection Hold Points Responsibilities for identifying and specifying hold points are established in approved procedures. Quality Assurance, Engineering, and technical support representatives are responsible for identifying inspection hold points in appropriate documents to ensure that no further work is performed until a certain inspection has been completed. Work does not proceed beyond hold points without consent from the organization that established them. This consent is recorded prior to continuation of work.

4.10.3 Inspection Planning Inspection procedures, instructions, or checklists identify the characteristics and activities to be inspected:

acceptance criteria;

responsible organization for performing inspection;

and, provide for recording objective evidence of inspection results.

Planning also includes identification of hold or witness points; 30

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use

approval of data by supervisors to ensure that all inspection prerequisites and requirements have been satisfied, including operator and equipment qualifications;

and, if applicable, establishment of sampling methods based on recognized standard practices, in accordance with approved procedures or project plans.

4.10.4 In-Process Inspection Inspections are performed, as necessary, to verify conformance to requirements. Indirect control by monitoring may be utilized when direct inspection is impractical. Both inspection and monitoring are performed when control is inadequate without both. A combination of inspection and process monitoring is performed in a systematic manner to assure quality is achieved throughout the duration of the process.

4.10.5 Final Inspection Final inspection includes a record review of the results of inspection and resolution of nonconformance's identified in previous inspections. Items are inspected for completeness, markings, calibration, adjustments, and protection from damage. The acceptance of the item will be documented and approved by authorized personnel. Modification, repair, or replacement requires re-inspection or retest to verify acceptability, as appropriate.

4.10.6 In-Service Inspection In-service inspection methods are established to verify that the characteristics of an item continue to stay within the specified limits.

Inspection methods include routine evaluation of emergency and safety systems, and verification of calibration or integrity of instruments or systems and their maintenance, as appropriate.

4.10.7 Inspection Records Inspection records contain, at a minimum, identification of the item inspected, date of inspection, inspector name, type of observation, acceptance and rejection criteria, results or acceptability, and reference to nonconformance's.

4.11 Test Control Testing to verify conformance of processes, equipment, and products to specified requirements and to demonstrate satisfactory performance is planned and 31

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use performed by qualified personnel in accordance with approved procedures.

Tests required to collect data are planned, executed, documented, and evaluated.

ITDC Test Control requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

DCS tests will be performed in accordance with written test procedures that incorporate the requirements and acceptance criteria contained in the DCS system Safety Evaluation Report and Certificate of Compliance.

4.11.1 Test Requirements Engineering and technical support representatives are responsible to ensure that test requirements and acceptance criteria are developed and incorporated into appropriate test plans, procedures, or checklists. The test methods and acceptance criteria are based on specified requirements contained in design or other technical documents. As appropriate, test plans are established, procedures developed, and results documented on checklists or other suitable records.

4.11.2 Test Procedures Test procedures include or reference characteristics to be tested and test objectives and prerequisites. Prerequisites such as calibrated instrumentation, equipment and its condition, personnel qualification, environmental conditions, and collection and recording of data are taken into consideration during development of test procedures. Test procedures are reviewed and approved by cognizant technical, quality, and management personnel. Changes to test procedures are required to be reviewed and approved by the same, or equivalent, organization(s) as the original procedure.

4.11.3 Test Results Test results are documented and evaluated by a responsible authority to assure the test requirements were satisfied. Records include as a minimum the item tested, date of test, name of the tester, environmental conditions, observations, acceptance and rejection criteria, results and acceptability, action taken for deviations noted, and name of the person evaluating results.

32

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 4.11.4 Testing after Modifications Modification, repairs, or replacements shall be in accordance with the original design and test requirements or acceptable alternatives approved in the same, or equivalent, manner as the original.

4.11.5 Computer Program Testing Testing of computer programs is performed in accordance with written procedures that address test requirements, verification methods, in-use tests, test results, and records requirements. Additional requirements regulating computer program testing are contained in Section 3 of this QAPP.

4.12 Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) used for important-to-safety and DCS operations activities is controlled in accordance with approved procedures to ensure accuracy. The calibration process assures that all measuring instruments used in the acceptance of material, equipment, and assemblies are calibrated and properly adjusted at specified intervals to maintain accuracy within pre-determined limits. These procedures identify the responsible organizations, the devices to be controlled, the controlling and calibration methods, and calibration intervals to maintain accuracy within the necessary limits.

ITDC Control of Measuring and Test Equipment requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

Management is responsible for selecting the appropriate type, range, accuracy, and tolerance of M&TE to verify conformance to specified requirements.

M&TE is calibrated, adjusted, and maintained at scheduled intervals against certified equipment or standards having known valid relationships to nationally

.recognized standards, derived from accepted values for natural physical constants or by the ratio type of self-calibration. If no national standard exits, the basis of calibration is documented. The method and interval of calibration for each item is based on the type of device, stability characteristics, required accuracy, purpose, frequency of usage, and environment where it will be used.

Calibration methods are documented and performed by competent personnel in -

an environment that does not adversely affect the calibration. Special controls for usage, handling, and storage are documented and applied when they are required for environmental conditions such as temperature, humidity, cleanliness, or radiation to maintain accuracy or operating characteristics of the device.

33

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use When a M&TE device is found out of calibration, previous test results back to the previous acceptable calibration date are validated. Out-of-calibration devices are tagged or segregated until repaired and recalibrated or replaced.

Record of calibration history is maintained and equipment is marked to indicate calibration status. Documentation includes the equipment identification number, next calibration due date, and the inspector's or calibrator's signature or initials attesting to the accuracy and validity of the calibration.

4.13 Handling, Storage and Shipping Materials considered critical, sensitive, perishable, or QA designated are handled, cleaned, stored, packaged, and shipped in accordance with controls identified in codes, standards, regulations, engineering specifications, or project requirements to prevent damage or loss and to minimize deterioration.

4.13.1 Instruction Handling, storage, and shipping processes are conducted in accordance with written procedures, inspection instructions, drawings, specifications, vendor recommendations, or other documents, as appropriate.

Information pertaining to shelf life, environment, packaging, temperature, cleaning, preservation, etc., is included, as required, to meet design, regulatory, and project requirements.

4.13.2 Requirements When necessary for particular products, special protective environments, such as inert gas atmosphere, and specific moisture content and temperature levels, are specified and provided in applicable documents.

The use of special handling equipment or techniques is addressed in procedures. Special tools and equipment are inspected and tested in accordance with approved procedures that describe the inspection and test methods, time intervals, maintenance methods, and personnel qualifications and training requirements.

4.13.3 Marking Suitable marking or labeling to identify, maintain, and preserve the item is provided during packaging, shipment, handling, and storage.

34

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 4.13.4 USNRC-Licensed Packages ZionSolutions shall meet the requirements of 10CFR71, Subpart H and 10CFR72, Subpart G and DOT 49 CFR for restrictions concerning handling, storage, and shipping of NRC Licensed packages.

Transportation cask handling and operation shall conform to the handling and operating procedure for each licensed cask.

Prior to the shipment of a transport cask, conditions of the NRC's Certificate of Compliance (specifications, tests, and inspections) shall be satisfied. Required shipping papers shall be prepared and shall accompany the shipment in accordance with regulatory requirements and approved procedures.

Established safety restrictions concerning handling, storage, and shipping shall be included in the handling and operating procedures for storage and transport casks.

4.14 Inspection, Test, and Operating Status Methods to indicate the status of inspections, tests, and operating status of systems for DCS, ISFSI, or spent fuel cask items and other selected tasks also include stamps, tags, or routing cards. Methods used will assure that required inspections and tests are performed and to assure that items which have not passed the required inspections or tests are not inadvertently installed, used or operated and to prevent inadvertent operation of systems. These methods provide for identification of items which have satisfactorily passed the required inspections and tests.

The status of items can be determined at any point throughout an operational process to prevent inadvertent use, installation, or operation of nonconforming or defective items. Status indicators are required to the extent possible to prevent operation of items that are removed from service for test, calibration, maintenance, or repair, and to ensure that required inspections and tests have been performed.

Status is identified by the use of tags, markings, stamps, or travelers. The authority for application and removal of status indicators is identified in approved procedures. Quality Assurance personnel routinely monitor project activities to assure status indicators are used and removed, as appropriate, in accordance with approved procedures.

35

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 4.15 Nonconforming Materials, Parts or Components Items that do not conform to specified requirements are controlled to prevent inadvertent installation or use in accordance with approved procedures.

Procedures include controls that provide for reporting, identifying, documenting, evaluating, segregating (when feasible), dispositioning nonconforming items, and notifying affected organizations.

ITDC Control of Nonconforming Conditions requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

Management is responsible for establishing an environment for identifying potential conditions adverse to quality. Management shall conduct analysis, as appropriate, to systematically determine significance of these conditions and actions appropriate to the conditions.

All project personnel are responsible for reporting nonconforming conditions.

Management, at all levels, fosters a "no fault" attitude toward the identification of conditions that are adverse to quality, such as failures, malfunctions, nonconformances, and out-of-control processes including the failure to follow procedures. Nonconforming items are identified by using marking, tagging, or other means that do not adversely affect their end use.

To avoid inadvertent use, nonconforming items are segregated in holding areas when feasible, or in the case of large items, marking, or roping designates special storage areas.

Conditions that may be reportable per 10CFR72.242, 10CFR71.95, or 10CFR21, shall be reported in accordance with approved Quality Assurance procedures.

Management shall establish and implement a process for identifying, controlling, evaluating, and dispositioning nonconforming conditions. Such items, services or activities shall be documented and controlled to prevent inadvertent installation or use. Disposition of nonconformances shall be addressed in a timely manner by management. Personnel performing evaluations to determine a disposition shall have demonstrated competence in the specific area they are evaluating, have an adequate understanding of the requirements, and have access to pertinent background information. The disposition of nonconformances is evaluated and approved by QA. Disposition of a nonconformance, involving repair or use-as-is, is based on documented technical justification to assure continued compliance with design, regulatory, and contractual requirements, and may include provisions for retest or re-inspection to the original acceptance criteria. Any changes to design require the same design controls as those applied to the original design. Accept-as-is dispositions of materials and items 36

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use require engineering approval. Accepted deviations are reflected in as-built records.

Reports of nonconforming conditions are closed and documented by QA personnel and records are maintained in accordance with approved procedures.

Reports of conditions that are adverse to quality are analyzed to identify trends in quality performance.

4.16 Corrective Action Conditions adverse to quality (e.g., nonconformances, failures, malfunctions, deficiencies, defective material, etc.) are promptly identified and evaluated to determine corrective action in accordance with established procedures. The identification, cause, and corrective action for significant conditions adverse to quality shall be documented and reported to appropriate levels of management.

ITDC Corrective Action requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

Corrective action shall be promptly initiated when it is determined that a condition adverse to quality exists. In cases where it is not possible to accomplish a corrective action immediately, the appropriate management provides a written response describing the cause of the deficiency and the proposed corrective action to be completed within a specified time.

Management shall exercise controls to ensure that conditions adverse to quality are promptly detected and corrected or prevented, and ensure continuous quality improvement in project activities and products. The management control systems established includes problem investigation, evaluation, reporting, and follow-up action taken to verify that corrective action has been thoroughly implemented and such conditions are effectively resolved.

For significant conditions adverse to quality, the condition, the cause of the condition and the corrective action taken is documented and reported to appropriate levels of management. Follow-up action shall be taken to verify effective implementation of the required corrective actions to prevent recurrence and to verify that they are effectively implemented. The GM, or designee, is responsible for reviewing the condition and determining validity. The GM will assure that validated conditions are processed in accordance with the project's corrective action program.

The QAM has the authority to stop work or ensure adequate controls are in place until effective corrective action has been taken and any applicable changes have been incorporated in procedures and communicated to appropriate personnel.

37

ZS-QA-1 0 Revision 1 Information Use The QAM will periodically analyze and assess CRs for apparent trends and conformance to performance indicators. The GM, or designee, will evaluate recommendations for consideration to improve or enhance procedures, systems or processes.

4.17 Quality Assurance Records ITDC Quality Assurance Records requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

4.17.1 Record Management System Quality Records shall be identified, controlled and stored in accordance with written procedures.

The record system includes the retention of those design, fabrication, inspection, operation, and surveillance records essential to demonstrate product quality. It provides for the identification of materials and their corresponding manufacturing, installation, inspection, test, and audit results. Requirements and responsibilities for the transmittal, distribution, retention, maintenance, and disposition of records are specified in approved procedures. QA records shall be protected against damage, deterioration, unauthorized change, or loss. For any work performed, the records to be generated must be identified, along with a means of matching the record to the item or activity to which it applies. Records must be legible, reproducible, and accurate.

4.17.2 Authentication Documents shall be considered valid records only if stamped, initialed, or signed and dated by authorized personnel or otherwise authenticated, including the use of electronic approval and authorization. This authentication may take the form of a statement by the responsible individual or organization. Handwritten signatures are not required if the document is clearly identified as a statement by the reporting individual or organization. These records may be originals or reproduced copies.

4.17.3 Index The records indexing system must include records identification, location of the record within the system, and minimum retention time. The records and/or indexing system(s) shall provide sufficient information to permit identification between the record and the items or activities to which it applies.

38

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 4.17.4 Distribution The records shall be distributed, handled, and controlled in accordance with written procedures.

4.17.5 Classification of Records Records shall be classified for retention and storage requirements as either lifetime or nonpermanent. Records that meet any of the following criteria are designated Lifetime records and must be maintained until completion of the project and turned over to Exelon if they will be of significant value in the following:

Demonstrating the capability for safe operation.

Determining the cause of an accident or the malfunction or failure of an item.

Maintaining, reworking, repairing, replacing, or modifying an item.

Providing required baseline data for in-service inspections.

" Used nuclear fuel records, including original fabrication, repair, and inspection

ISFISI design and construction records

DCS system design and fabrication records

Fuel loading records Project lifetime records shall include, as a minimum, design specifications, stress reports or stress calculations, "as-built" and interface control drawings, copies of material test reports, tabulation of materials for "as-built" configuration, NDE reports including examination reports, and nonconformance reports. Lifetime record retention is based on the life of the program, life of the item, life of the facility, or life of the license, as applicable.

Nonpermanent records are required to show evidence that an activity was performed in accordance with applicable requirements. Retention times must be established in writing.

QA records for packaging and transportation of radioactive materials include instructions, procedures, drawings, and closely related specifications such as required qualifications, procedures, and equipment.

These records will be maintained for three years beyond the date EnergySolutions last engages in the packaging and transportation of 39

ZS-QA-1 0 Revision .1 Information Use radioactive materials related to the Zion site under the rules of 10CFR71.

Superseded procedures or instructions are retained for a minimum of three years after the procedure or instruction is superseded.

For subcontractors/sub-suppliers, the original QA record of the deliverables will be transmitted to ZionSolutions when applicable.

4.17.6 Correction Methods of correcting errors shall be identified along with a means of documenting the authorized individual who made the corrections and the date.

4.17.7 Receipt Control Each organization responsible for the receipt of records must designate an individual or organization responsible for receiving the records. Receipt control of records for permanent or temporary storage must include instructions for designating the required records to be controlled, identifying the records received, receiving and inspecting incoming records, determining the status, and forwarding to records storage facilities. Each receipt control system shall be structured to permit a current and accurate assessment of the status of records during the receiving process.

4.17.8 Storage Requirements The records shall be stored in predetermined location(s) that meet the requirements of applicable standards, codes, and regulatory agencies.

Prior to storage of records, a written storage procedure shall be prepared and responsibility assigned for enforcing the requirements of that procedure. This procedure shall include, as a minimum:

A description of the storage facility;

The filing system to be used;

A method for verifying that the records received agree with the transmittal document and that the records are legible;

A method of verifying that the records are those designated;

The rules governing -access to and control of the files;

A method for controlling and accounting for records removed from the storage facility; and 40

ZS-QA-1 0 Revision 1 Information Use

A method for filing supplemental information and disposing of superseded records.

Records shall be stored to prevent damage from moisture or temperature.

All records maintained in hard copy form shall be firmly attached to binders or placed in folders, envelopes, or boxes for storage in file cabinets or within containers on shelving. Records may be stored in electronic media provided that the process for managing and storing the records are documented in approved procedures. Media used for the retention of records include, but are not limited to, microfilm, compact disks, magnetic media, optical disks, and hard disks. The format used must be capable of producing legible and complete documents during the entire retention period.

Records shall be stored in facilities that minimize the risk of damage or destruction from the following:

Natural disasters such as wind, flood, or fires;

" Environmental conditions such as high and low temperatures and humidity; and

" Infestation by insects, mold, or rodents.

Records are maintained at an approved records storage facility or by storage of duplicate copies at separate geographical locations.

4.17.9 Authorized Personnel Measures shall be established to preclude the entry of unauthorized personnel into the storage area. These measures shall guard against larceny and vandalism. Measures shall be taken to provide for replacement, restoration, or substitution of lost or damaged records.

4.17.10 Retrieval Storage systems shall provide for retrieval of information in accordance with planned retrieval times based upon the record type. A list shall be maintained designating those personnel who shall have access to the files. Records maintained by the supplier at their facility or other location shall be accessible to the purchaser or their designated alternate.

4.17.11 Disposition Records accumulated at Zion site shall be made accessible to EnergySolutions directly or through the procuring organization. These records shall be processed in accordance with this QAPP.

41

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use Various regulatory agencies have requirements concerning records that are within the scope of the QAPP. The most stringent requirements shall be used in determining the final disposition.

4.18 Audits Planned internal audits are scheduled annually and performed per approved procedures or checklists. Elements of the QAPP will be audited at least annually to provide comprehensive, independent verification and evaluation of all aspects of the quality assurance program and to determine its effectiveness.

Independent oversight of project activities will be accomplished by performing audits, surveillances, management assessments and/or independent assessments during the course of the Project. Scheduling, preparation, personnel selection, performance, reporting, response, follow-up action, and records management will be performed in accordance With Quality Procedures identified in the QA Program Implementation Matrix.

ITDC Audit requirements are addressed via a graded approach.

QA staff will perform project surveillances and overviews of deliverables to ensure compliance with the applicable QA requirements defined in this QAPP and as requested by the project team.

Audits of suppliers and subcontractors will be conducted as necessary but not less than once every three years to assess compliance with applicable requirements of this QAPP.

4.18.1 Scheduling, Preparation, and Performance Internal and external audits are scheduled based on the status and importance of an activity. Schedules are updated as necessary to ensure that adequate coverage is maintained.

The audit scope shall encompass evaluation of quality system practices and/or procedures and the effectiveness of their implementation, monitoring of operations and activities, and a review of pertinent documents and their control and maintenance.

An audit team, composed of one or more qualified auditors is identified for each audit using personnel who have no direct responsibility for the activity being covered. A lead auditor, as a member of the team, is designated as a team leader.

The key elements of the audit program are:

42

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use

Scheduling and notifying management of scope and nature of audit

Team selection, orientation, and planning

Entrance conference

Exit conference

Reporting and response

Follow-up action 4.18.2 Reporting, Response, Follow-up-Action, and Records Audit reports are prepared upon completion of the audit and distributed to appropriate management for review and response. Management of the audited organizations provide a response to all identified conditions adverse to quality that includes corrective actions, including cause and action to prevent recurrence, and a schedule for completion, when applicable. Audit files are retained as quality records in accordance with approved procedures.

The results of internal audits, surveillances and assessments and independent assessments and audits of Subcontractors will be utilized as input into the continuous improvement program through identification in the CR system. Re-audit of deficient areas will be performed when required.

4.18.3 Surveillance Surveillances are performed and documented when it is determined that it is necessary to monitor or observe an item or activity to verify conformance. Adequate demonstration of the areas covered by surveillance is a requirement to be considered as part of an effective audit program. Surveillance must be documented in sufficient detail to identify the activity covered, identify individuals doing surveillance, and to document results and any corrective measures necessary.

43

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use 5.0 QUALITY MONITORING Quality Assurance will utilize performance data from the project's CR system, Subcontractor corrective action systems, QA audit, surveillance, and assessment results to monitor the quality of project tasks and deliverables. This data will be used in determining areas requiring increased or decreased review by the established overview mechanisms. Data reviews will be performed on a periodic basis, but may be generated more frequently as necessary.

The QAM, using data from the project's CR system, also will perform trending of ZionSolutions quality activities. Trends identified will be reviewed by the QAM and appropriate actions will be developed to improve work activities and/or processes.

Trending may result in Apparent Cause Evaluation (ACE) and/or Root Cause Analyses (RCA) as necessary.

6.0 ZIONSOLUTIONS QUALITY COUNCIL ZionSolutions will collaborate with its subcontractors and establish a committee to coordinate the quality overview of design, engineering, fabrication, installation and operation activities of the project including the implementation of the QAPP. The ZionSolutions Quality Council consists of key QA members of ZionSolutions, EnergySolutions, DFSS Designer, Design Authorities, and other supplier/subcontractor organizations. The Quality Council provides a united effort to.coordinate, monitor, and effectively implement the project's oversight activities.

The Council will establish, review and evaluate quality performance indicators, discuss quality issues/concerns and assure effective corrective actions are implemented in a timely fashion. The Council will assure that design, fabrication, installation and operations activities are thoroughly and effectively overviewed and minimize duplication of oversight efforts.

It should be noted that the QAM has the primary responsibility for implementing this QAPP, and, in part, based upon supplier/subcontractor inputs will introduce and discuss ZionSolutions quality issues and topics to the committee.

44

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use

7.0 REFERENCES

ANSI/ASME NQA-1 -1994 Edition, "Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facility Applications."

Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, "Reporting of Defects and Noncompliance."

Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50 Appendix B, "Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Reprocessing Plants."

Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 71, Subpart H, "Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging and Transportation of Radioactive Waste."

Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 72, Subpart G, "Quality Assurance Requirements for the Independent Storage of Spent Nuclear Fuel, High Level Radioactive Waste, and Reactor-Related Greater Than Class C Waste."

NUREG/CR-6407 [INEL-95/0551], Classification of Transportation Packaging and Dry Spent Fuel Storage System Components According to Importance to Safety, February 1996.

NUREG-1 536, "Standard Review Plan for Dry Cask Storage Systems," January 1997.

NUREG-1 567, "Standard Review Plan for Spent Fuel Storage Facilities," Draft Report, October 1996.

NUREG-1617, "Standard Review Plan for Transportation Packages for Spent Nuclear Fuel," Draft Report, March 1998.

RegulatoryGuide 7.10, "Establishing Quality Assurance Programs for Packaging Used in the Transport of Radioactive Material," Revision 1, June 1986.

EnergyS6lutions Quality Assurance Program, Rev. 0, effective May 31, 2007.

Exelon Quality Assurance Topical Report, Rev 81, implemented June 16, 2008.

45

ZS-QA-10 Revision 1 Information Use Figure 1 ZionSolutions LLC Restoration and Dry Cask Storage Project Organization Chart

- -CorporateDirector tEnergySolutions I Quality Assurance 46

ZS-QA-1 0 Revision 1 Information Use Appendix A List of Acronyms ACE _ Apparent Cause Evaluation ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ANSI American National Standards Institute DCS Dry Cask Storage DFSS Dry Fuel Storage System ISFSI Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation ITDC Important to the Defueled Condition ITS Important To Safety NUREG Nuclear Regulatory Guide PTSP Project Technical Support Personnel QA Quality Assurance QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan RCA Root Cause Analysis SAFSTOR Safe Storage SSC Structures, Systems, and Components USNRC United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission 46

Enclosure 2 Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) Commitments to NQA-1 The ZionSolutions QAPP contains explicit commitments to applicable quality assurance requirements of ASME NQA-1-1994 Part I. The acceptability of the use of NQA-1-1994, Part I, is based on the NRC's Safety Evaluation for consolidation of the Exelon Quality Assurance Program, which is contained in the letter from Mahesh Chawla (NRC) to John L.

Skolds (Exelon Generation Company), "Approval of Proposed Revision 70 of Quality Assurance Topical Report EGC-1A, Rev. 70, in Accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(a)

Requirements for Exelon/Amergen Plants," dated December 24, 2002. This Safety Evaluation indicates the NRC has "examined the side-by-side comparison of NQA-1-1983 and NQA-1-1994 equivalence, and concurs with the licensee's conclusions in finding NQA-1-1994, as implemented through the common QATR, to provide an acceptable basis for the licensee's operational QA program." The 1983 version of NQA-1 had been previously endorsed by NRC through Regulatory Guide 1.28, Revision 3, August 1985. In the QAPP ZionSolutions commits to implementation of Part I of the 1994 edition of NQA-1. A QAPP Compliance Matrix (Enclosure 3) demonstrates that the ZionSolutions QAPP fully meets the applicable requirements of NQA-1-1994 Part 1,10 CFR50 Appendix B, 10 CF71 Subpart H, and 10 CFR72 Subpart G.

In addition, it is ZionSolutions' intent to utilize certain portions of NQA-1-1994, Part II in its QAPP. Six Subparts in NQA-1 Part IIrepresent incorporation of requirements from ANSI Standards. These are Subpart 2.1 (ANSI N45.2.1), Subpart 2.2 (N45.2.2), Subpart 2.3 (N45.2.3), Subpart 2.5 (N45.2.4), Subpart 2.5 (N45.2.5) and Subpart 2.8 (N45.2.8).

ZionSolutions has performed a comparison of each of these ANSI Standards with the appropriate sections of Part II of NQA-1-1994 and finds that the requirements are essentially equivalent, and often identical. Therefore, ZionSolutions has included applicable portions of the appropriate sections of NQA-1-1994, Part II in the QAPP, in lieu of the associated ANSI Standards. In order to facilitate NRC review, ZionSolutions has enclosed with this letter, a matrix for each ANSI Standard (Enclosure 4) providing a comparison of the ANSI Standard with the appropriate NQA-1-1994, Part IIsection. Requirements for activities applicable to Zion which are similar to those addressed by Subparts 2.15 and 2.16, as applicable, are defined in the QAPP. Activities addressed by Subparts 2.18 and 2.20 do not apply to expected activities at Zion and are not addressed in the QAPP. In cases where supplemental requirements are determined to be needed to facilitate site activities, useful provisions of the NQA-1 Subparts or other industry guidelines or standards will be incorporated into applicable procedures or instructions.

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix II I= L..IUI I F%= LUI "ILIUII l[ Ull ..,,O I I11 dULIIUIILy dIIU UULIt5 UI I IIt UlIga l IOIIdI 101ULIUILUI *, 1,0) I It Ilu O 000, 0j - L -S lII~ .

Project organization, authority, persons and organizations functional responsibilities, levels holder, and applicant for a CoC license, certificate holder, and duties, responsibilities, and performing activities affecting the of authority, and lines of shall be responsible for the applicant for a CoC shall be interface requirements are safety-related functions of communication for activities establishment and execution of responsible for the establishment addressed in QAPP Section 2.0, structures, systems and affecting quality shall be the quality assurance program. and execution of the quality Quality Responsibilities. These components shall be clearly documented. The licensee, certificate holder, assurance program. The licensee activities include performing established and delineated in and applicant for a CoC may and certificate holder may activities affecting the functions writing. These activities include delegate to others, such as delegate to others, such as of structures, systems, and both the performing functions of contractors, agents, or contractors, agents, or components which are important attaining quality objectives and consultants, the work of consultants, the work of to safety, those associated with the quality assurance functions. establishing and executing the establishing and executing the attaining quality objectives, and quality assurance program, or quality assurance program, but the QA functions. The primary any part of the quality assurance the licensee and the certificate Zion Restoration and DCS program, but shall retain holder shall retain responsibility Project organizations are responsibility for the program. for the program. The licensee, ZionSolutions, EnergySolutions, These activities include applicant for a license, certificate DFSS Designer, DFSS Prime performing the functions holder, and applicant for a CoC Fabricator(s), and Design associated with attaining quality shall clearly establish and Authorities. objectives and the quality delineate in writing the authority assurance functions. and duties of persons and organizations performing activities affecting the functions of structures, systems, and components which are important to safety. These activities include performing the functions associated with attaining quality objectives and the quality assurance functions.

1 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZinSoltiions QA*P, ICFRS6OApp'endix B }IQA-i.1 994 - IOCFR71 10 CFR72 Quality Assurance staff shall The persons and organizations Persons or organizations (c) The persons and (2) The persons and have sufficient independence performing quality assurance responsible for assuring than an organizations performing quality organizations performing quality from cost and schedule functions shall have sufficient appropriate QA program is assurance functions must have assurance functions shall have considerations and shall have the authority and organizational established and verifying that sufficientorganizational freedom sufficient authority and access to work areas and freedom to identify quality activities affecting quality have to identify quality problems; to organizational freedom to identify organizational freedom to problems; to initiate, recommend, been correctly performed shall initiate, recommend, or provide quality problems; to initiate, effectively identify quality or provide solutions; and to verify have sufficient authority, access solutions; and to verify recommend, or provide solutions; problems, initiate, recommend or implementation of solutions, to work areas, and organizational implementation of solutions. and to verify implementation of provide solution to quality freedom to: solutions.

problems through designated channels, verify implementation

Identify quality problems; of solutions; and assure that

Initiate, recommend or further processing, delivery, provide solution to quality installation, and use are problems through controlled until proper disposition designated channels; of a nonconformance, deficiency,

Verify implementation of or unsatisfactory condition has solutions; and occurred. The QAM has the

Assurance that further authority to stop work when processing, delivery, significant conditions adverse to installation, or use is quality warrant such action. controlled until proper disposition of a nonconformance, deficiency, or unsatisfactory condition has occurred.

Quality Assurance staff shall Such persons and organizations Such persons or organizations (d) The persons and (c) The persons and have sufficient independence performing quality assurance shall have direct access to organizations performing quality organizations performing quality from cost and schedule functions shall report to a responsible management at a assurance functions shall report assurance functions shall report considerations and shall have the management level such that this level where appropriate action to a management level which to a management level that access to work areas and required authority and can be effected (and) shall report assures that the required ensures that the required organizational freedom to organizational freedom, including to a management level such that authority and organizational authority and organizational effectively identify quality sufficient independence from cost required authority and freedom, including sufficient freedom, including sufficient problems, initiate, recommend or and schedule when opposed to organizational freedom are independence from cost and independence from cost and provide solution to quality safety considerations, are provided, including sufficient schedule when opposed to safety schedule considerations when problems through designated provided, independence from cost and considerations, are provided, these conditions are opposed to channels, verify implementation schedule considerations. safety considerations, are of solutions; and assure that provided.

further processing, delivery, installation, and use are 2 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-1O)

QAPP Compliance Matrix Zion:SolfonsQAP B NAIA-1 9C94 *FR71 10 CFR72 controlled until proper disposition of a nonconformance, deficiency, or unsatisfactory condition has occurred. The QAM has the authority to stop work when significant conditions adverse to quality warrant such action.

Quality Assurance staff shall (e) Because of the many (c) Because of the many have sufficient independence variables involved, such as the variables involved, such as the from cost and schedule number of personnel, the type of number of personnel, the type of considerations and shall have the activity being performed, and the activity being performed, and the access to work areas and location or locations where location or locations where organizational freedom to activities are performed, the activities are performed, the effectively identify quality organizational structure for organizational structure for problems, initiate, recommend or executing the quality assurance executing the quality assurance provide solution to quality program may take various forms program may take various forms problems through designated provided that the persons and provided that the persons and channels, verify implementation organizations assigned the organizations assigned the of solutions; and assure that quality assurance functions have quality assurance functions have further processing, delivery, the required authority and the required authority and installation, and use are organizational freedom. organizational freedom.

controlled until proper disposition of a nonconformance, deficiency, or unsatisfactory condition has occurred.

Quality Assurance staff shall (f)Irrespective of the *(c) Irrespective of the have sufficient independence organizational structure, the organizational structure, the from cost and schedule individual(s) assigned the individual(s) assigned the considerations and shall have the responsibility for assuring responsibility for assuring access to work areas and effective execution of any portion effective execution of any portion organizational freedom to of the quality assurance program of the quality assurance program, effectively identify quality at any location where activities at any location where activities problems, initiate, recommend or subject to this section are being subject to this section are being provide solution to quality performed must have direct performed, must have direct problems through designated access to the levels of access to the levels of channels, verify implementation management necessary to management necessary to of solutions; and assure that perform this function. perform this function.

further processing, delivery, 3 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality QAPP Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

Compliance Matrix

~ZionSolutions QAPP ?-> K 'I1CFRSO Appendix B NQA-1 -994< . 10CFR71> 10 CFR72 installation, and use are controlled until proper disposition of a nonconformance, deficiency, or unsatisfactory condition has occurred.

SECTION4.2 'CRITERIA 1I! " /"BASIC REQUIREMENT 2 71.105 QUALITY ASSURA NE 72.144 QUALITY ASSURANGE Q ualityAssuranceProgra Qualit Assurance iPrograrn PROGRAM PROGRAM Procedures describe how The program shall be A documented quality assurance (a) The licensee shall document (a) The licensee, applicant for a ZionSolutions implements the documented by written policies, program shall be planned, the quality assurance program by license, certificate holder, and requirements of the QAPP. procedures, or instructions and implemented, and maintained in written procedures or instructions applicant for a CoC shall These procedures document shall be carried out throughout accordance with this Part (Part I), and shall carry out the program in document the quality assurance methods for planning, reviewing, plant life in accordance with or portions thereof. accordance with those program by written procedures or implementing, controlling, and policies, procedures, or procedures throughout the period instructions and shall carry out verifying activities affecting instructions. during which packaging is used. the program in accordance with quality. those procedures throughout the period during which the ISFSI or MRS is licensed or the spent fuel storage cask is certified.

The QAPP shall apply to all The applicant shall identify the The program shall identify the (a) The licensee shall identify the (a) The licensee, applicant for a activities that are structures, systems, and activities and items to which it material and components to be license, certificate holder, and important-to-safety or DCS components to be covered by the applies, covered by the quality assurance applicant for a CoC shall identify operations and require quality assurance program and program, the major organizations the structures, systems, and compliance with applicable the major organizations participating in the program, and components to be covered by the sections of the documents listed participating in the program, the designated functions of these quality assurance program, the below: together with the designated organizations. major organizations participating functions of these organizations. in the program, and the

" 10CFR50, App. B designated functions of these

" 10CFR71, Subpart H organizations.

" 10CFR72, Subpart G

" ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1994 The applicability of the QAPP takes into consideration the regulatory requirements for important-to-safety and DCS operations items and activities, 4 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix Zion'S6I**tion@CQAPP IIOCFRS0 A pndix B NQA-1*9194 1.OCFR71 10 CFR72 as well as their complexity and impact on safety, the need for special controls, demonstration of compliance through inspection and test, and the degree of standardization of the item. The requirements of the QAPP are implemented using a graded approach allowing control over items and activities to be commensurate with their importance and level of risk and are not reductions in quality requirements. Measures are.

established for identifying the components, systems, and structures to be covered by the QAPP. During the planning of an activity or design of an item the QAPP requirements will be implemented through procedures.

The establishment of the (c) The licensee shall base the (c) The licensee, applicant for a program shall include requirements and procedures of license, certificate holder, and consideration of the technical its quality assurance program on applicant for a CoC shall base aspects of the activities affecting the following consideration the requirements and procedures quality, concerning the complexity and of their quality assurance proposed use of the package and program(s) on the following its components: considerations concerning the complexity and proposed use of (1) The impact of malfunction the structures, systems, or or failure of the item to components:

safety; (2) The design and fabrication (1) The impact of malfunction complexity or uniqueness of or failure of the item to the item; safety; (3) The need for special (2) The design and

controls and surveillance fabrication complexity or over processes and uniqueness of the item; 5 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-1 0)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZionSo.utins QAPP IOC FR50A P*...i... 1OFR71 CFR.2

.The.

equipment; (3) The need for special (4) The degree to which controls and surveillance functional compliance can over processes and be demonstrated by equipment; inspection or test; and (4) The degree to which (5) The quality history and functional compliance can degree of standardization of be demonstrated by the item. inspection or test; and (5) The quality history and degree of standardization of the item.

The requirements of the QAPP The quality assurance programs The program shall provide control (b) The licensee, through its (b) The licensee, applicant for a are implemented using a graded shall provide control over over activities affecting quality to quality assurance program, shall license, certificate holder, and approach allowing control over activities affecting the quality of an extent consistent with their provide control over activities applicant for a CoC, through their items and activities to be the identified structures, systems, importance. affecting the quality of the quality assurance program(s),

commensurate with their and components, to an extent identified materials and shall provide control over importance and level of risk and consistent with their importance components to an extent activities affecting the quality of are not reductions in quality to safety. consistent with their importance the identified structures, systems, requirements. to safety, and as necessary to and components to an extent assure compliance to the commensurate With the approved design of each importance to safety, and as individual package used for the necessary, to ensure shipment of radioactive material, conformance with the approved design of each ISFSI, MRS, or spent fuel storage cask.

The applicant shall establish at The program shall be established (a) The licensee shall establish, (a) The licensee, applicant for a the earliest practicable time, at the earliest time consistent at the earliest practicable time license, certificate holder, and consistent with the schedule for with the schedule for consistent with the schedule for applicant for a CoC shall accomplishing the activities, a accomplishing the activities, accomplishing the activities, a establish, at the earliest quality assurance program which quality assurance program which practicable time consistent with complies with the requirements of complies with the requirements of the schedule for accomplishing this Appendix. 71.101 through 71.137. the activities, a quality assurance program which complies with the requirements of this subpart.

The management team provides Activities affecting quality shall be The program shall provide for the (b) The licensee's shall assure (b) The licensee, applicant for a systematic planning to establish, accomplished under suitably planning and accomplishment of that activities affecting quality are license, certificate holder, and the scope of work, analyze controlled conditions. activities affecting quality under accomplished under suitably applicant for a CoC shall ensure 6 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-1O)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZionSpolutioms QAPP, IOCRSO Apg0ndix B

NQA-1-1.94. . 1...R71. . 10 CFR7 2 '

hazards, and confirm the suitably controlled conditions. controlled conditions. that activities affecting quality are appropriateness of methods to be. accomplished under suitably used and controls to be applied. controlled conditions.

The management team provides Controlled conditions include the Controlled conditions include the (b) Controlled conditions include (b) Controlled conditions include systematic planning to establish use of appropriate equipment; use of appropriate equipment, the use of appropriate the use of appropriate the scope of work, analyze suitable environmental conditions suitable environmental conditions equipment; suitable equipment; suitable hazards, and confirm the for accomplishing the activity, for accomplishing the activity, environmental conditions for. environmental conditions for appropriateness of methods to be such as adequate cleanliness; and assurance that prerequisites accomplishing the activity, such accomplishing the activity, such used and controls to be applied, and assurance that all for the given activity have been as adequate cleanliness; and as adequate cleanliness; and prerequisites for the given activity satisfied. assurance that all prerequisites assurance that all prerequisites All activities affecting quality are have been satisfied. for the given activity have been for the given activity have been accomplished under suitably satisfied, satisfied.

controlled conditions. Controlled conditions include the use of appropriate equipment, suitable environmental conditions for accomplishing the activity, and assurance that prerequisites for the given activity have been satisfied. Management provides for any special control, processes, test equipment, tools, and skills to attain the required quality and for verification of.

quality.

The management team provides The program shall take into The program shall provide for (b) The licensee shall take into (b) The licensee shall take into systematic planning to establish account the need for special any special control, processes, account the need for special account the need for special the scope of work, analyze controls, processes, test test equipment, tools, and skills controls, processes, test controls, processes, test hazards, and confirm the equipment, tools and skills to to attain the required quality and equipment, tools and skills to equipment, tools and skills, to appropriateness of methods to be attain the required quality, and for verification of quality, attain the required quality, and attain the required quality, and used and controls to be applied. the need for verification of quality the need for verification of quality the need for verification of quality by inspection and test. by inspection and test. by inspection and test.

All activities affecting quality are accomplished under suitably controlled conditions. Controlled conditions include the use of appropriate equipment, suitable environmentalconditions for 7 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZZ16W$O"uio" AI'PP <1QOCIFRSO APO,7rdlx B 'NQA-~1-94 ~1 0CFIR71 10 CFR7,2 C accomplishing the activity, and assurance that prerequisites for the given activity have been satisfied. Management provides for any special control, processes, test equipment, tools, and skills to attain the required quality and for verification of quality.

Section 4.1: 71.103 (c) The persons and 72.142 (2) The persons and Quality Assurance staff shall organizations performing quality organizations performing quality have sufficient independence assurance functions must have assurance functions shall have from cost and schedule sufficient organizational freedom sufficient authority and considerations and shall have the to identify quality problems; to organizational freedom to identify access to work areas and initiate, recommend, or provide quality problems; to initiate, organizational freedom to solutions; and to verify recommend, or provide solutions; effectively identify quality implementation of solutions. and to verify implementation of problems, initiate, recommend or solutions.

provide solutionto quality problems through designated channels, verify implementation of solutions; and assure that further processing, delivery, installation, and use are controlled until proper disposition of a nonconformance, deficiency, or unsatisfactory condition has occurred.

Indoctrination and training are The program shall provide for The program shall provide for (d) The licensee shall provide for (d) The licensee, applicant for a conducted as necessary to indoctrination and training of indoctrination and training, as indoctrination and training of license, certificate holder, and assure suitable proficiency is personnel performing activities necessary, of personnel personnel performing activities applicant for a CoC shall provide achieved and maintained, affecting quality as necessary to performing activities affecting affecting quality as necessary to for indoctrination and training of Project personnel shall be trained assure that suitable proficiency is quality to assure that suitable assure that suitable proficiency is personnel performing activities in the applicable procedures and achieved and maintained, proficiency is achieved and achieved and maintained, affecting quality as necessary to project-specific documents. maintained. ensure that suitable proficiency is achieved and maintained.

8 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZlouiS~qoutions QAPP 4 7iCFR5,OAppendlxSB I - NQA-119,94 10CFR71 10CFR72 10 __

Managers are required to assess The applicant shall review the Management of those (d) The licensee shall review the (e) The licensee, applicant for a the effectiveness of their own status and adequacy of the organizations implementing the status and adequacy of the license, certificate holder, and operations and implementation of quality assurance program. quality assurance program, or quality assurance program at applicant for a CoC shall review their portion of the QAPP. QA Management of other portions thereof, shall regularly established intervals. the status and adequacy of the personnel perform independent organizations participating in the assess the adequacy of that part Management of other, quality assurance program at audits, surveillances, and quality assurance program shall of the program for which they are organizations participating in the established intervals.

inspections to verify the regularly review the status and responsible and shall assure its quality assurance program shall Management of other effectiveness of the QAPP. adequacy of that part of the effective implementation. regularly review the status and organizations participating in the quality assurance program which adequacy of that part of the quality assurance program shall they are executing. quality assurance program which regularly review the status and they are executing. adequacy of that part of the quality assurance program which they are executing.

uLJbIgrI %,orIuoI proceuures i ne oesign snan ce oen (a) i ne ucensee snai esiao*isn (a) i ne ,icensee, appucant Tor a ensure that the design meets assure that applicable regulatory controlled, and verified. measures to assure that license, certificate holder, and applicable regulatory requirements and the design applicable regulatory - applicant for a CoC shall requirements, and that design basis, as defined in 10CFR 50.2 requirements and the package establish measures to ensure activities are carried out in a and as specified in the license design, as specified in the license that applicable regulatory planned and controlled manner. application, for those structures, for those materials and requirements and the design Procedures describe systems, and components to components to which this section basis, as specified in the license responsibilities for design which this Appendix applies, are applies, are correctly translated or CoC application for those interface, control, verification, correctly translated into into specifications, drawings, structures, systems, and and change. Approved specifications, drawings, procedures, and instructions. components to which this section procedures govern translation of procedures, and instructions. applies, are correctly translated applicable project and regulatory (b) The licensee shall apply any into specifications, drawings, requirements and design bases Design control measures shall be design control measures to items procedures, and instructions.

into design, procurement, and applied to items such as the such as the following:

procedural documents, as well as following: reactor physics, stress, 1) Criticality physics, radiation (a) The licensee, applicant for a controlling the design documents thermal, hydraulic, and accident shielding, stress, thermal, license, certificate holder, and and design document analyses; compatibility of hydraulic, and accident applicant for a CoC shall apply distribution. materials; accessibility for analyses; design control measures to items inservice inspection, 2) Compatibility of materials; such as the following: criticality Design' controls shall be applied maintenance and repair, the 3) Accessibility for inservice physics, radiation shielding, to: criticality physics, radiation delineation of acceptance criteria inspection, maintenance and stress, thermal, hydraulic, and shielding, stress, thermal, for inspections and tests. repair, accident analyses; compatibility hydraulic, accident analysis, 4) Features to facilitate of materials; accessibility for compatibility of materials, decontamination: and inservice inspection, 9 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix Z!onS1utlons QAPP .lO0F,,RS,0Appendix B !QA-1-1 94 1 CFR71 1O-1KOCFIR72 accessibility for in-service 5) Delineation of acceptance maintenance and repair, features inspection, maintenance and criteria for inspections and to facilitate decontamination; and repair, features to facilitate tests. delineation of acceptance criteria decontamination, and delineation for inspections and tests.

of acceptance criteria for inspections and tests.

The input used in each design is These measures shall include Applicable design inputs shall be (a) These measures must include (a) These measures must include documented, reviewed, and provisions to assure that appropriately specified on a provisions to assure that provisions to ensure that approved in a timely manner by appropriate quality standards are timely basis and correctly appropriate quality standards are appropriate quality standards are the responsible design specified and included in design translated into design specified and included in design specified and included in design organization. Documented documents and that deviations documents. documents and that deviations documents and that deviations design inputs provide the from standards are controlled, from standards are controlled, from standards are controlled.

necessary level of detail to Measures shall also-be Measures must be established Measures must be established ensure the design activity can be established for the selection and for the selection and review for for the selection and review for carried out correctly and provides review for suitability of application suitability of application of suitability of application of a consistent basis for making of materials, parts, equipment, materials, parts, equipment, and materials, parts, equipment, and decisions, accomplishing design and processes that are essential processes that are essential to processes that are essential to verification, and for evaluating to the safety-related functions of the safety-related functions of the the functions of the structures, changes. Changes from the structures, systems, and materials, parts, and components systems, and components which approved design inputs, including components. of the packaging that are are important to safety.

the reason for the changes, are important to safety.

documented; approved, and controlled.

Design inputs including appropriate quality standards shall be specified in a timely basis and translated into applicable design documents.

Deviations from the quality standards shall be controlled.

Design measures shall include review for suitability of application for materials, parts, equipment and processes that are important to safety.

10 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-1O)

QAPP Compliance Matrix Zlon$,olutlonsQAPP 10CFRSO Appendix a ~ NQA-1 -199~4 10CFR71 1; 10 .F~R72 Formal design interfaces are Measures shall be established for Design interfaces shall be (b) The licensee, certificate (b) The licensee, applicant for a established when multiple the identification and control of verified and controlled. holder, and applicant for a CoC license, certificate holder, and organizations (internal or design interfaces and for shall establish measures for the applicant for a CoC shall external) participate inthe design coordination among participating identification and control of establish measures for the process. Procedures are written design organizations. design interfaces and for identification and control of that establish and document coordination among participating design interfaces and for responsibility and authority for design organizations. These coordination among participating transmittal, review, approval, measures must include the design organizations. These release, distribution, and revision establishment of written measures must include the of design inputs and design procedures, among participating establishment of written output documents. design organizations, for the procedures among participating review, approval, release, design organizations for the distribution, and revision of review, approval, release, documents involving design distribution, and revision of interfaces, documents involving design interfaces.

(b) The design control measures (b) The design control measures must provide for verifying or must provide for verifying or checking the adequacy of design, checking the adequacy of design by methods such as design by methods such as design reviews, alternate or simplified reviews, alternate or simplified calculational methods, or by a calculational methods, or by a suitable testing program. suitable testing program.

Independent personnel who have The verifying or checking process Design adequacy shall be (b) For the verifying or checking (b) For the verifying or checking qualifications equal to those of shall be performed by individuals verified by persons other than process, the licensee shall process, the licensee and the original design personnel or groups other than those who those who designed the item. designate individuals or groups certificate holder shall designate perform design verification. This performed the original design, but other than those who were individuals or groups other than could include anengineering who may be from the same responsible for the original those who were responsible for supervisor who initiated the organization. design, but who may be from the the original design, but who may design provided he/she did not same organization. be from the same organization.

specify a singular design approach or rule out certain design considerations. No individual is ever the verifier for his/her own work or input.

Qualification testing (b) Where a test program is used (b) Where a test program is used (synonymous with design to verify the adequacy of a to verify the adequacy of a validation) provides the specific design feature in lieu of specific design feature in lieu of assurance that products conform other verifying or checking other verifying or checking 11 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix iZoSd0utios 10CFRSOAppendiB CQAPP NQA-1A9I94 I0CFR7! 0CER2.

10 to defined user needs and processes, the licensee, processes, the licensee and requirements. Qualification tests certificate holder, and applicant certificate holder shall include of important-to-safety and DCS for a CoC shall include suitable suitable qualification testing of a operations items validate and qualification testing of a prototype prototype or sample unit under demonstrate the adequacy of or sample unit under the most the most adverse design performance under conditions adverse design conditions. conditions.

that simulate the most severe design conditions in accordance with written test procedures and test specifications.

Changes to final design, field Design changes, including field Design changes, including field (c) The licensee, certificate (c) The licensee, applicant for a changes, and modifications are changes, shall be subject to changes, shall be governed by holder, and applicant for a CoC license, certificate holder, and justified and subject to design design control measures control measures commensurate shall subject design changes, applicant for a CoC shall subject control measures commensurate commensurate with those applied with those applied to the original including field changes, to design design changes, including field with those applied to the original to the original design. design. control measures commensurate changes, to design control design. with those applied to the original measures commensurate with design. Changes in the those applied to the original conditions specified in the CoC design. Changes in the require prior NRC approval, conditions specified in the license or CoC require prior NRC approval.

SECTION 4.4 CRITERIA IV) BAI*. . REQUIREMENT 4 . 71.109 PROCUREMENT. 72.148 PR.OCUREMENT PROCUREMENTDocUMENT !ROCUREMENTID~OCMENT P i DOCUMENTCO~NTROL DOCUMENT CONTROL

~~ 2< CONT~RQL -C~ONT~ROL Controls for procured items and Measures shall be established to Applicable design bases and The licensee shall establish The licensee, applicant for a services are established in assure that applicable regulatory other requirements necessary to measures to assure adequate license, certificate holder, and approved programs and requirements, design bases, and assure adequate quality shall be quality is required in the applicant for a CoC shall procedures. These programs other requirements which are included or referenced in documents for procurement of establish measures to assure and procedures require the necessary to assure adequate documents for procurbment of material, equipment, and that applicable regulatory technical, quality, regulatory, and quality are suitably included in items and services. services, whether purchased by requirements, design basis, and administrative requirements the documents for procurement the licensee or by its contractors other requirements which are applicable to the procurement to of material, equipment, and or sub-contractors. necessary to assure adequate be specified in procurement services, whether purchased by quality are included or referenced documents. To the extent the applicant or by its contractors in the documents for necessary, procurement or sub-contractors. procurement of material, documents require suppliers to equipment, and services, adequately implement a quality whether purchased by the program consistent with the type licensee, certificate holder, or by 12 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZIon S 616d iQAPPz 10CFRS5O 9Appenidlix B NQA-1-1994 1iOCFR71 10iCFR7~2 and use of the item or service their contractors and sub-being purchased. contractors.

To the extent necessary, To the extent necessary, the To the extent necessary, To the extent necessary, the To the extent necessary, the procurement documents require procurement documents shall procurement documents shall licensee shall require contractors licensee, applicant for a license, suppliers to adequately require contractors or require Suppliers to have a or subcontractors to provide a certificate holder, and applicant implement a quality program subcontractors to provide a quality assurance program quality assurance program for a CoC, shall require consistent with the type and use quality assurance program consistent with the applicable consistent with the applicable contractors or subcontractors to of the item or service being consistent with the applicable requirements of this Part (Part1). provisions of this part. provide a quality assurance purchased provisions of this Appendix. program consistent with the applicable provisions of this subpart.

SEC~TION 4.5,1'~ CRITERIA V KBASIC REQUIREMENTS671.1~11 INSTRUCTbONS, 72.10NSTRUC.TIONS,,

INSRDUCETIAND, PROCEDURES INTUCIN, PRCDRAWING POEURES, AND PROCEDURES, AND AND DRAC DRAWINGS DAIG KDRAWINGSI Management is responsible for Activities affecting quality shall be Activities affecting quality shall be The licensee shall prescribe The licensee, applicant for a ensuring that important-to-safety prescribed by documented prescribed by and performed in activities affecting quality by license, certificate holder, and and DCS operations activities are instructions, procedures, or accordance with documented documented instructions, applicant for a CoC shall described in instructions, drawings of a type appropriate to instructions, procedures, or procedures, or drawings of a type prescribe activities affecting procedures, or drawings, which the circumstances and shall be drawings of a type appropriate to appropriate to the circumstances quality by documented are prepared and approved prior accomplished in accordance with the circumstances. and shall require that these instructions, procedures, or to commencing activities. All these instructions, procedures, or instructions, procedures, and drawings of a type appropriate to project personnel are responsible drawings. drawings be followed, the circumstances and shall to perform their activities in require that these instructions, accordance with the procedures, and drawings be requirements of these followed.

documents.

These documents include Instructions, procedures, or These documents shall include or The instructions, procedures, and The instructions, procedures, and appropriate quantitative and drawings shall include reference appropriate drawings must include drawings must include qualitative acceptance criteria to appropriate quantitative or quantitative or qualitative appropriate quantitative or *appropriate quantitative or verify that the activity has been qualitative acceptance criteria for acceptance criteria for qualitative acceptance criteria for qualitative acceptance criteria for satisfactorily accomplished, determining that important determining that prescribed determining that important determining that important activities have been satisfactorily activities have been satisfactorily activities have been satisfactorily activities have been satisfactorily accomplished. accomplished, accomplished., accomplished.

13 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix LJU1.Ul I IrI It-0 LI ICIL VI ;"Ot. IUV UI IVICCOIUI VO 01 011 UVO VOLOV1IOI IVU The preparation, issue, and The licensee shall establish I ne iicensee, appiicant Tor a affect quality are controlled to to control the issuance of change of documents that measures to control the issuance license, certificate holder, and ensure that the proper revisions documents such as instructions, specify requirements or of documents such as applicant for a CoC shall are used. Controlled documents procedures, and drawings, prescribe activities affecting instructions, procedures, and establish measures to control the include documentation for including changes thereto, which quality shall be controlled to drawings, including changes, issuance of documents such as important-to-safety and DCS prescribe all activities affecting assure that correct documents which prescribe all activities instructions, procedures, and operations activities such as quality. are being employed. affecting quality drawings, including changes, procedures, work instructions, which prescribe all activities and drawings. affecting quality..

Project documents, including changes, shall be identified, prepared, reviewed, approved, maintained, revised, and controlled in accordance with the requirements of this QAPP.

________________________ L .1 I Documents are reviewed for These measures shall assure Such documents, including These measures must assure These measures must assure adequacy and approved for that documents, including changes thereto, shall be that documents, including that documents, including release by authorized personnel changes, are reviewed for reviewed for adequacy and changes, are reviewed for changes, are reviewed for prior to issuance. Documents adequacy and approved for approved for release by adequacy, approved for release adequacy, approved for release are issued to and used at the release by authorized personnel authorized personnel. by authorized personnel, and by authorized personnel, and location where the activity is and are distributed to and used at distributed and used at the distributed and used at the performed as specified in project the location where the prescribed location where the prescribed location where the prescribed procedures. Document changes activity is performed. activity is performed. activity is performed. These are reviewed and approved in measures must assure that accordance with project changes to documents are procedures. reviewed and approved.

LIU[IOUIUIIU!II i IIUUUI UiI11{I11! IVIUCI:UlI0Z WIIII UO " L0t L:UIIbII{U LU I II0* IUl. UIVIIIIIL UI ILtlI 0I1.llU *1,0 I I IC *I1'.,0I 000;* 01111 COll OLIUIICl I (a) The licensee, applicant tor a controls establish measures to assure that purchased material, services shall be controlled to measures to assure that license, certificate holder, and ensure those procured items and equipment, and services, assure conformance with purchased material, equipment, applicant for a CoC shall services for important-to-safety whether purchased directly or specified requirements. and services, whether purchased establish measures to ensure and DCS operations applications I throuqh contractors and directly or through contractors that purchased material, i

14 of 32

, Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix aZI1.SoRutSons QAPP A0.i *FMO-Appendi.B NA-1-9..4 10CFR.7.1 10 CF-R72 are clearly and adequately subcontractors, conform to the and subcontractors, conform to equipment, and services, specified in procurement procurement documents. the procurement documents. whether purchased directly or documents. through contractors and subcontractors, conform to the Receiving inspection shall be procurement documents.

performed for purchased items that are important-to-safety or DCS operations related (including spare or replacement parts) to ensure that:

- Items are properly identified and correspond to the receiving documentation.

- Inspection records and certificates of conformance.

attesting to the acceptance of the items are available.

- Items accepted and released are identified as to their inspection status prior to forwarding them to a controlled storage area or releasing them for installation or further work.

- Physical attributes comply with specified requirements.

Project technical, procurement, These measures shall include Such control shall provide for the (a) These measures must include (a) These measures must include and QA personnel participate, as provisions, as appropriate, for following as appropriate: source provisions, as appropriate, for provisions, as appropriate, for appropriate, in evaluation of source evaluation and selection, evaluation and selection, source evaluation and selection, source evaluation and selection, potential procurement sources objective evidence of quality evaluation of objective evidence objective evidence of quality objective evidence of quality performed by EnergySolutions' furnished by the contractor or of quality furnished by the furnished by the contractor or furnished by the contractor or Corporate Quality Assurance subcontractor, inspection at the Supplier, source inspection, subcontractor, inspection at the. subcontractor, inspection at the Department or ZionSolutions QA contractor or subcontractor audit, and examination of items contractor or subcontractor contractor or subcontractor staff. ZionSolutions' QA source, and examination of or services upon delivery or source, and examination of source, and examination of Department shall perform a third products upon delivery, completion. products upon delivery, products upon delivery.

party review of EnergySolutions' audits to ensure they are acceptable to ZionSolutions'.

15 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix Z--lo-nSolutiIons QARPP 10CFRSO Appendix B ~ NCJA-1 -1994 ICFR71F 10 10 CFR72~

ZionSolutions' recommendations of procurement sources. are based on these evaluations.

Results of supplier evaluations performed prior to contract award are documented and retained.

The evaluations cover review of capabilities and facilities for technical, manufacturing, and quality performance, and include any or all of the following, as appropriate:

- Historical performance data, particularly inproduct quality and delivery.

- Review of supplier's QA Program, including current quality records.

- Inspections, audits, or surveillances to verify supplier's QA Program implementation.

- Source qualification programs.

Receiving inspection shall be performed for purchased items that are important-to-safety or DCS operations related (including spare or replacement parts)

Receiving inspection shall be (b) The licensee, certificate (b) The licensee, applicant for a performed for purchased items " holder, and applicant for a CoC license, certificate holder, and that are important-to-safety or shall have available documentary applicant for a CoC shall have' DCS operations related evidence that material and -available documentary evidence (including' spare or replacement equipment conform to the that material and equipment parts) to ensure that: procurement specifications conform to the procurement before installation or use of the specifications prior to installation 16 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-1O).

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZlonSo1UtfdihiQAFPP f1OCER5O Appoeaidx B ~ .NCLA-1-t 1"'4 1OFR7I1CR~~

" Items are properly identified material and equipment. The or use of the material and and correspond to the licensee, certificate holder, and equipment. The licensee and receiving documentation. applicant for a CoC shall retain, certificate holder shall retain or Inspection records

" censetiion and recordsrmande or have available, this have available this documentary documentary evidence for the life evidence for the life of the ISFSI, certificates of conformance of the package to which it MRS, or spent fuel storage cask.

attesting to the acceptance of applies. The licensee, certificate The licensee and certificate the items are available. holder, and applicant for a CoC holder shall ensure that the

" Items accepted and released shall'assure that the evidence is evidence is sufficient to identify are identified as to their sufficient to identify the specific the specific requirements met by inspection status prior to requirements met by the the purchased material and forwarding them to a controlled purchased material and equipment.

storage area or releasing them equipment.

for installation or further work.

" Physical attributes comply with specified requirements.

Records of such inspections and documentary evidence that material, -equipment, and services conform to procurement specifications and documents shall be retained or be available prior to installation or use of the item, material, equipment or service, for the life of the

package, and for the life of the ISFSI as applicable.

A documented evaluation is (c) The licensee, certificate (c) The licensee, applicant for a required annually for suppliers holder, and applicant for a CoC license, certificate holder, and maintained on the supplier list. shall assess the effectiveness of applicant for a CoC, or a Supplier audits, when required, the control of quality by designee of either, shall assess shall be conducted at least once contractors and subcontractors at the effectiveness of the control of every thirty-six (36) months in intervals consistent with the quality by contractors and accordance with the audit section importance, complexity, and subcontractors at intervals of this document. quantity of the product or consistent with the importance, services. complexity, and quantity of the product or services.

17 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix Lontrois are estaDlisneo in m Measures snaii De estaoiisnea Tor uontrois snaii oe estaoiisnea to i ne iicensee snaiu estaDiisn I ne iicensee, appiicant Tor a approved procedures to assure the identification and control of assure that only correct and measures for the identification license, certificate holder, and that only correct and accepted materials, parts, and components accepted items are used or and control of materials, parts, applicant for a CoC shall items are used or installed. including partially fabricated installed. and components.: establish measures for the assemblies. identification and control of The identification and control of These identification and control materials, parts, and material, parts, and components These identification and control measures must be designed to components.

will include the use of heat measures shall be designed to prevent the use of incorrect or numbers when applicable to prevent the use of incorrect or defective material, parts and These identification and control assure the maintenance of defective material, parts and components. measures must be designed to identification and traceability components. prevent the use of incorrect or throughout all stages of the defective material, parts and project and to prevent the use of components.

incorrect or defective material, parts or components.

L .1 .

Identification is maintained either Identification shall be maintained These measures must assure These measures must ensure on the items or in documents either on the items or in that identification of the item is that identification of the item is traceable to the item. documents traceable to the maintained by heat number, part maintained by heat number, part items, or in a manner which number, or other appropriate number, serial number, or other Identification such as batch, lot, assures that identification is means, either on the item or on appropriate means, either on the serial number, or part number is established and maintained. records traceable to the item, as item or on records traceable to maintained from initial receipt up required throughout fabrication, the item as required, throughout to and including installation. The installation, and use of the item. fabrication, installation, and use identification relates the item to of the item.

the applicable design or other specification document when appropriate. ZionSolutions utilizes physical identification when possible. Other means, including separation or procedural control, are used when physical identification is not possible.

I __________________ .1.__________________ 1__________________ .1.

18 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix zspecial processes, that control or Measures shall be established to Processes atrecting qualit verify quality are performed by assure that special processes, items or services shall be qualified personnel using including welding, heat treating, controlled.

qualified procedures. Personnel, and nondestructive testing, are equipment, and procedures used controlled and accomplished by to perform special processes are qualified personnel using qualified in accordance with . qualified procedures in specified requirements. Qualified accordance with applicable procedures for special processes codes, standards, specifications, include required conditions such criteria, and other special as proper equipment, controlled requirements.

parameters, and calibration requirements.

Special processes that control or Special processes that control or The licensee shall establish The licensee, applicant for a verify quality are performed by verify quality, such as those used measures to assure that special license, certificate holder, and qualified personnel using in welding, heat treating, and processes, including welding, applicant for a CoC shall qualified procedures. Personnel, nondestructive examination, shall heat treating, and nondestructive establish measures to ensure equipment, and procedures used be performed by qualified testing, are controlled and that special processes, including to perform special processes are personnel using qualified accomplished by qualified welding, heat treating, and qualified in accordance with procedures in accordance with personnel using qualified nondestructive testing, are specified requirements. Qualified specified requirements. procedures in accordance with controlled and accomplished by procedures for special processes applicable codes, standards, qualified personnel using include required conditions such specifications, criteria, and other qualified procedures in as proper equipment, controlled special requirements. accordance with applicable parameters, and calibration codes, standards, specifications, requirements. criteria, and other special requirements.

I, udIlly ms5urance, engmr1eeiriny, IIIZpL;AIUIIu ) IquIIuu LUVwIIy I I I t I I K AI I+ V biI dI l * , ZLdU I I I d:t l u Wf I I1W MII I ýUu'l i::J yp*t*j aI lL IUI C::

II, and technical support personnel activities affecting quality shall be conformance of an item or execute a program for inspection license, certificate holder, and are responsible for ensuring that established and executed by or activity to specified requirements of activities affecting quality by or applicant for a CoC shall inspections required to verify for the organization performing shall be planned and executed. for the organization performing establish and execute a program conformance of an item or the activity to verify conformance the activity to verify conformance for inspection of activities 19 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix

-ZionS.6Iutlons QAPP 1c0cFRO Appendix B NQASI 1994 10CFR7I 10 CFR72 activity to specified requirements with the documented instructions, with the documented instructions, affecting quality by or for the are planned, executed, and procedures, and drawings for procedures, and drawings for organization performing the documented by qualified accomplishing the activity. accomplishing the activity. activity to verify conformance personnel according to approved with the documented instructions, procedures. procedures, and drawings for accomplishing the activity.

Inspection procedures, Characteristics to be inspected instructions, or checklists identify and inspection methods to be the characteristics and activities employed shall be specified.

to be inspected:

- acceptance criteria;

- responsible organization for performing inspection;

- and, provide for recording objective evidence of inspection results.

Quality Assurance, engineering, Inspection results shall be and technical support personnel documented.

are responsible for ensuring that inspections required to verify conformance of an item or activity to specified requirements are planned, executed, and documented by qualified personnel according to approved procedures.

Inspection records contain, at a minimum, identification of the item inspected, date of inspection, inspector name, type of observation, acceptance and rejection criteria, results or acceptability, and reference to nonconformance's.

20 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZionSolutionsQAPP 19%CFR50Al*OfWdlx B NQA-1-y994 10CFR7_1_ 10 CF_ 2 Inspection personnel are Such inspection shall be Inspection for acceptance shall The inspection must be The inspection must be independent of those who performed by individuals other be performed by persons other performed by individuals other performed by individuals other performed the work being than those who performed the than those who performed or than those who performed the than those who performed the inspected, activity being inspected. directly supervised the work activity being inspected. activity being inspected.

I __ being inspected.

Quality Assurance, engineering, Examination, measurements, or Examinations, measurements, or and technical support personnel tests of material or products tests of material or products are responsible for ensuring that processed must be performed for processed must be performed for inspections required to verify each work operation where each work operation where conformance of an item or necessary to assure quality. If necessary to assure quality. If activity to specified requirements direct inspection of processed direct inspection of processed are planned, executed, and material or products is not carried material or products cannot be documented by qualified out, indirect control by monitoring carried out, indirect control by personnel according to approved processing methods, equipment, monitoring processing methods, procedures. and personnel must be provided. equipment, and personnel must Both inspection and process be provided. Both inspection and Responsibilities for identifying monitoring must be provided process monitoring must be and specifying hold points are when quality control is provided when quality control is established in approved inadequate without both. If inadequate without both. If procedures. Quality Assurance, mandatory inspection hold points, mandatory inspection hold points Engineering, and technical which require witnessing or that require witnessing or support representatives are inspecting by the licensee's inspecting by the licensee's or responsible for identifying designated representative and certificate holder's designated inspection hold points in beyond which work should not representative, and beyond appropriate documents to ensure proceed without the consent of its which work should not proceed that no further work is performed designated representative, are without the consent of its until a certain inspection has . required, the specific hold points designated representative, are been completed. Work does not must be indicated in appropriate required, the specific hold points proceed beyond hold points.. documents. must be indicated in appropriate without consent from the documents.

organization that established them. This consent is recorded prior to continuation of work.

Inspections are performed, as necessary, to verify conformance to requirements. Indirect control by monitoring may be utilized when direct inspection is impractical. Both insoection and 21 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-1O)

QAPP Compliance Matrix 3/4Zioif6uiofls QAPP i90_CfR60O.Apiiendlx 8 NQAi-1 -994, ~10,CTR7,1 1,0_9FR7Z2 monitoring are performed when control is inadequatewithout both. A combination of inspection and process monitoring is performed in a systematic manner to assure quality is achieved throughout the duration of the process.

SECTION4.1 '76RITERIA Xl_ - BASIC REQUIREMENTI1 71.123 TEST CONTROL 72.162 TEST cNTROL

~' &~ ~TEST CQ NTROL TEST CONTROL Testing to verify conformance of A test program shall be Tests required to verify The licensee shall establish a The licensee, applicant for a processes, equipment, and established to assure that all conformance of an item or test program to assure that all license, certificate holder, and products to specified testing required to demonstrate computer program to specified testing required to demonstrate applicant for a CoC shall requirements and to demonstrate that structures, systems, and requirements and to demonstrate that the packaging components establish a test program to satisfactory performance is components will perform that items willperform will perform satisfactorily in ensure that all testing required to planned and performed by satisfactorily in service is satisfactorily in service shall be service is identified and demonstrate that the structures, qualified personnel in accordance identified and performed in planned and executed, performed in accordance with systems, and components will with approved procedures. Tests accordance with written test written test procedures that perform satisfactorily in service, required to collect data are procedures which incorporate the incorporate the requirements of is identified and performed in planned, executed, documented, requirements and acceptance this part and the requirements accordance .with written test and evaluated, limits contained in applicable and acceptance limits contained procedures that incorporate the design documents. in the package approval. requirements of this part and the The test methods and requirements and acceptance acceptance criteria are based on limits contained in the ISFSI, specified requirements contained MRS, or spent fuel storage in design or other technical license or CoC.

documents.

Engineering and technical Characteristics to be tested and support representatives are test methods to be employed responsible to ensure that test shall be specified.

requirements and acceptance criteria are developed and incorporated into appropriate test plans, procedures, or checklists.

The test methods and acceptance criteria are based on specified requirements contained in design or other technical documents.

22 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix S~<Z~n~out~o&QAPK~ A IOCFR50 A peridlxB8NAi19 '>x 10F717 K<0CR~

Test procedures include or The test procedures must include The test procedures must include reference characteristics to be provisions for assuring that all provisions to ensure that all tested and test objectives and prerequisites for the given test prerequisites for the given test prerequisites. Prerequisites such are met, that adequate test are met, that adequate test as calibrated instrumentation, instrumentation is available and instrumentation is available and equipment and its condition, used, and that the test is used, and that the test is personnel qualification, performed under suitable performed under suitable environmental conditions, and environmental conditions. environmental conditions.

collection and recording of data are taken into consideration during development of test procedures.

Test results are documented and Test results shall be documented The licensee, certificate holder, The licensee, applicant for a evaluated by a responsible and their conformance with and applicant for a CoC shall license, certificate holder, and authority to assure the test acceptance criteria shall be document and evaluate the test applicant for a CoC shall requirements were satisfied, evaluated, results to assure that test document and evaluate the test requirements have been results to ensure that test satisfied. requirements have been satisfied.

Tests required to collect data, such as for siting or design input, shall be planned, executed, documented, and evaluated.

SECTION 4.12 CRITERIA XII BASICREQUiREMENT 12* .. 7 1.125 CONTR OL OF 72.164 CONTROL OF CONTROLOFMEASURNG C OF MEASURING. MEA*.URING AND TEST

MASURING AND TEST AND TEST EQUIPMENT ANDTESTEQUIPMENT .. EQUIPMENT - EQUIMENT The calibration process assures Measures shall be established to Tools, gages, instruments, and The licensee shall establish The licensee, applicant for a that all measuring instruments assure that tools, gages, other measuring and test measures to assure that tools, license, certificate holder, and used in the acceptance of instruments, and other measuring equipment used for activities gages, instruments, and other applicant for a CoC shall material, equipment, and and testing devices used in affecting quality shall be measuring and testing devices establish measures to ensure assemblies are calibrated and activities affecting quality are controlled and at specified used in activities affecting quality that tools, gauges, instruments, properly adjusted at specified properly controlled, calibrated, periods calibrated and adjusted are properly controlled, and other measuring and testing intervals to maintain accuracy and adjusted at specified periods to maintain accuracy within calibrated, and adjusted at devices used in activities within pre-determined limits, to maintain accuracy within necessary limits, specified times to maintain affecting quality are properly necessary limits, accuracy within necessary limits, controlled, calibrated, and adjusted at specified times to maintain accuracy within necessary limits.

23 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ivateinais consiaerea critical, measuressnall oe estaDlIsned to Handling, storage, cleaning, 11ne itcensee Snail establish Ine licensee, applicant tor a sensitive, perishable, or QA control the handling, storage, packaging, shipping, and measures to control, in license, certificate holder, and designated are handled, cleaned, shipping, cleaning, and preservation of items shall be accordance with instructions, the applicant for a CoC shall stored, packaged, and shipped in preservation of materials and controlled to prevent damage or handling, storage, shipping, establish measures to control, in accordance with controls equipment in accordance with loss and to minimize cleaning, and preservation of accordance with work and identified in codes, standards, *work and inspection instructions deterioration. materials and equipment to be inspection instructions, the regulations, engineering to prevent damage or used in packaging to prevent handling, storage, shipping, specifications, or project deterioration. damage or deterioration. cleaning, and preservation of requirements to prevent damage materials and equipment to or loss and to minimize prevent damage or deterioration.

deterioration.

When necessary for particular When necessary for particular When necessary for particular products, special protective products, special protective products, special protective environments, such as inert gas environments, such as inert gas environments, such as inert gas atmosphere, and specific atmosphere, and specific atmosphere, and specific moisture content and moisture content and moisture content and temperature levels, are specified temperature levels must be temperature levels must be and provided in applicable specified and provided. specified and provided.

documents.

IvIULFnuus u:StU Will assul Urenal. nese measures snaii provice I ' ne status or inspection ana test ta) i nese measures must required inspections and tests the identification of items which activities shall be identified either provide for the identification of provide for the identification of are performed and to assure that have satisfactorily passed on the items or in documents items that have satisfactorily items which have satisfactorily items which have not passed the required inspections and tests, traceable to the items where it is passed required inspections and passed required inspections and required inspections or tests are where necessary to preclude necessary to assure that required tests where necessary to tests where necessary to not inadvertently installed, used inadvertent bypassing of such inspections and tests are preclude inadvertent bypassing preclude inadvertent bypassing or operated and to prevent inspections and tests. performed and to assure that of the inspections and tests. of the inspections and tests.

inadvertent operation of systems. items which have not passed the These methods provide for required inspections and tests identification of items which have are not inadvertently installed; 24 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZiqnSodut~ons QA-PP I'OCFR5OYAppendix Bl ~-~f4 " IDCFR71 1OCfR72 satisfactorily. passed the required used, or operated.

inspections and tests.

Methods to indicate the status of Measures shall be established to Status shall be maintained (a) The licensee shall establish (a) The licensee shall establish inspections, tests, and operating indicate, by the use of markings through indicators, such as measures to indicate, by use of measures to indicate, by use of status of systems for DCS, ISFSI, such as stamps, tags, labels, physical location and tags, markings such as stamps, tags,, markings such as stamps, tags, or spent fuel cask items and routing cards, or other suitable markings, shop travelers, labels, routing cards, or other labels, routing cards, or other other selected tasks also include means, the status of inspections stamps, inspection records, or suitable means, the status of suitable means, the status of stamps, tags, or routing cards, and tests performed upon other suitable means. inspections and tests performed . inspections and tests performed individual items of the nuclear upon individual items of the upon individual items of the ISFSI power plant and fuel packaging. or MRS.

reprocessing plant.

The authority for application and The authority for application and removal of status indicators is removal of tags, markings, labels, identified in approved and stamps shall be specified.

procedures.

The status of items can be Measures shall also be Status indicators shall also (b) The licensee shall establish (b) The licensee shall establish determined at any point established for indicating the provide for indicating the measures to identify the measures to identify the throughout an operational operating status of structures, operating status of systems and operating status of components operating status of structures, process to prevent inadvertent systems, and components of the components of the nuclear of the packaging, such as tagging systems, and components of the use, installation, or operation of nuclear power plant and fuel facility, such as by tagging valves valves and switches, to prevent ISFSI or MRS, such as tagging nonconforming or defective reprocessing plant, such as by and switches, to prevent inadvertent operation. valves and switches, to prevent items. Status indicators are tagging valves and switches, to. inadvertent operation. inadvertent operation.

required to the extent possible to prevent inadvertent operation.

prevent operation of items that are removed from service for test, calibration, maintenance, or repair, and to ensure that required inspections and tests have been performed.

iiems mai oo not conmorm to imeasures snail ue estaoiisneu to i emins rnaL uo n[10 CunjiI[ LU I I[it IIU;IIZSUU ZIdIf ULdUIIl:[ I IIU IILUIIb5t, dPIIJIIdIIL IUl d specified requirements are control materials, parts, or specified requirements shall be measures to control materials, license, certificate holder, and controlled to prevent inadvertent components which do not controlled to prevent inadvertent parts, or components that do not applicant for a CoC shall ,

25 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZionSolutions QAPP 1,DC *50Ap*pendi*x B .*:NQA-1 -1994 1'0,C FRT7I*, 10, CFR72ý installation or use in accordance conform to requirements in order installation or use. conform to the licensee's establish measures to control with approved procedures. to prevent their inadvertent use requirements to prevent their materials, parts, or components or installation. inadvertent use or installation. that do not conform to their requirements in order to prevent their inadvertent use or installation.

Procedures include controls that These measures shall include, as Controls shall provide for These measures must include, These measures must include, provide for reporting, identifying, appropriate, procedures for identification, documentation, as appropriate, procedures for as appropriate, procedures for documenting, evaluating, identification, documentation, evaluation, segregation when identification, documentation, identification, documentation, segregating (when feasible), segregation, disposition, and practical, and disposition of segregation, disposition, and segregation, disposition, and dispositioning nonconforming notification to affected nonconforming items, and for notification to affected notification to affected items, and notifying affected organizations. notification to affected organizations. organizations.

organizations. organizations.

Nonconforming items must be Nonconforming items must be reviewed and accepted, rejected, reviewed and accepted, rejected, repaired, or reworked in repaired, or reworked in accordance with documented accordance with documented procedures. procedures.

SECTtON 4.16 CRITERIA XVI BASIC REQUIREMENT 16 71.133 CORREGCTIVE AClO ION 7.*72 CORRECTIVE ACTION CORRECTIVE ACTION CORRECTIVE ACTION Conditions adverse to quality Measures shall be established to Conditions adverse to quality The licensee shall establish The licensee, applicant for a (e.g., nonconformances, failures, assure that conditions adverse to shall be identified promptly and measures to assure that license, certificate holder, and malfunctions, deficiencies, quality, such as failures, corrected as soon as practical. conditions adverse to quality, applicant for a CoC shall defective material, etc.) are malfunctions, deficiencies, such as deficiencies, deviations, establish measures to ensure promptly identified and evaluated deviations, defective material and defective material and that conditions adverse to quality, to determine corrective action in equipment, and equipment, and such as failures, malfunctions, accordance with established nonconformances are promptly nonconformances are promptly deficiencies, deviations, defective procedures. identified and corrected, identified and corrected. material and equipment, and nonconformances are promptly identified and corrected.

For significant conditions adverse In the case of a significant In the case of a significant In the case of a significant In the case of a significant to quality, the condition, the condition identified as adverse to condition adverse to quality, the condition adverse to quality, the condition identified as adverse to cause of the condition and the quality, the measures shall cause of the condition shall be measures must assure that the quality, the measures must corrective action taken is assure that the cause of the determined and corrective action cause of the condition is ensure that the cause of the documented and reported to condition is determined and taken to preclude recurrence. determined and corrective action condition is determined and appropriate levels of corrective action taken to I taken to preclude repetition. corrective action taken to 26 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix Zion$,olutlons 4APP 1OCIR5O I Appendlix B QA-1 -994 14~ ~ 10CFR71~ 1CFR72 10 management. Follow-up action preclude. repetition. preclude repetition.

shall be taken to verify effective implementation of the required corrective actions to prevent recurrence and to verify that they are effectively implemented. ._.

For significant conditions adverse The identification of the The identification, cause, and The identification of the The identification of the to quality, the condition, the significant condition adverse to corrective action for significant significant condition adverse to significant condition adverse to cause of the condition and the quality, the cause of the conditions adverse to quality quality, the cause of the quality, the cause of the corrective action taken is condition, and the corrective shall be documented and condition, and the corrective condition, and the corrective documented and reported to .action taken shall be documented reported to appropriate levels of action taken must be action taken must be appropriate levels of and reported to appropriate management; documented and reported to documented and reported to management. Follow-up action levels of management. appropriate levels of appropriate levels of shall be taken to verify effective management. management.

implementation of the required corrective actions to prevent recurrence and to verify that they are effectively implemented. The GM, or designee, is responsible for reviewing the condition and determining validity. The GM will assure that validated conditions are processed in accordance with the project's corrective action program.

The management control follow-up action shall be taken to systems established includes verify implementation of this problem investigation, evaluation, corrective action.

reporting, and follow-up action taken to verify that corrective action has been thoroughly implemented and such conditions are effectively resolved.

Follow-up action shall-be taken to verify effective implementation of the required corrective actions to prevent recurrence and to verify that they are effectively implemented.

27 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix The record system includes the .JUI IR.,lVIIL IVýUlI UO 01 loll LJU I I1IUII.t*llI t::U LUt:I LIIIkC[Ltr: IIVUIUtI ,. I It: IIUUlle , dpiJlul dII IUI d retention of those design, maintained to furnish evidence of documentary evidence of quality and applicant for a CoC shall license, certificate holder, and fabrication, inspection, operation, activities affecting quality. shall be specified, prepared, and maintain sufficient written records applicant for a CoC shall and surveillance records maintained. to describe the activities affecting maintain sufficient records to essential to demonstrate product quality. The records must include furnish evidence of activities quality. the instructions, procedures, and affecting quality.

drawings required by § 71.111 to The records must include the prescribe quality assurance following: design records, records activities and must include of use, and the results of reviews, closely related specifications inspections, tests, audits, such as required qualifications of monitoring of work performance, personnel, procedures, and and materials analyses. The equipment. records must include closely related data such as qualifications of personnel, procedures, and equipment.

For any work performed, the Records shall be identifiable and Records shall be legible, Records must be identifiable and records to be generated must be retrievable, identifiable, and retrievable, retrievable.

identified, along with a means of matching the record to the item or activity to which it applies.

Records must be legible, reproducible, and accurate.

QA records shall be protected Records shall be protected against damage, deterioration, against damage, deterioration, or unauthorized change, or loss. loss.

The record system includes the The records shall include at least Requirements and The records must include the retention of those design, the following: operating logs and responsibilities for record instructions or procedures which fabrication, inspection, operation, the results of reviews, transmittal, distribution, retention, establish a records retention and surveillance records inspections, tests, audits, maintenance, and disposition program that is consistent with

.essential to demonstrate product monitoring of work performance, shall be established and applicable regulations and quality. It provides for the and material analyses. documented. designates factors such as identification of materials and Consistent with applicable duration, location, and assigned their corresponding regulatory requirements responsibility.

28 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix aZ!6flS..Qi sQARP 2 OC1FR50 Appendix S > NQA-11-19941 manufacturing, installation, concerning record retention, such inspection, test, and audit results. as duration, location, and The licensee, certificate holder, Requirements and assigned responsibility. and applicant for a CoC shall responsibilities for the transmittal, retain these records for 3 years distribution, retention, beyond the date when the maintenance, and disposition of licensee, certificate holder, and records are specified in approved applicant for a CoC last engage procedures. in the activity for which the quality assurance program was developed. If any portion of the written procedures or instructions is superseded, the licensee, certificate holder, and applicant for a CoC shall retain the superseded material for 3 years after it is superseded.

29 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZlotiSolutionsQAPP~ _ 1CR5O"A&pedix , 1 '. A-1 -19%4f IOCFR71 T-1WCF72 Section 4.2 The records shall also include The records must include closely Inspection and Test Personnel closely related data such as related data such as certification documentation shall qualifications of personnel, qualifications of personnel, be maintained in accordance with procedures, and equipment. procedures, and equipment.

approved procedures.

Inspection and test records shall, Inspection and test records must, Section 4.5 as a minimum, identify the at a minimum, identify the Instructions, procedures, work inspector or data recorder, the inspector or data recorder, the instructions and drawings are type of observation, the results, type of observation, the results, prepared, reviewed, issued, and the acceptability, and the action the acceptability, and the action controlled in accordance with taken in connection with any taken in connection with any approved procedures. deficiencies noted. noted deficiencies.

Section 4.9 Documentation of personnel, equipment, and process qualifications is maintained in accordance with procedures.

Section 4.10 Inspection records .contain, at a minimum, identification of the item inspected, date of inspection, inspector name, type of observation, acceptance and rejection criteria, results or acceptability, and reference to nonconformance's.

Section 4.11 Records include as a minimum the item tested, date of test, name of the tester, environmental conditions, observations, acceptance and rejection criteria, results and acceptability, action taken for deviations noted, and name of the person evaluating results.

30 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-1 0)

QAPP Compliance Matrix

~Zion$6,1Ud6-n~sQ APP I IOCER60 AppndlixA::ýB [ "A-1-1199~4 100 ER 71 1,0 CFP72" The record system includes the Records pertaining to the design, retention of those design, fabrication, erection, testing, fabrication, 'inspection, operation, maintenance, and use of and surveillance records structures, systems, and essential to demonstrate product components important to safety quality. It provides for the must be maintained by or under identification of materials and the control of the licensee or their corresponding certificate holder until the NRC manufacturing, installation, terminates the license or CoC.

inspection, test, and audit results.

Requirements and responsibilities for the transmittal, distribution, retention, maintenance, and disposition of records are specified in approved procedures.

Various regulatory agencies have requirements concerning records that are within the scope of the QAPP. The most stringent requirements shall be used in determining the final disposition.

F 101 11IWU 11II It Clll UU1LJ Cl1C rlidH: M t: di u lIl bU1I UUUlUU d:ULIILb* I II* IIMUMI=Vl Wi1dl L, IIIy UUL d I II1 IIl* *,ll : dC. IIUdl1 IL 1UUId scheduled annually and planned and periodic audits shall shall be performed to verify comprehensive system of license, certificate holder, and performed per approved be carried out to verify compliance with all aspects of.the planned and periodic audits to applicant for a CoC shall carry procedures or checklists. compliance with all aspects of the quality assurance program and to verify compliance with all aspects out a comprehensive system of Elements of the QAPP will be quality assurance program and to determine its effectiveness. of the quality assurance program planned and periodic audits to audited at least annually to determine the effectiveness of and to determine the verify compliance with all aspects provide comprehensive, the program. effectiveness of the program. of the quality assurance program independent verification and and to determine the evaluation of all aspects of the effectiveness of the program.

quality assurance program and to determine its effectiveness.

31 of 32

Enclosure 3 ZionSolutions Quality Assurance Project Plan (ZS-QA-10)

QAPP Compliance Matrix ZlonSIP!utions QAPP *10CFRSO Appendix*B NQA1-1994 10.R7_110 0CFR72 Planned internal audits are The audits shall be performed in These audits shall be performed The audits must be performed in The audits must be performed in scheduled annually and accordance with written in accordance with written accordance with written . accordance with written performed per approved procedures or checklists by procedures or checklists by procedures or checklists by procedures or checklists by procedures or checklists, appropriately trained personnel personnel who do not have direct appropriately trained personnel appropriately trained personnel not having direct responsibility in responsibility for performing the not having direct responsibility in not having direct responsibility in An audit team, composed of one the areas being audited. activities being audited. the areas being audited. the areas being audited.

or more qualified auditors is identified for each audit using personnel who have no direct.

responsibility for the activity being covered. A lead auditor, as a member of the team, is designated as a team leader.

Audit reports are prepared upon Audit results shall be Audit results shall be Audit results must be Audit results must be completion of the audit and documented and reviewed by documented and reported to and. documented and reviewed by documented and reviewed by distributed to appropriate management having reviewed by responsible management having management having management for review and responsibility in the area audited. management. responsibility in the area audited. responsibility in the area audited.

response. Management of the

,audited organizations provide a response to all identified conditions adverse to quality that includes corrective actions, including cause and action to prevent recurrence, and a schedule for completion, when applicable.

The results of internal audits, Follow-up action, including Follow-up action shall be taken Follow-up action, including Follow-up action, including surveillances and assessments reaudit of deficient areas, shall where indicated. reaudit of deficient areas, must reaudit of deficient areas, must and independent assessments be taken where indicated, be taken where indicated. be taken where indicated.

and audits of Subcontractors will be utilized as input into the continuous improvement program through identification in the CR system. Re-audit of deficient areas will be performed when required.

32 of 32

NQA-1 vs. Non-programmatic ANSI Standards Tables

1. ANSI N45.2.1 -1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1

2. ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2

3. ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.3

4. ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.4

5. ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5

6. ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.1 N45.2.1 limited to "during construction." NQA-1 larger scope of 1.1 Scope Subpart 2.1 provides amplified "during manufacturing, construction, requirements for the management of repairs, and modifications."

This standard covers on-site cleaning cleaning and cleanness control of of materials and components, fluid systems and associated cleanness control, and preoperational components for nuclear power plants cleaning and layup of important during manufacturing, construction, nuclear power plant fluid systems repairs, and modifications. It during construction. supplements the requirements of Part I.

These systems include those whose QAPP establishes applicability in satisfactory performance is required for Section 1.2, Scope safe and reliable operation of the plant.

The requirements may also be ... when and to the extent specified by In addition, the QAPP establishes extended to other parts of nuclear the organization invoking Subpart applicability in Section 1.2, Scope power plants when specified in 2.1.

contract documents.

The standard covers requirements Guidance only. Wording does not necessary to ensure an adequately establish requirements.

clean system upon completion of construction activities, and covers the period from which the materials and equipment are removed from storage or receiving for installation at the construction site until the systems are ready for pre-operational testing.

The intent of this standard is to require Guidance only. Wording does not close attention to cleanness control establish requirements.

during erection of a nuclear power plant so that only water flushing or rinsing of an installed system is required to render it ready for service.

When more than a water flush or rinse Guidance only. Wording does not is needed to produce the specified establish requirements.

cleanness, additional cleaning, in accordance with this standard may be necessary.

This standard is intended to be used in ... and shall be used in conjunction Guidance only. Wording does not conjunction with ANSI N45.2 Quality with applicable Basic and establish requirements.

Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Supplementary Sections of Part I Power Plants. when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking Subpart 2.1.

1.2 Applicability Section 1 "Introduction" These words are not included in NQA-1 Subpart 2.1, but rather in Section 1 The requirements of this standard 2 Applicability apply to the work of any individual or organization that participates in the The requirements of this Part (Part I1) construction phase cleaning of items to apply to fabrication, construction, be incorporated into nuclear power modification, repair, maintenance, plants as discussed in Subsection 1.1. and testing activities that affect the quality of structures, systems, and components for nuclear facilities.

These activities include the performing function of attaining quality objectives and verifying that activities affecting quality have been correctly performed. These activities include planning, subsurface investigation, fabricating, handling, shipping, storng, cleaning...

The extent to which the individual re- ... when and to the extent specified by OK quirements of this standard will apply the organization invoking Subpart will depend upon the nature and scope 2.1.

1 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 importance of the item or service involved.

The requirements are intended to Section 1 "Introduction" These words are not included in NQA-ensure that only proper cleaning 1 Subpart 2.1, but rather in the materials, equipment, processes and 2 Applicability Introduction to Part II procedures are utilized during the construction of bower plants and that The requirements of this Part (Part II) the quality of items is maintained as a apply to fabrication, construction, result of use of proper cleaning modification, repair, maintenance, practices and techniques during and testing activities that affect the construction. quality of structures, systems, and components for nuclear facilities.

These activities include the performing function of attaining quality objectives and verifying that activities affecting quality have been correctly performed. These activities include planning, subsurface investigation, fabricating, handling, shipping, storing, cleaning.

1.3 Responsibility Section 1 "Introduction" These words are not included in NQA-1 Subpart 2.1, but rather in the The organization or organizations 3 Responsibility Introduction to Part II responsible for the activities covered by this standard shall be identified and The organization invoking this Part the scope of their responsibility shall (Part II) shall be responsible for be documented. specifying which section, or portions thereof, apply and appropriately relating them to specific items and services. To the extent necessary, this organization shall invoke the applicable provision of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements, to specify a complete Quality Assurance Program appropriate for the specific items or services. The organization upon which this Part (Part II), or portions thereof, is invoked shall be responsible for complying with the c*noeiflor ronlu uirn=m*nnf Such responsibility should be assigned QAPP Section 2, Quality at the earliest practical point in time so Responsibilities establishes as to facilitate incorporation of cleaning responsibilities. Otherwise wording is requirements in design drawings and guidance.

purchase specifications.

The establishment of practices and . QAPP Section 2, Quality procedures and provision of resources, Responsibilities covers delegation.

in terms of personnel, equipment, and services necessary to implement the requirements of this standard, may be delegated to other organizations and such delegations shall also be documented.

Each organization participating in site Section 1 "Introduction" These words are not included in NQA-construction activities shall comply with 1 Subpart 2.1, but rather in the procedures and instructions issued for 3 Responsibility Introduction to Part II the project and with those require-ments of this standard applicable to his The organization invoking this Part work. (Part II) shall be responsible for specifying which section, or portions thereof, apply and appropriately relating them to specific items and

-- services. To the extent necessary, 2 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 LI Ilb U1 YCIl 1/_CLIUII Z11r ICII IVUMVt LlIV*

applicable provision of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements, to specify a complete Quality Assurance Program appropriate for the specific items or services. The organization upon which this Part (Part II), or portions thereof, is invoked shall be responsible for complying with the soecified reouirements.

The organization responsible for Section 1 "Introduction These words are not included in NQA-performing the cleaning shall identify 1 Subpart 2.1, but rather in the and document detailed cleaning 4.2 Procedures Introduction to Part II. Not as specific procedures unless they are specified in in NQA-1.

the procurement documents. Installation, inspection, test procedures, and work instructions identified during planning shall be prepared.

Requirements for review and/or NQA-4S-1 "Supplementary OK approval of such procedures shall be Requirements for Procurement specified in the procurement Document Control" documents.

Section 2.5 The procurement documents at all tiers shall identify the documentation required to be submitted for information, review, or approval by the Purchaser.

1.4 Definitions 1.1 Definitions OK The following, definitions are provided The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform understanding of to assure a uniform understanding of select terms as they are used in this unique terms as they are used in standard. Subpart 2.1.

Acid Cleaning-The removal of metal acid cleaning- the removal of metal OK oxides by either dissolution of the oxides by either dissolution of the oxide or undercutting the oxide by oxide or undercutting the oxide by dissolution of the base metal with an dissolution of the base metal with an acid solution, acid solution Alkaline Cleaning-The removal of alkaline cleaning- the removal of OK organic contaminants by converting organic contaminants by converting them to an emulsion with an alkaline them to an emulsion with an solution such as trisodium phosphate. alkaline solution such as trisodium phosphate Chelate Cleaning-The removal of chelate cleaning - the removal of OK slightly soluble compounds such as slightly soluble compounds such as iron oxide, by complexing the metallic iron oxide, by complexing the metallic ions with organic chelating compounds ions with organic chelating such as ethylene diamine tetra-acetic compounds such as ethylene acid (EDTA). diamine tetra-acetic acid (EDTA)

Chemical Conditioning-The addition chemical conditioning - the addition OK of chemicals in low concentration to of chemicals in low concentration to flush, rinse, or layup water to prevent flush, rinse, or lay up water to inhibit precipitation of dissolved solids, inhibit precipitation of dissolved solids, corrosion, etc. corrosion, and other detrimental effects Cleaning-The removal of any cleaning- the removal of any Definitions are similar and have same contaminants that might have a contaminants that might have a intent- N45.2.1 includes the words "on deleterious effect on plant safety and deleterious effect on operation of the plant safety' and "reliable" reliable operation. plant Contractor-Anyindividual or Section 1 "Introduction" This definition not included in NQA-1, organization entering into a contract to Subpart 2.1, but rather in Section 1 furnish items or services to a Supplier - any individual or purchaser. The term contractor organization who furnishes items or includes the terms Vendor, Supplier, services in accordance with a 3 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 IJIUL,U MIIIVIIIL UUkU I jUl

IL. -1 Iil these where appropriate. inclusive term used in place of the following: vendor, seller, contractor, subcontractor, fabricator, consultant, and their subtier levels.

Contamination-Anyundesirable contamination - any unwanted or OK foreign material on the surface of an undesirable foreign material on the item, in the atmosphere, or in process surface of an item, in the atmo-liquids or gases. sphere, or in process liquids or gases Corrosion Resistant Alloys- corrosion-resistantalloys - materials OK Materials, such as stainless steel, that inherently resist oxidation or nickel-base, or cobalt-base alloys, that chemical attack in water, air, and the inherently resist oxidation or chemical operating environment, such as attack in water, air, and the operating stainless steel, nickel-base alloys, or environment, cobalt-base alloys Crevice-Any narrow opening in a crevice - a narrow opening in a OK surface or any open juncture between surface or an open juncture between mating surfaces in which mating surfaces in which solutions or solutions can be trapped and not contaminants can be trapped and not readily removed during rinsing or readily removed during rinsing or flushing operations; for example, the flushing operations (for example, the annular spaces in threaded annular spaces in threaded connections and socket assemblies, connections and socket assemblies, tube-to-tube sheet joints, and tube-to- tube-to-tube sheet joints, and tube-to-tube support joints. tube support Dead Leg-Any area that does not dead leg - an area that does not OK have flow during the cleaning have flow during the cleaning operation or which cannot be drained operation or that cannot be drained without special provisions, without special provisions Documentation-Any written or Section 1 "Introduction" This definition not included in NQA-1 pictorial information describing, Subpart 2.1, but rather in Section 1 defining, specifying, reporting, or document - any written or pictorial certifying activities, requirements,, information describing, defining, procedures or results. specifying, reporting, or certifying activities, requirements, procedures, or results..."

fluid - any gas or liquid This definition not included in N45.2.1 Flushing-Flowingwater through a flushing - flowing fluid through a OK component or system at adequate component or system at adequate velocity to suspend and carry velocity to suspend and carry away away anticipated contaminants, anticipated contaminants Inhibitor-A chemical additive which inhibitor-- a chemical additive that OK retards some specific chemical retards some specific chemical -

reaction, reaction InaccessibleArea-An area or inaccessible area - an area or OK opening in an item which is not directly opening in an item that is not directly accessible for cleaning or inspection, accessible for cleaning or inspection Item -Any level of unit assembly, Section 1 "Introduction" This definition not included in NQA-1 including structure, system, Subpart 2.1, but rather in Section 1 subsystem, subassembly, component, item - an all inclusive term used in part or material. place of any of the following:

appurtenance, assembly, component, equipment, material, module, part, structure, subassembly, subsystem, system, or unit.

Layup-The protection of an item after layup - the protection of an item OK it has been cleaned, to prevent- after it has been cleaned to prevent corrosion of interior surfaces corrosion of interior surfaces while while the item is out of service or the item is out of service or awaiting awaiting subsequent operations, subsequent operations Mechanical Cleaning-A method in mechanical cleaning- a method in OK which contaminant removal is which contaminant removal is accomplished solely by mechanical accomplished solely by mechanical means, including wiping, abrasive means, including wiping, abrasive blasting, brushing, grinding, sanding, blasting, high pressure water jetting, chipping, etc. brushing, sanding, grinding, and 4 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 Pitting- Localized corrosion resulting pitting - surface defects resulting in surface defects. from localized corrosion Purchaser-Theagency responsible Section 1 "Introduction" This definition not included in NQA-1 for issuance administration of a Subpart 2.1, but rather in Section 1 contract, subcontract, or purchase Purchaser-The organization order imposing this standard or responsible for establishment of portions hereof. procurement requirements and for issuance or administration, or both, of procurement documents Rinsing-(I) Filling and draining an rinsing OK item with water until contaminants in (a) filling and draining an item with the. effluent water are reduced to some water until soluble contaminants in predetermined concentration, or (2) the effluent water are reduced to flowing water through the system or some predetermined concentration; component at low velocity until or contaminants in the effluent water are (b) flowing water through the system reduced to some predetermined or component until water soluble concentration. contaminants in the effluent water are reduced to some predetermined concentration Rust-Corrosion products, consisting rust- corrosion products consisting OK largely of iron oxide. Such oxides may largely of iron oxide. Such oxides vary in color from red to black and may may vary in color from red to black form a loosely adherent heavy and may form anything from a loosely covering to a tightly adherent light film. adherent heavy covering to a tightly Pitting or general surface roughening adherent light film. Pitting or general may or may not be present. surface roughening may or may not be present.

Sensitized CorrosionResistant Alloy sensitized corrosion-resistantalloy - ANSI N45.2.1 includes ASTM A393.

- Any alloy which has been a corrosion-resistant alloy that has NQA-1 refers to the latest document subjected to heating that causes inter- been subjected to heating that A262.

granular precipitation of chromium causes intergranular precipitation of carbides in quantities sufficient to be chromium car-bides in sufficient detected by methods of ASTM A262- quantities to be detected by Practice 68, Recommended Practices for B, C, D, F, or F of ASTM A 262, Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Practices for Detecting Susceptibility Attack in Stainless Steel or ASTM to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic A393-63, Recommended Practices for Stainless Steels Conducting Acidified Copper Sulfate Test for Inter-granular Attack in Austentic Stainless Steel.

Solvent Cleaning- Dissolving organic solvent cleaning.- removing OK contaminants with an organic solvent, contaminants with an organic solvent 1.5 Referenced Documents Section 1 "Introduction These words are not included in NQA-1 Subpart 2.1, but rather in the Other documents that are required to 7 Referenced Codes, Standards, Introduction to Part I1.

be included as part of this standard are and Specifications either identified at the point of reference or described in Section 10 of All codes, standards, and this standard. The issue or edition of specifications that are referenced as the referenced document that is a part of this Part (Part II)are listed in required will be specified either at the the Table entitled "Codes, Standards, point of reference or in Section 10 of and Specifications Referenced in this standard. Text." Codes, standards, and specifications referenced in this Part (Part II) may be identified with the applicable date or reference at the point of reference or in the Table "Codes, Standards, and Specifications Referenced in Text.-

Other terms and definitions are N45.2.10 incorporated into NQA-1.

contained in ANSI N45.2.10

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ZS retains responsibility for work.

Delegation is covered in QAPP This section contains requirements Section 2, Quality Responsibilities" 5 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 LI MM dl* LU U- lUlllllCU U -

uy LI.. UIILl ,,LUI who is responsible for performing any Sections 4.7.6 Vendor Evaluation.

segment of work described in paragraphs 3 through 9 of this standard.

Cleanness classification for an item The cleanness classification of each OK shall be specified in accordance with item shall be specified in accordance paragraph 3.1 of this standard. with para. 3.2 of Subpart 2.1.

The work and quality assurance The work and quality assurance OK requirements for the cleaning of items requirements for the cleaning of and systems to be incorporated in the components and systems and for the nuclear power plant and control of control of their cleanness shall be cleanness thereof shall be established established in order to:

in order to (1) ensure the removal of any (a) ensure the removal of deleterious OK deleterious contaminants, contaminants; (2) minimize recontamination of (b) minimize recontamination of QK cleaned surfaces, and cleaned surfaces; and (3) minimize the cleaning required after (c) minimize the cleaning required OK installation, after installation, repair, or modification.

2.1 Planning 2.1 Planning NQA-1 adds the words (manufacturing, construction, The cleanness and cleanness control Cleaning and cleanness control modification, repair, etc.)

activities shall be planned and outlined activities for each phase to define cleaning and inspection (manufacturing, construction, operations to be used. modification, repair, etc.) shall be planned in accordance with the re-quirements of the Introduction to this Part (Part II).

It shall detail the systematic, sequential The plan(s) shall define the cleaning N45.2.1 uses the words "systematic, progression of cleaning operations for and inspection operations to be used, sequential progression". This is each item or system, the the system, the responsibilities of the unnecessary detail not included in responsibilities of parties concerned for parties concerned for each operation, NQA-1.

each operation, and measures to be and the measures to be employed to employed to preserve the cleanness of preserve the cleanness of cleaned cleaned surfaces. surfaces.

Planning for cleaning activities shall Section 1 Introduction These words are not included in NQA-include a review of the system and 1 Subpart 2.1, but rather in the component design specifications and 4.1 Planning Introduction to Part II drawings and of the construction work plans and schedules to ensure that Planning shall include a review of the provisions for cleaning have been structure, system or component incorporated; that they can be design/procurement specifications, accomplished as specified; and that materials, lists, drawings, time and resources are sufficient to construction work plans, and accomplish the required actions, schedules to ensure that fabrication, installation, modification, inspection, testing, etc., activities have been incorporated; that the work can be accomplished as specified; and that time and resources, plus training, are sufficient to accomplish the work in accordance with specified requirements This review shall consider the following In addition, planning shall consider NQA-1 adds the words "recognizing items as appropriate, the following factors, as appropriate, that this list may not be complete nor recognizing that this list may not be applicable to each phase covered by complete nor applicable to each this Part (Part II):"

phase covered by this Part (Part II):

1. Adequacy of vents and drains, (a) adequacy of vents, drains, OK inspection access points, bypass inspection access points, and bypass or recirculation lines; or recirculation lines;

2. Facilities for filters, and flushing (b) facilities for filters and flushing OK and/or drain connections, in and drain connections in locations I 6 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.1 unavoidable;

3. Piping system design-and (c) design and installation of piping OK installation ina manner which in a manner that minimizes the minimizes the necessity for necessity for installing temporary installation of temporary piping piping dluring the cleaning operations, dluring the cleaning operations; such as dividing the system into a (Where possible, divide the number of separate cleaning circuits system into a number of separate to facilitate cleanability; cleaning circuits to facilitate cleaning).

4. Sequencing of the installation (d) sequencing of installation N45.2.1 uses the words "crawl operations to provide for visual operations to provide for visual through". This is unnecessary detail inspection (crawl through) inspection of inside surfaces of large not included in NQA-1.

of the inside surfaces of large diameter piping; diameter piping;

5. Control of the installation (e) control of installation operations OK operations so that piping and so that piping and components that components which have already have already been installed are not been installed are not subject to subject to contamination when contamination when subsequent installation operations subsequent installation operations are performed; are performed;

6. Adequate pumping and heating (0 adequacy of pumping and OK capacities when these are heating capacities when these are important factors in the cleaning important factors in the cleaning op-operations. erations; (g) disposal of cleaning solutions These words not included in N45.2.1 and waste water;

,(h) safety, fire protection, and other These words not included in N45.2.1 hazards.

2.2 Procedures and Instructions 2.2 Procedures and Instructions N45.2.1 includes the word

",examinations" Cleaning procedures as well as Written procedures and instructions procedures or work instructions for for cleaning, cleanness control, cleanness control practices and inspections, and tests to verify inspections, examinations or tests to cleanness of items shall be prepared verify cleanness of items shall be in accordance with the requirements prepared. of the Introduction to this Part (Part 11).

These documents shall include as Section I "Introduction These words are not included in NQA-appropriate: 1 Subpart 2.1, but rather in the 4.2 Procedures Introduction to Part 11- In addition 2 through 11 are also in this Part.

The documents shall include the

__________________________following as applicable:

1. Detailed cleaning-cleanness 2.2 Procedures and Instructions OK control procedures Written procedures and instructions for cleaning, cleanness control, inspections, and tests to verify cleanness of items shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Introduction to this Part (Part II)

2. Personnel safety considerations (a) personnel safety and structure of OK

__________________________facility protection considerations

3. Structure or facility protection (a) personnel safety and structure of OK consideration facility protection considerations

4. Inspection and test equipment (h) identification of inspection and NQA-1 adds the words "and related requirements test equipment and related calibration calibration requirements including requirements including recalibration recalibration dates"

_____________________________dates

5. Sequence of work activities, (d) sequence of activities to be OK inspections and tests followed and steps within a given I________________

7 of 29 7of 297/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 a'*tlVILy (i) sequence and frequency of inspection or test

6. Sequential steps for a given activity (d) sequence of activities to be OK followed and steps withina given activity

7. Acceptance criteria including (j) acceptance criteria and methods OK methods for verifying cleanness for verifying

8. Preparatory checks (e) prerequisites including OK preparatory checks and inspections

9. Approvals (I) approvals and authorizing or OK verifying signatures

10. Responsibilities (k) responsibility and required OK qualifications of personnel

11. Data report forms (n) data or test report forms NQA-1 also adds "or test" The preparation of the actual working 2.2.2 Preparation of the actual N45.2.1 uses "should", NQA-1 uses procedures or instructions to be used cleaning procedures or instructions "shall" should consider: shall consider the following:

1. Work practices, housekeeping, (a) work practices, housekeeping, OK access control, and prevention of access control, and prevention of contamination and recontamination; contamination and recontamination;

2. Effectiveness of cleaning (b) effectiveness of cleaning OK procedures for removal of the methods for removal of the contaminants; contaminants; (c) effects of residual quantities of These words not included in N45.2.1 cutting fluids, liquid penetrants, weld fluxes, precleaning solutions, engineering test fluids, and other process compounds that may have been intentionally or advertently ap-plied to the surface of the item during prior steps of manufacture, installation, or use;

3. Corrosiveness of cleaning solutions (d) corrosiveness of cleaning NQA-1 adds the words "and in contact with the material of an item, solutions in contact with the material entrapment of cleaning solutions" particularly in the case of dissimilar of an item, particularly in the case of metals; dissimilar metals and entrapment of cleaning solutions;

4. Chemical composition, (e) chemical composition, OK concentration, and temperature limits concentration, and temperature limits of cleaning solutions to avoid of cleaning solutions to avoid delete-deleterious effects; rious effects;

5. Proposed solution and metal (f) solution and metal temperatures, OK temperatures, solution concentrations, solution concentrations, velocity, and velocity, and contact times during contact times during cleaning; cleaning;-

6. Methods for monitoring cleaning (g) methods for monitoring cleaning OK solution concentration and solution concentration, temperatures, temperatures during cleaning and velocities during cleaning operations; operations;

7. Identification of the systems and (h) identification of the items for OK subsystems with which the procedures which the procedures are to be used; are to be used;

8. Proposed sequence of operations (i) sequence of operations and OK and methods of filling, system methods of filling system circulation, circulation, draining, and flushing; draining, and flushing;

9. Proposed equipment isolation, (")(1) equipment isolation NQA-1 adds: (d) connections for location of temporary piping and (2) location of: filling, flushing, rinsing, and draining valves, location of strainers and where (a) temporary piping and valves equipment possible, the location of temporary (b) strainers equipment; (c) temporary equipment (d) connections for filling, flushing, rinsing, and draining equipment

10. Construction operations prohibited (k) activities to be prohibited or OK during cleaning operations; constrained before, during, and after I 8 of29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1

11. Methods for rinsing and (I) methods for rinsing and NQA-1 adds the word "estimated" neutralizing including number of rinses; neutralizing, including estimated number of rinses;

12. Methods for verifying cleanness; (m) methods for verifying cleanness; OK

13. Methods of drying and layup of the (n) methods for drying and layup; OK system;

14. Methods for protecting installed (o) methods for protecting installed N45.2.1 states "used", NQA-1 states equipment which are not used in the items which are not involved in the "involved" cleaning operations; cleaning operation;

15. Methods for disposal of cleaning (p) method of disposal of cleaning OK solutions; solution.

2.3 Results BR 10 "Inspection" NQA-1 does not include words "ina suitable test report or data sheet".

Inspection and test results shall be Inspection results shall be documented in a suitable test report or documented.

data sheet.

BR 11 "Test Control" Test results shall be documented..."

Each report shall identify the item to Supplement 1OS-1 "Supplementary Supplement 11 S-1 contains similar which it applies, the procedures or Requirements for Inspection" words to 10IS-1.

instruction followed in performing the task and the identification of the Paragraph 9 NQA-1 does not include words "the following: procedures or instruction followed in Records shall, as a minimum, identify performing the task".

(a) through (f) below:

(1) Conditions encountered which (f) reference to information on action Slightly different words, but same were not anticipated, including taken in connection with intent.

nonconformance. nonconformances (2) Identity of inspector or tester. (c) inspector OK (3) Completion date. (b) date of inspection Slightly different words, but same intent.

Test reports and data sheets shall (e) results or acceptability Slightly different words, but same include an evaluation of the *intent.

acceptability of inspection and test and 11S-1 "Supplementary results and provide for identifying the Requirements for Test Control" individual who performed the evaluation. Paragraph 5(g) person evaluating test results 2.4 Personnel Qualifications Introduction These words are not included in NQA-1 Subpart 2.1, but rather in the Those personnel who perform Section 5 "Qualification of Introduction to Part II. N45.2.1 inspection, examination or testing Personnel" requires qualification in accordance activities required by this standard with N45.2.6, NQA-1 requires shall be qualified in accordance with Inspection, test, and nondestructive qualification in accordance with NQA-N45.2.6 Qualifications of Inspection, examination personnel and 1.

Examination, and Testing Personnel laboratory technicians shall be for the Construction Phase of Nuclear trained and qualified/certified in Power Plants. accordance with the applicable portions of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements.

Professional personnel shall meet the requirements defined by the implementing organization in its position descriptions.

2.5 Test Equipment Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary Slightly different words, but same Requirements for Control of intent.

2.5.1 Selection. Measuring and Test Equipment" Inspection and test equipment used to Paragraph 2 implement the requirements of this standard shall be selected to have Selection of measuring and test sufficient accuracy and sensitivity equipment shall be controlled to 9 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 assure that such items are of proper specified requirements. type, range, accuracy, and tolerance to accomplish the function of determining conformance to specified reauirements.

2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary Slightly different words, but same Requirements for Control of intent.

Test equipment shall be adjusted and Measuring and Test Equipment" calibrated at prescribed intervals against certified equipment having Paragraph 3.1 known valid relationships to nationally known standards. "Measuring and test equipment shall be calibrated, adjusted and maintained at prescribed intervals or, prior to use, against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards.

If no national standards exist, the basis Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary OK of calibration shall be documented. Requirements for Control of Measuring and Test Equipment" Paragraph 3.1 If no national recognized standards exists, the bases for calibration shall be documented.

Records' shall be maintained and Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary OK equipment suitably marked to indicate Requirements for Control of calibration status. Measuring and Test Equipment" Paragraph 5 Records shall be maintained and equipment shall be suitably marked to indicate calibration status.

When inspection and testing Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary NQA-1 adds the words "and equipment is found to be out of Requirements for Control of documented" calibration, an evaluation shall be Measuring and Test Equipment" made of the validity of previous inspection or test results and ac- Paragraph 3.2 ceptability of items previously inspected or tested. When measuring and test equipment is found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made and documented of the validity of-previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested.

2.6 Housekeeping QAPP Section 4.13, Handling, Storage, and Shipping and Subpart In areas, facilities and environments 2.3 "Quality Assurance Requirements where the cleanness controls of this for Housekeeping for Nuclear Power standard are required, the Plants" establish requirements for housekeeping requirements shall be in housekeeping.

accordance with ANSI N45.2.3, Housekeeping During Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants.

2.3 Rectification of Unacceptable These words not included in N45.2.1 Cleanness If indications of contamination in excess of specified limits are observed at the end of a cleaning operation or at any subsequent inspections for cleanness, the item 10 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 shall be recleaned using an approved procedure. If such indications are observed at the anticipated end of a cleaning operation, continued cleaning shall be performed to reduce the level to the specified limit.

If necessary, an evaluation shall be made to determine the cause of the unacceptable cleanness and the actions required to preclude recurrence.

3. CRITERIA FOR CLEANING 3 CLEANNESS CRITERIA Guidance only. Wording does not establish requirements.

It is intended that systems that have been cleaned in accordance with this standard should require only water flushing or rinsing as a final cleaning step in preparing them for service.

However, where more than normal Guidance only. Wording does not water flushing or rinsing is required to establish requirements.

produce the specified cleanness, additional cleaning in accordance with this standard may be necessary.

While this standard is primarily Guidance only. Wording does not concerned with the cleaning and establish requirements.

cleanness of internal surfaces, external surface cleanness may be of equal importance in some cases and should be recognized during the cleaning operations.

Internal and external surfaces may 3.1 Different cleanness classes may OK have different cleaning and cleanness be assigned to internal and external requirements. surfaces, or to different parts of the same item based on the cleanness needs of the specific item.

3.1 Cleanness Classifications 3.1 Cleanness Classification N45.2.1 uses word "degree", NQA-1 uses "level" - these are equivilent.

The degree of cleanness required is a The level of cleanness required for function of the particular item under any particular application is a function consideration. of the particular item under Consideration.

The assignment of a cleanness The assignment of a cleanness N45.2.1 does not reference "the classification shall consider the, classification shall consider the function of the item to be cleaned."

susceptibility to corrosion of the following:

material, the consequences of (a) the function of the item to be NQA-1 adds words "various formsof malfunction or failure of the item and cleaned; corrosion, including intergranular the probability of contaminants (b) the susceptibility of its materials cracking, or stress corrosion cracking contributing to or causing such, of construction to various forms of under fabrication, installation, or malfunction or failure, corrosion, including intergranular operating conditions" and "(introduced cracking, or stress corrosion cracking during fabrication, storage, installation, under fabrication, installation, or repairs, or service)".

operating conditions; (c) the consequences of malfunction or failure of the item; (d) the possibility of contaminants (introduced during fabrication, storage, installation, repairs, or ser-vice) contributing to or causing such malfunction or failure.

This standard does not establish the Guidance only. Wording does not cleanness classification of any specific establish requirements.

item. However, typical examples are presented as a guide.

The specification for the required QAPP Section 4.13, Handling, Storing, cleanness class shall be the and Shipping establishes requirements 11 of 29 1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 The class of cleanness required for The cleanness class or classes N45.2.1 states "required for any given any given application shall be specified applicable to the item or specific application" whereas NQA-1 states in design drawings or specifications parts of the item shall be established "applicable to the item or specific parts associated with the cleaning of items, and specified in the applicable of the item" and the method of verification of drawings, specifications, or other cleanness shall be documented. appropriate documents.

and (Preparation of the actual cleaning procedures or instructions shall consider the following):

2.2(m) methods for verifying cleanness Four classes of surface cleanness These words not included in N45.2.1 (Classes A, B, C, and D) with criteria for each are provided in Subpart 2.1.

Guidelines for assigning cleanness classifications are listed in Part III, Subpart 3.2, Appendix 2.1.

NOTE Guidance only. Wording does not establish requirements.

The following cleanness classifications are not directly related to component classifications assigned by the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for design and inspection or for other purposes.

3.1.1 Class A-A very high level of 3.2 Cleanness Class Criteria NQA-1 includes more detail in cleanness in which there is no referencing ASTM A380.

evidence of contamination of a surface 3.2.1 Class A. A very high level of either under visual examination, with or cleanness as evidenced by the without magnification, or with the aid of freedom from all types of surface sensitive detection methods. contamination, according to the acceptance criteria of the inspection methods specified in the procedures required by para. 2.2.1. If close control of particulate contamination is required, a clean room, in accor-dance with para. 8.5.5 of ASTM A 380-78, Practice for Cleaning and Descaling Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems, shall be employed during the manufacturing, assembly, and installation operations when particulate contamination could occur. Gross and precision inspection methods applicable to Class A are described in paras. 7.2 and 7.3 of ASTM A 380-78; other special tests shall be specified as necessary.

Where the cleanness of internal surfaces is evaluated by flushing, criteria shall be specified in the cleaning procedure.

Class A cleanness applies to special Guidance only. Wording does not items such as fuel elements, control establish requirements.

rod drive mechanisms, delicate instruments, and other dose tolerances or carefully controlled surfaces or assemblies.

Such items should receive, their Guidance only. Wording does not 12 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 1IV'4 U11VU IV VVI V I ýIV.COIIICC 1 -0a LIIV FUI IL of manufacture and cleanness must be m~int~inor{ nt thn r'nnctri r~tinn *ito For these reasons, requirements of Guidance only. Wording does not this level of cleanness are considered establish requirements.

to be outside of the scope of this document.

3.1.2 Class B-A high level of 3.2.2 Class B - A high level of NQA-1 does not include the examples cleanness applicable to reactor coolant cleanness as evidenced by the given in N45.2.1.

systems, components, and other following characteristics items, such as the reactor coolant purification system, which have similar cleanness requirements.

Piping and components in systems 3.2.2 Class B. A high level of NQA-1 does not include the words which are designed as requiring Class cleanness as evidenced by the "piping and component in systems" B cleanness shall meet the following following characteristics.

requirements:

1. The surface shall appear "metal (a) Corrosion-ResistantAlloys NQA-1 includes more detail in clean" when examined without (1) The surface shall appear metal referencing ASTM A380.

magnification under a lighting level clean and free of organic films and (background plus supplementary contaminants when examined in lighting) of at least 100 foot candles. accordance with para.,7.2.1 of Scattered areas of rust are permissible ASTM A 380-78, Practice for provided the aggregate area of Cleaning and Descaling Stainless rust does not exceed 2 square inches Steel Parts, Equipment, and in any one square foot area. Systems, except light deposits of atmospheric dust are permissible and shall show no evidence of deleterious contamination when subjected to the wipe test of para.

7.2.2 of ASTM A 380-78.

Scattered areas of rust are permissible, provided the aggregate area does not exceed 2 sq in. in any 2 2 1 sq ft area (14 cm per 1000 cm ).

Temper films and discolorations re-sulting from welding are acceptable.

(b) Carbon and Low Alloy Steels (1) The surface shall appear metal clean when examined in accordance with para. 7.2.1 of ASTM A 380-78, except light deposits of atmospheric dust are permissible, and shall show no deleterious contamination when subjected to the wipe test of para.

7.2.2 of ASTM A 380-78. Wipe tests shall be made prior to the application of any preservative film (some type of protective film may be required in order to maintain a clean carbon or low alloy steel surface at Class 8 level).

Scattered areas of rust are permissible, provided the aggregate area does not exceed 2 sq in. in any 2 2 I 1 s5 ft area (14 cm per 1000 cm ). I NOTE Guidance only. Wording does not establish requirements.

Localized rusting may indicate pitting of the surface and should be evaluated metallurgically). Thin temper films resulting from welding or post-weld 13 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1

2. The surface shall be free or (a) Corrosion-ResistantAlloys Different words but same intent on particulate contaminants such as sand, (1) The surface shall appear metal .cleanness.

metal chips, weld slag, etc. clean (b) Carbon and Low Alloy Steels (1) The surface shall appear metal clean

3. The surface shall be free of (a)Corrosion-ResistantAlloys N45.2.1 provides examples otherwise organic films and contaminants such (1) The surface shall appear metal same.

as oils, paint, and preservatives as clean and free of organic films determined by a visual examination or and contaminants when an organic solvent-dampened white examined in accordance with cloth or an equivalent alternate para. 7.2.1 of ASTM A 380-78, method. Practice for Cleaning and Descaling Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems (b) Carbonand Low Alloy Steels (1) The surface shall appear metal clean when examined in accordance with para. 7.2.1 of ASTM A 380-78,

4. When a visual inspection is 3.2.2(a). When visual inspection is Wording between N45.2.1 and NQA-1 not possible and the surfaces are impossible but surfaces are is somewhat different. Detail method accessible, a dry white-cloth wipe, accessible for wipe tests, sufficient information in N45.2.1 covered by followed by a solvent-dampened white- wipe tests in different areas of.the specific NQA-1 reference to ASTM cloth wipe, may be used to evaluate item shall be made to evaluate the 380-78 Paragraph 7.2.2.

the cleanness of the surface. general cleanness level of the surface.

3.2.2(b). When visual inspection is impossible, but surfaces are accessible for a wipe test, sufficient

.wipes of different areas of the item shall be made to evaluate the general cleanness of the surface.

If either cloth exhibits indications of 2.3 If indications of contaminations in N45.2.1 also allows for determination contamination, the system shall either excess of specified limits are and evaluation.

be recleaned or the specific observed at the end of a cleaning contaminant shall be determined and operation or at any subsequent evaluated as to its potential deleterious inspections for cleanness, the item effect, shall be recleaned using an approved procedure.

5. If flushing is the only (a) Corrosion-ResistantAlloys The words "and the item flushed with practical means for determining (2) If flushing is the only practical water or other fluid meeting the system cleanliness, the system shall means for evaluating the cleanness requirements of paragraph 3.4" are not be evaluated by examining a 20-mesh of internal surfaces, a 20-mesh (850 included in N45.2.1.

(ASTM Eli 1-70, Specifications for mm, ASTM E 11, Specification for Wire Cloth Sieves for Testing Wire Filter Cloth Sieves for Testing The note is not included in N45.2.1.

Purposes) or finer filter, or the Purposes) or finer filter (or the equivalent, installed on the outlet of the equivalent) shall be installed and the cleaning circuit. item flushed with water or other fluid meeting the requirements of para.

3.4.

(b) Carbon andLow Alloy Steels (2) If flushing is the only practical means for evaluating the cleanness of internal surfaces,.a 20 mesh (850 mm, ASTM E 11, Specification for Wire Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes) or finer filter (or the equivalent) shall be installed and the 14 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.1 IRUM11IiUWMIIIU W1UI wVOLCI UI ULI CI IJUIU meeting the requirements of para.

3.4.

NOTE: class B cleanness should be specified for carbon steel and low alloy steel surfaces only in special cases because of the difficulty in maintaining such surfaces in that condition after they have been cleaned.

The system shall be flushed at its 3.2.2(a) The item shall be flushed at NQA-1 includes some additional normal design velocity (or other the design velocity (or other flow details "(as specified in the procedure velocity if specified by procurement velocity if specified in the procedure) in qualitative or quantitative terms,

documents) until the screen shows no until the screen shows no more than such as the number of particles per more than slight particle speckling and slight speckling (as specified in the unit surface area of the screen)"..

no more than slight rust staining. procedure in qualitative or quantitative terms, such as the number of particles per unit surface area of the screen) and no more than slight rust staining.

3.2.2(b) The item shall be flushed at the design velocity (or other flow velocity if specified in the procedure) until the screen shows no more than slight speckling (as specified in the procedure in qualitative or quan-titative terms, such as the number of particles per unit area of the screen) and no more than sliaht rust staininQ.

There shall be no particles larger than 3.2.2(a) There shall be no particles Slight difference in description of 1/32 inch in any dimension, except fine larger than 1/32 in. X 1/16 in. long allowable particles. (1/32 inches in any hairline slivers of less than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm x 1.6 mm). dimension v 1/32 X 1/16) thickness are permissible up to 1/16 inch long. 3.2.2(b) There shall be no particles larger than 1/32 in. X 1/16 in. long (0.8 mm x 1.6 mm).

There shall be no evidence of organic 3.2.2(a) In water flushed systems OK contamination in the effluent water or there shall be no visual evidence of on the filter. contamination (e.g., oil, discoloration) of the effluent flush water or screen.

3.2.2(b) In water flushed systems there shall be no visual evidence of contamination (e.g., oil, discoloration) of the effluent flush water or screen.

3.1.3 Class C-An intermediate level 3.2.3 Class C. An intermediate level N45.2.1 includes a generally of cleanness generally applicable to of cleanness in which the surfaces applicable statement.

closed service-water systems that cool meet the requirements for Class B components containing reactor except: Guidance only. Wording does not coolant, engineered safety systems, establish requirements.

and other high integrity systems.

Surfaces shall meet the requirements for Class B cleanness, except:

1. Thin uniform rust films are (b) Carbonand Low Alloy Steels. NQA-1 adds the words "can be acceptable on carbon steel surfaces. A uniform light rust bloom which can removed by brushing or wiring" be removed by brushing or wiping is acceptable.

2. Scattered areas of rust are (a) Corrosion-ResistantAlloys. NQA-1 adds the word "aggregate".

permissible provided that the area of Scattered areas of rust are rust does not exceed 15 square inches permissible, provided the aggregate in any 1square foot on corrosion area does not exceed 15 sq in. per 1 2 2 resistant alloys. sq ft area (100 cm per 1000 cm ).

15 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1

0. i0y FIUcII-LUMVL IIILVIý 11 C. (c) Corrosion-ResistantAlloys considerable rust staining. and Carbonand Low Alloy Steels. parenthesis.

Screens installed for evaluation of internal surfaces by flushing may exhibit considerable particle speckling (as specified in the procedures in qualitative or quantitative terms, such as the number of particles~per unit area of the screen) and considerable rust staining.

3.1.4 Class D-The level of cleanness 3.2.4 Class D. A nominal level of N45.2.1 includes a generally applicable to fire-protection, open cleanness in which the following are applicable statement.

service water, and similar systems acceptable:

requiring only a nominal degree of Guidance only. Wording does not cleanness. The following are establish requirements.

acceptable on items which meet Class D cleanness:-

1. Tightly adherent mill scale on (b) tightly adherent mill scale on NQA-1 adds the words "and low alloy carbon steel surfaces. nonmachined carbon and low alloy steel surfaces" steel surfaces that resist removal by hand scrubbing with a stiff wire brush;

2. Paint or preservative coatings on (c) paint or preservative coatings on NQA-1 adds the words "or low alloy carbon steel surfaces that will not peel carbon or low alloy steel surfaces steel surfaces" or flake when exposed to cold-water that will not peel or flake when flushing. subjected to cold water flushing;

3. Rust films on carbon steel and (a) rust films on both corrosion- N45.2.1 includes the words "that resist stainless steel surfaces that resist resistant alloys and carbon and low removal by scrubbing with a bristle removal by scrubbing with a bristle alloy steel surfaces; brush."

brush.

4. If flushing is the only practical (d) particles no larger than 1/16 in. x Words are different, but intent is same.

means of determining system 1/8 in. long (1.6 mm x 3.2 mm) on a cleanness, the system shall be 14-mesh (1.4 mm, ASTM E 11), or evaluated by examining a 14-mesh finer filter (or the equivalent).

(ASTM El 1-70, Specification for Wire Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes) or fine filter, or the equivalent, installed on the outlet of the cleaning circuit.

The system shall be flushed at its These words not included in NQA-1 normal velocity until the screen shows no more than occasional particle speckling.

There shall be no particles larger than (d) particles no larger than 1/16 in. x N45.2.1 states no particles shall be 1/16 inch in any dimension, except 1/8 in. long (1.6 mm x 3.2 mm) on a larger than 1/16 inch in any direction -

hairlike slivers of less than 1/16 inch 14-mesh (1.4 mm, ASTM E 11), or NQA-1 allows for 1/16 inch X 1/8 inch thickness are permissible up to 1/8 finer filter (or the equivalent), long.

inch long.

There shall be no evidence of organic These words not included in NQA-1 contamination on the screen; con-siderable rust-staining is acceptable.

3.2.5 Summary These words not included in N45.2.1 The cleanness classes are summa-rized in Table 3.2 of Subpart 2.1.

3.3 Hydraulic, Instrument These words not included in N45.2.1 Control, and Lubrication Lines and Systems The preceding cleanness classifications and criteria in para. 3.2 16 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1

, ANSI N45.2.1-1 973 NQA-1 (194 Subpart 2.1 Comments<

(except where noted) (NOTE: OKsigmfies,*idntia[ior are primarily applicable to relatively large items which are generally amenable to visual inspection of internal surfaces at some time during manufacture and installation operations. Interior surfaces of hydraulic, instrument control, and lubrication systems are generally not accessible for visual inspection dur-ing manufacture and installation, and may have much more stringent requirements on particulate contami-nation than those specified in the preceding cleanness classes. Where special characteristics and specific requirements are needed for such systems, they shall be specified.

Guidelines for classifying hydraulic, instrument, and lubrication cleanness are presented in Part Ill, Subpart 3.2, Appendix 2.1.

3.4 Cleaning and Flushing These words not included in N45.2.1 Fluid Quality Requirements 3.4.2 Gaseous Fluids. The requirements for gaseous fluids used for flushing are dependent upon the particular item being flushed. The requirements for any given item shall incorporate restrictions on particulate contaminants, organic contaminants, water soluble contaminants, and water content as appropriate for the item.

3.4.3 Organic Fluids.

Requirements for organic fluids used for flushing are dependent upon the particular item being flushed. The requirements for any given item shall incorporate restrictions on particulate contaminants, water soluble contaminants, and water content as appropriate for the item.

3.4.4 Fluids for Hydraulic, Instrument Control, and Lubrication Systems. In addition to the requirements of para. 3.4.1, 3.4.2, or 3.4.3, as applicable for the system being flushed, fluids used for final flushing or rinsing of components and installed systems covered by this paragraph shall 3.2 Water Quality Requirements 3.4.1 Water. The water quality for NQA-1 goes into greater detail.

mixing cleaning solutions, rinsing, The selection of the water quality for a and flushing shall be specified by the specific application shall be made by organization responsible for cleaning the organization responsible for the unless otherwise stipulated in cleaning operations unless otherwise procurement documents or approved specified in the purchase document. procedures. Table 3.4.1 lists water quality requirements commonly used for such purposes in nuclear cleaning operations. When fresh Water is used on components or systems 17 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 attention shall be given to methods for minimizing the possible effects of chlorides meet the particulate contamination limits specified in Table 3.4.4 for the system class soecified.

In cases where the water quality for 4(d) The quality of fluid used for final Words are different, but intent is same.

operating systems is lower than that flushing or rinsing shall be equivalent specified below (e.g., open service to the quality of the operational fluid water systems), the water used for of the item, unless otherwise cleaning can be equivalent to the specified in approved procedures.

quality of the operating system water.

When cleaning water quality is not 4(d) The quality of fluid used for final Words are different, but intent is same.

otherwise specified, it shall comply flushing or rinsing shall be equivalent with the following specifications. to the quality of the operational fluid of the item, unless otherwise specified in approved procedures.

Fresh Water TABLE 3.4.1 Chloride allowance is larger in NQA-1 WATER REQUIREMENTS (250 v 100ppm)

Fresh water shall meet the following requirements: Fresh water shall meet the following Turbidity not mentioned in NQA-1 requirements:

pH at 25 C (77 F) 5.5 to 8 pH at 25 C (77 F) 5.5 to 8 Chloride Less than 100 ppmn Chloride Less than 250 ppm Fluoride Less than 5 ppm Fluoride Less than 5 ppm Sulfide Less than 1 ppm Sulfide Less than 1 ppm Total Dissolved Solids Less than 500 ppm Total Dissolved Solids Less than 500 ppm Turbidity Less than 5 Jackson Turbidity Units Demineralized Water TABLE 3.4.1 N45.2.1 references turbidity, NQA-1 WATER REQUIREMENTS references total suspended solids.

Demineralized water shall meet the This is equivalent.

following requirements: High quality water shall meet the following requirements:

ph at 25 C(77 F) 5.5 to 8 ph at 25 C (77 F) 5.5 to 8 Chloride Less than I ppm Chloride Less than 1 ppm Fluoride Less than 1 ppm Fluoride Less than 1 ppm Sulfide Less than 1 ppm Sulfide Less than 1 ppm Conductivity Less than 3 micromho/cm Conductivity Less than 3 micromho/cm Silica Less than 0.05 ppm Silica Less than 0.05 ppm Turbidity Less than 1 Jackson Turbidity Unit Total suspended solids

. Less than 3ppm 3.4.6 The use of contaminated tools These words not included in N45.2.1 shall be avoided. Tools Which contain, or which may become contaminated with, materials that could contribute to stress-corrosion or intergranular cracking shall not be used on corrosion-resistant alloys.

4. PRE-INSTALLATION 5 CLEANNESS PRIOR TO Words are slightly different, but intent 18 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 From a cleanness standpoint, Items should not be delivered to the consideration shall be given as to point of installation site sooner than whether items should be delivered to necessary unless the installation the point of installation sooner than location is considered a better storage necessary, i.e., whether the area. installation location is a better storage area [see Subpart 2.2 of this Part (Pz~rt hI*

Inspections, examinations, and tests Inspections and tests, as appropriate, OK as appropriate shall be performed shall be made immediately prior to immediately prior to installation to installation to determine the determine the'cleanness of the item. cleanness of the item.

If contaminants are detected, they If potentially harmful contaminants NQA-1 adds the words "potentially shall be removed if it is judged that are detected, they shall be removed if harmful" they will not be removed in subsequent they will not be removed in cleaning operations. subsequent cleaning operations.

Items having surfaces to which Items having surfaces to which OK temporary paint or preservative temporary paint or preservative coatings have been applied shall be coatings have been applied shall be identified, the composition of the identified; the composition of the coating and methods for its removal coating and methods for its removal shall be determined and removal of shall be determined and removal of coatings, where required, recorded in coatings, when required, recorded in the inspection report. the inspection report.

Unless otherwise required by the job Unless otherwise required by the job OK specifications, the temporary coatings specifications, the temporary shall be removed prior to installation of coatings shall be removed prior to items. installation of items.

5. INSTALLATION CLEANING 6 CLEANNESS DURING OK INSTALLATION The installation process represents an opportunity for the introduction of The installation process represents contaminants into a cleaned item and an opportunity for the introduction of care should be taken to minimize contaminants into a 'cleaned item, contamination. Operations which and care shall be taken to minimize generate particulate matter, such as contamination. Operations that grinding and welding, should be con- generate particulate matter, such as trolled. grinding and welding, shall be controlled.

Local cleanup of contaminated areas is Cleanup of locally contaminated OK recommended as installation areas as installation progresses is progresses, rather than one cleanup recommended (rather than one operation when installation is cleanup operation when installation is completed. completed).

Consideration should be given to Consideration shall be given to OK sequencing installation and erection sequencing of installation and operations, when practical, to facilitate erection operations to facilitate cleaning and cleanness control. cleaning, cleanness control, and inspection.

Where visual inspection of internal Insofar as practicable, internal NQA-1 adds the words "insofar as surfaces of a portion of a system can surfaces of a portion of a system that practicable" and "obscured by be blocked, that part of the system can be blocked or obscured by subsequent operations" should be fabricated as a complete subsequent operations shall be unit and a visual inspection should be visually inspected and verified as performed just before the access being clean before the access points points are closed, are closed.

Openings and pipe ends shall~be Openings and pipe ends shall be OK sealed at all times except when they sealed at all times except when they must be unsealed to carry out must be unsealed to carry out necessary operations. necessary operations.

Fitted and tack-welded joints (which These words not included in NOA-1 will not beimmediately sealed by welding) shall be wrapped with polyethylene or other nonhalogenated 19 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 Dleted.

Precautions shall be taken to avoid Precautions shall be taken to avoid N45.2.1 states "inaccessible areas" contamination of crevices, blind holes, contamination of crevices, blind whereas NQA-1 states "accessible dead legs, undrainable cavities, and holes, dead legs, undrainable cavi- areas".

inaccessible areas. ties, and accessible areas.

When grinding, sanding, chipping or When grinding, sanding, chipping, or OK wire brushing, the item shall be so wire brushing, the item shall be so oriented that chips fall away from the oriented that chips fall away from the openings or covers shall be provided openings, or covers shall be provided for the openings. for the openings.

Marking materials containing sulfur, 4 MANUFACTURING PHASE NQA-1 includes more detail. Different lead, zinc, mercury and other low CLEANNESS words, but same intent.

melting alloys as a basic chemical constituent shall not be brought into (b) Cleaning methods and materials contact or shall not be used on the used during manufacture shall be surfaces of corrosion resistant alloys, compatible with the materials of construction of the item being cleaned (see para. 2.2.2). Cutting fluids; lubricants, liquid penetrants, marking materials, precleaning solutions, engineering test fluids, tools, and other materials and process compounds to be used on surfaces of items made from austenitic stainless steel or corrosion-resistant alloy during manufacture shall be evaluated from the stand-point of potentially harmful contaminants. Such contaminants include chlorides, fluorides, and low melting point materials such as sulfur, lead, zinc, copper, and mercury. Where potentially harmful quantities of such contaminants can be leached or are in a form that they could be released by breakdown of the compound during subsequent manufacturing, installation, or operation, they shall not be used.

Low-sulfur, low fluorine, and/or low- The use of mineral acids and organic Wording is different but overall intent is chlorine compounds may be used on acids to clean austenitic stainless similar.

austenitic stainless steels. Low-sulfur, steel and nickel alloys shall be low lead compounds may be used on evaluated and approved prior to use.

nickel-base alloys.

Paints, chalk and other temporary (b) ... Paint, chalk, scribing inks, and N45.2.1 is more specific in how they marking materials shall be removed by other temporary marking materials shall be removed.

solvent-wiping or mechanical means. shall be removed from the affected surfaces prior to heat treatment or welding.

Surfaces should be cleaned after Surfaces shall be visually inspected OK completion of work on them, before upon completion of work on them, proceeding to the next installation or and obvious contamination removed construction step. before proceeding to the next installation or construction step.

The use of mineral acids and organic The use of cleaning methods and Wording is different but intent is same.

acids on austenitic stainless steels and materials, cutting fluids, lubricants, nickel alloys should be avoided except liquid penetrants, marking materials, when the material is in the solution precleaning solutions, engineering annealed condition. test fluids, tools, and other materials and process compounds used during installation of items made from austenitic stainless steel or other corrosion-resistant alloys shall be subject to the limitations on such methods and materials specified in 20 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 Section 4.

Pre-cleaning and post-cleaning of weld Precleaning and post-cleaning of OK joint areas and welds shall be weld joint areas and welds shall be performed by wire brushing and performed by wire brushing and scrubbing with a solvent-moistened scrubbing with a solvent-moistened clean cloth unless specified otherwise clean cloth unless otherwise specified.

Large openings, such as the open These words not included in N45.2.1 reactor vessel, shall be protected against falling and windblown con-taminants.

TABLE 3.4.4 This table not included in N45.2.1 FLUSHING REQUIREMENTS FOR HYDRAULIC, INSTRUMENT CONTROL, AND LUBRICATION SYSTEMS 4 MANUFACTURING PHASE These words not included in N45.2.1 CLEANNESS The cleanness of an item at the point of manufacture is critical to the final cleanness level ultimately attained after installation. Where practicable, the cleanness classification of an item listed in the purchase specification shall be the same as that for final service. The capability of construction site cleaning operations may not be sufficient to upgrade the cleanness level of a complex item since a much wider variety of cleaning facilities and procedures are generally available for use at the manufacturer's shops than are available at the construction sites.

Purchase specifications shall specify the required as shipped cleanness level for the item. Shop cleaning procedures shall be in accordance with para. 2.2, and inspection and test results shall be documented, as appropriate, in accordance with approved procedures.

Listed below are cleaning considerations that are appropriate to all manufacturing operations. Addi-tional information is presented in ASTM A 380-78 where applicable,

they shall be considered.

(a) Operations which generate chemical or particulate contaminant such as welding and grinding shall be controlled during fabrication steps, after which removal of such contaminants becomes difficult be-cause of limited access. Under such conditions, protection of openings shall be provided to prevent entry of contaminants, especially particulate contaminants. If practical, manufacturing sequence shall be based on considerations related to cleanino of individual items as the 21 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 IJJI I IJUI IVI K Iý da Vl I ILJIVU, UI IIVýO LIIV component is readily cleanable in its final assembled state.

(c) Use of tools, such as those used for grinding, polishing, filing, deburring, and brushing during man-ufacture shall be controlled when surface contamination of the item from such tools is considered an im-portant factor.

(d) The quality of fluid used for final flushing or rinsing shall be equivalent to the quality of the oper-ational fluid of the item, unless otherwise specified in approved procedures (see para. 3.4.1).

Particular attention shall be paid to flushing of pockets, crevices, or dead legs to assure that cleaning solutions are not trapped in such areas.

(e)Fresh water may be used for mixing oil cleaning solutions and for initial rinsing and flushing when per-mitted by approved procedures.

(f) The final cleaned item shall be sealed in a dried condition to prevent subsequent recontamination and then packaged in accordance with the requirements established in the orocurement documents.

6. MAINTENANCE OF 7 MAINTENANCE OF OK INSTALLATION CLEANNESS INSTALLATION CLEANNESS After any isolable system has been After any isolable item has been installed in a clean condition and installed in a clean condition, cleanness control measures have cleanness control measures and been established, access control into access control shall be established to the system is essential to minimize the minimize the introduction of introduction of contaminants between contaminants between the time of the time of system isolation and pre- system isolation and preoperational operational testing. testing.

Access control shall be established to Control of tools, loose items, and Similar words but same intent exclude personnel and contaminants, access shall be maintained in accordance with applicable requirements.

Where environmental contamination Where environmental contamination N45.2.1 includes the words "which could cause degradation could cause degradation of quality, must be hermetically tight and difficult of quality, seals must be installed seals shall be installed to prevent to remove" which must be hermetically tight and contamination of interior surfaces.

difficult to remove.

Gasketed metal seals with welded Guidance only. Wording does not metal strap closures, or seal welded establish requirements.

metal caps are recommended for Class B systems and components.

Items in this condition shall be tagged Removal shall be only with proper with identifications and instructions for authorization. Similar words, same intent seal removal.

Seals shall be installed in a manner to prevent accidental removal.

If access to a sealed system is If access to such sealed items is OK required, precautions shall be taken to required, precautions shall be taken prevent introduction of contaminants, to prevent introduction of contam-inants.

Prior to opening the seals, the Such precautions include masking OK immediate surroundings should be and tenting of surrounding areas with cleaned to remove solid contaminants plastic film or tape, cleanup of the 22 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 WI ILI I IIIlYI IL UU IIILIUUULCU III LIIV IIIIIIlVI l C U UlIUUI lullya LU IVIIIUVC system. particulate matter that can be introduced into the opening Personnel entering the system should ... requiring personnel to wear clean OK wear clean outer clothing and shoe outer clothing and shoe covers, etc.

covers.

When the necessary work is When the necessary work is OK completed, the interior surface shall be completed, the interior surface shall locally cleaned to its original condition be locally cleaned, if necessary, to its and the system should be resealed. original condition and the item resealed.

Materials usedfor sealing items These words not included in N45.2.1 made from austenitic stainless steel or other corrosion-resistant alloys shall be subject to the limitations specified in Section 4

7. PRE-OPERATIONAL 8 PREOPERATIONAL CLEANING NQA-1 states "insofar as practicable" CLEANING 8.1 Preparations 7.1 Preparations Insofar as practicable, cleaning and Cleaning and flushing operations shall flushing operations shall be be scheduled so as to minimize scheduled so as to minimize interference from other plant interference from other plant operations, operations.

Areas in which cleaning operations are Areas in which cleaning operations OK being performed shall be isolated to are being performed shall be isolated the extent that personnel performing and marked to the extent that other construction phase operations personnel performing other are aware that the cleaning operations construction phase operations are are being conducted. aware that the cleaning operations are being conducted.

Personnel shall be familiarized with the Personnel shall be familiarized with OK intended procedure and associated the intended procedure and hazards. associated hazards.

Means for communicating shall be Means for communicating shall be OK provided between the local areas in provided between the local areas in which the cleaning is performed and which the cleaning is performed and any remote areas (e.g., control rooms) any remote areas (e.g., control that may be related to the cleaning rooms) that may be related to the operations, cleaning operations.

Loose tools should be attached to Tools and other loose items in NQA-1 includes "and other loose either the workman or the exterior of controlled areas shall be controlled items" the system with a lanyard. as specified in Section 7.

The actual circulating flow path shall The actual circulating flow path shall OK be checked for agreement with be checked for agreement with specified requirements in regard to specified requirements with regard to location, position and status of all location, position, and status of all components. components.

Critical valves, controls and switches Critical valves, controls, and switches OK shall be tagged to prevent inadvertent shall be tagged to prevent actuation during the cleaning inadvertent actuation during the operation: cleaning operation.

The interior of all accessible The interior of all accessible com- OK components (e.g., tanks) and large ponents (i.e., tanks) and large diameter piping shall be inspected for diameter piping shall be inspected for cleanness; all debris and cleanness; all debris and contamination shall be removed, contamination shall be removed.

Demineralizers, filters, instruments, Demineralizers, filters, instruments, OK valve intemals and other items that valve intemals- and other items that may be damaged by the cleaning may be damaged by the cleaning process shall be blanked off, bypassed process shall be blanked off, or removed, bypassed, or removed.

Protective screens shall be installed on Protective screens shall be installed OK the suction side of all pumps and other on the suction side of all pumps and 23 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 t -ilIIJVIII ILO LI II 11-y - UUJ-1-I. LU otner components mat may De suo-damage during the cleaning opera- ject to damage during the cleaning tinn'* onn.rntinns.

Instrumentation (e.g., pressure Instrumentation (e.g., pressure, OK temperature and flow) shall be used differential pressure temperature, and where possible to monitor the cleaning flow) shall be used as necessary to operations. monitor flushing and recirculatory cleaning operations.

All other permanentlyinstalled Instrumentation installed in the OK instrumentation shall be isolated where system but not used to monitor the possible. cleaning operations shall be isolated where necessary.

Cleaning should be completed before Cleaning of the reactor vessel and NQA-1 adds the words "of the reactor installation of fuel, reactor vessel reactor vessel intemals shall be vessel and reactor vessel intemals" internals and control rods. completed before installation of fuel and control rods.

Provisions shall be made to collect Provisions shall be made to collect OK leakage and to protect insulation from liquid leakage and to prevent wetting being wetted. of insulation.

Where the use of installed plant Where the use of installed plant components, such as pumps, may be components such as pumps may be affected by the cleaning operations, affected by the cleaning operations, recommendations shall be obtained recoedatin shall berotined from the component manufacturers recommendations shall be obtained fromardintheuseof componentm r rs. from the component manufacturers regarding the use of their components. regarding precautions to be taken for the use of their components.

Procedures used to protect installed Procedures shall be established to OK components which are not used in the protect or isolate installed cleaning operations but which are components that could be adversely included in the cleaning circuit should affected by cleaning or flushing he reviewed, operations.

7.2 Flushing and Cleaning 8.2 Flushing and Cleaning N45.2.1 states water flushing, NQA-1 Methods Methods uses the term flushing (applicable throughout this section) 7.2.1 Water Flushing. If the 8.2.1 Flushing. If the intended level intended level of cleanness has been of cleanness has been maintained maintained during erection of the plant, during erection of the plant, only only water flushing will be required. flushing or rinsing will normally be required.

The system shall be filled with water of The system shall be filled with fluid of OK the quality specified and flushed in the type and quality specified and accordance with approved procedures. flushed in accordance with approved procedures.

Completion of flushing shall be Completion of flushing shall be deter- OK determined by filter, turbidimetric or. mined by filter, turbidimetric or chemical analyses. If the final flushes chemical analysis, or any for removal of particulate contaminants combination of these, as applicable.

are directed toward the reactor vessel, If flushes are directed toward the soluble contaminants shall be removed large components, provisions shall from the system by first flushing away be made to prevent contaminants from the reactor vessel until a specified from collecting in areas where they water quality is achieved on the ef- cannot be removed in subsequent fluent from the system. cleaning operations.

At this time, high velocity flushes may If flushes are directed toward the OK be made toward the reactor vessel, large components, provisions shall be made to prevent contaminants from collecting in areas where they cannot be removed in subsequent cleaning operations.

This procedure is not recommended Guidance only. Wording does not unless reactor vessel internal surfaces establish requirements.

are accessible for subsequent me-chanical cleaning and inspection, or unless provisions are made to collect 24 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI'N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.1 V- - tJdL

- il I-~ I III -L -A . CI.. IV accessible location within the reactor vessel by filtration or other technique.

After system flushing is completed, but After system flushing is completed, OK before system drain, all pockets and but before draining, all pockets and dead legs shall be flushed through dead legs shall be thoroughly their drain connections. flushed.

If conditioned water is used, particular Where conditioned water is used, OK attention should be given to assure particular attention should be given to that large volumes of solution do not assure that large volumes of solvent remain trapped in the system. do not remain trapped in the system.

Care shall be taken to assure that Provisions shall be made to assure OK organics do not remain on the that organics do not remain on the surfaces. .surfaces:

A final flush writh demineralized water Guidance only. Wording does not is desirable, but is not necessarily establish requirements.

required at this time._________________

The system shall be sealed to prevent After cleaning, the item shall be OK the subsequent entry of contamination, sealed where appropriate to prevent If no further cleaning is required, the subsequent entry of contami-system layup may be performed. nants. If no further cleaning is required, system layup shall be performed if specified. ________________

7.2.2. Alkaline Cleaning. 8.2.2 Alkaline Cleaning. Although it OK is the intent of those involved in Although it shall be the intent of those erecting the nuclear plant to install involved inerecting the nuclear plant to piping systems and components in a install piping systems in a clean clean condition, this may not be fully condition, this may not be achieved, achieved. I________________

One relatively common source of Common sources of organic OK organic contamination in piping contamination in items are lubrication systems is lubricating oils from, air oils from air tools, preservative films, tools. and valve lubricants.

When local cleanup is not performed When immediate local cleanup is not OK following grinding operations on performed, full item cleaning to internal surfaces of piping welds, full remove such organic contaminants system cleaning to remove organic may be necessary.

contaminants may be necessary._________________

If required the cleaning shall be Such cleaning shall be performed OK performed according to the cleaning according to the cleaning procedures procedures established for the established for the operation, and the operation and the procedure shall procedure shall assure that quantities assure that quantities of organics do of organic contaminants do not not remain on the surfaces. remain on the surfaces.

Alkaline cleaning should consist of the Alkaline cleaning consists of the OK circulation of an appropriately heated circulation of an appropriately heated solution until a selected area or a solution until a selected area coupon contaminated with the ex- represented by the worst pected contamination is cleaned by the contamination or a coupon cleaning solution. contaminated with the expected contamination is cleaned by the cleaning solution to the specified cleanness level.

After system cleaning is completed, a After item cleaning is completed, the OK flush with water of a quality consistent item shall be flushed with water of the with the system requirements shall be specified quality to remove the performed to remove the cleaning .cleaning agents.

agents.

In particular, all pockets and dead legs In particular, all pockets and dead OK should be flushed and attention should legs shall be flushed and attention be given to assure that large volumes given to assure that large volumes of of solution do not remain in the solution do not remain.

systemý The system should be sealed to Where appropriate, the item shall be O prevent the subsequent entry of sealed to prevent subsequent _________________

25 of 2972/1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 If no further cleaning is required, If no further cleaning is required, OK system layup may be performed. system layup shall be performed, if specified.

Precautions related to the use of Precautions related to the use of OK alkaline cleaning solutions are listed in alkaline cleaning solutions are listed paragraph 7.3. in Part Ill, Subpart 3.2, Appendix 2.1.

7.2.3 Chelate Cleaning. 8.2.3 Chelate Cleaning. Guidance only. Wording does not establish requirements.

Chelate cleaning of carbon or low-alloy steel surfaces to remove light corrosion product films is not a required cleaning operation.

If chelating cleaning is used, flushing Unless it is considered desirable to OK with water of a quality consistent with leave a film of chelating agent on the the system requirements should be surfaces as a protective film, the item performed to remove the chelating shall be flushed with water of a agents. quality consistent with the item requirements to remove residual chelating agents.

All pockets and dead legs in particular. If chelate cleaning is used, attention OK should be flushed and attention should shall be given to all pockets and dead be given to assure that large volumes legs to ensure that large volumes of of the chelating solution do not remain solution do not remain in the item.

in the system.

The system should be sealed to Where appropriate, items shall be OK prevent the subsequent entry of sealed to prevent subsequent contaminants. If no further cleaning is contamination. If no further cleaning required, layup may be performed. is required, layup shall be performed, if specified.

Precautions related to the use of Precautions related to the use of OK chelating agents are listed in chelating agents are listed in Part III, paragraph 7.3. Subpart 3.2, Appendix 2.1.

7.3 Cleaning Precautions 8.2.2 Alkaline Cleaning Similar Words - same intent There are a number of precautions that Precautions related to the use of.

should be observed during cleaning alkaline cleaning solutions are listed operations. The following should be in Part Ill, Subpart 3.2, Appendix 2.1.

considered as appropriate.

1. The addition of a suitable 3.4.1 Water Similar words - same intent chloride stress cracking inhibitor is recommended iffresh water flushing of When fresh water is used on systems containing austenitic stainless components or systems containing steels is planned. austenitic stainless steel, attention shall be given to methods for minimizing the possible effects of chlorides.

2. The use of alkaline cleaning Part II refers to Appendix 2.1 Similar words - same intent compounds which contain free caustic "Nonmandatory Guidance on is not recommended on components or Cleaning of Fluid Systems and systems in which cleaning solutions Associated Components for may be entrapped. Cleaners based on Nuclear Power Plants" compounds which produce hydroxylions by hydrolysis, such as tri- 3(a) The use of alkaline cleaning sodium phosphate, are recommended, compounds that contain free caustic If heavy organic solids are present, the is not recommended on components addition of an emulsifier and a wetting or systems in which cleaning agent may be considered, solutions may be entrapped.

Cleaners based on compounds that produce alkaline solutions by hydrolysis, such as phosphate compounds, are recommended. If heavy organic contaminants are present, the addition of an emulsifier and a wetting agent should be 26 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.1

3. The use of acid-chelating Part II refers to Appendix 2.1 agents on welded or furnace sensitized "Nonmandatory Guidance on stainless steels and nickel base alloys Cleaning of Fluid Systems and is not recommended. Associated Components for Nuclear Power Plants" 3(b) The use of acid-chelating agent on welded or furnace sensitized stainless steels and nickel base nilnvt, ic nnf rornmm~nr1~r

4. The use of halogenated Part II refers to Appendix 2.1 Similar words - same intent organic solvents is not recommended, "Nonmandatory Guidance on except upon crevice-free, open, freely Cleaning of Fluid Systems and evaporating surfaces. This recom- Associated Components for mendation is not intended to prohibit Nuclear Power Plants" the use of such solvents under other conditions, providing adequate 3(c) The use of halogenated organic removal is assured prior to any solvents is not recommended, except subsequent operations, upon crevice-free, open, freely evaporating surfaces. This recom-mendation is not intended to prohibit the use of such solvents under other conditions, providing adequate removal is assured prior to any subsequent operations.

5. Acid cleaning of installed 3.4.5 If acid cleaning is used, N45.2.1 includes the words "is not systems is not recommended, particular attention shall be given to: recommended" however, if used, particular attention shall be given to:

(a) Avoiding the entrapment of (a) avoidance of entrapment of acids OK acids in the crevices, in crevices; (b) Avoiding contact with either (b) effects on either welded or OK welded or furnace sensitized corrosion sensitized corrosion-resistant alloys resistant alloys, and non-ferrous and nonferrous materials; materials.

(c) Complete removal of any (c) complete removal of any residual N45.2.1 uses the term "system", NQA-residual acid solution from the system. acid solution from the item; 1 states "item" - these are equivalent.

(d) Neutralization treatment as a (d) neutralization treatment followed OK final operation, by thorough rinsing or flushing.

7.4 Control of Cleaning Solutions 2.4 Control of Cleaning OK Solutions Cleaning solutions should be prepared in accordance with the applicable Cleaning solutions shall be prepared cleaning procedure and shall be in accordance with the applicable checked for proper chemical cleaning procedure and shall be composition and effectiveness of checked for proper chemical inhibitors (if used). composition and effectiveness of inhibitors, if used.

Solution temperatures must be Solution temperatures shall be OK maintained and controlled to assure maintained and controlled to ensure adequate cleaning and to prevent adequate cleaning and to prevent decomposition and possible damage to cleaning agent decomposition and the system. possible damage to the item.

10 POST-OPERATIONAL These words not included in N45.2.1 REPAIRS ANT MODIFICATIONS Subpart 2.1 does not address radioactive decontamination operations that may be required prior to post-operational repairs or system modifications, although some of its I 27 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.1 requirements may be applicable to such decontamination operations.

For the purposes of maintenance of cleanness as defined in Subpart 2.1, post-operational repairs or system modifications shall be considered identical to preoperational installation procedures and treated in accordance with Sections 5, 6, and 7.

If system cleaning following repair or modification operations is deemed necessary, such cleaning shall be performed in accordance with Section 8, except that flushes directed toward the reactor vessel shall, to the extent possible, first be preceded with flushes directed away from the reactor vessel until expected contamination is removed and the specified water quality level is achieved. If layup is deemed neces-sary, it shall be performed in accordance with Section 9.

8. LAYUP AND POST-LAYUP 9 LAYUP AND POST-LAYUP OK CLEANING CLEANING 8.1 Upon completion of pre-operational Upon completion of preoperational cleaning, unless the system is to be cleaning, unless the item is to be released for the next series of released for the next series of operations or tests, the system should operations or tests, the item shall be be placed in layup condition, if placed in layup condition by filling required, by filling with dry inert gas, with dry, contaminant-free inert gas the process fluid that will be used in or dry air; the process fluid that will the system during operation, water Of be used in the system during purity equivalent to that used to make operation; fluid of purity equivalent to up the system, or chemically- that used to make up the system; conditioned water. chemically conditioned fluid; or other specified method.

8.2 Prior to the next series of Prior to the next series of operations OK operations or tests residual cleaning or tests, residual cleaning solutions solutions or layup chemicals shall be or layup media shall be removed, if removed from the system by flushing, required, from the item by flushing or or draining and filling until the effluent by draining and filling until the water from the system meets the pre- effluent fluid from the item meets the operational test water quality preoperational test fluid quality re-requirements for the system. quirements for the system.

9. RECORDS 11 RECORDS N45.2.1 includes "personnel qualification records".

Record copies of completed The following shall be prepared:

procedures; reports; personnel (a) record copies of procedures; qualification records; test equipment (b) reports; calibration records, test deviation or (c) test equipment calibration exception records; inspection and records; examination records shall be prepared. (d) test deviation or exception records; (e) inspection and examination records; (f) other records necessary to document the cleaning and cleanness history of the items during manufacture, shipment, storage, installation, preopera-tional cleaning, modifications, and repairs.

These shall be placed with other These records shall be retained with OK 28 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 1 ANSI N45.2.1-1973 vs NQA-1-1 994, Subpart 2.1 I.JIUJML! II WUIUb d: I ",%4UilU Uy WUU, ULIUI PIIUJ)CI.LI[WIUU Oi IW,4U1 CL standard, specification, or project code, standard, specification, or Drocedures. Droject procedures.

Collection, Storage and maintenance BR1 7 "Quality Assurance Records" Similar words, same intent.

records shall be in accordance with ANSI N45.2.9. Records that furnish documentary evidence of quality shall be specified, prepared, and maintained.

10. REVISION OF ANSI N/A - These words not included in STANDARDS REFERRED TO NQA-1 nor would they be expected to IN THIS DOCUMENT be.

When the following standards referred to in this document are superseded by a revision approved by the American National Standards Institute, the revi-sion shall apply.

N45.2 Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.3 Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants Qualification of Inspection, N45.2.6 Qualification of Inspection, Examination, and Testing Personnel for the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.9 Requirements for Collection, Storage and Maintenance of Quality Assurance Records

N45.2. 10 Terms and Definitions

These Standards are being approved by The American National Standards Institute and they should be available in 1973.

29 of 29 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 1.1 Scope Subpart 2.2 provides amplified requirements for packaging, shipping, This standard defines requirements for receiving, storage, and handling of packaging, shipping, receiving, nuclearpower plant items.

storage, and handling of nuclear Dower Dlant items.

These items include the parts of Part II QAPP Section 1.2 "Scope" structures, systems, and components Introduction establishes applicability.

whose satisfactory performance is required for the plant to operate The requirements of this Part (Part il) reliably, to prevent accidents that apply to fabrication, construction, could cause undue risk to the health modification, repair, maintenance, and and safety of the public, or to mitigate testing activities that affect the quality the consequences of such accidents if of structures, systems, and they were to occur. components for nuclear facilities.

,The requirements stated herein deal Part II QAPP Section 1.2 "Scope" with the protection and control Introduction establishes applicability.

necessary to assure that the requisite quality of those important parts of the The requirements of this Part (Part II) plant are preserved from the time apply to fabrication, construction, items are fabricated until they are modification, repair, maintenance, and incorporated in the plant. testing activities that affect the quality of structures, systems, and components for nuclear facilities.

This standard is intended to be used in It supplements the requirements of Slightly different words, but same conjunction with ANSI N45.2, Quality Part I and shall be used in conjunction intent.

Assurance Program Requirements for with applicable Basic and Nuclear Power Plants. The Supplementary Sections of Part I when requirements may also be extended to and to the extent specified by the other appropriate parts of nuclear organization invoking Subpart 2.2.

power plants when specified in contract documents.

1.2 Applicability Part II QAPP Section 1.2 "Scope" Introduction establishes applicability.

The requirements of this standard apply to the work of any individual or These activities include the performing organization that participates in the function of attaining quality objectives packaging, shipping, receiving, and verifying that activities affecting storage and handling of items to be quality have been correctly performed.

incorporated into nuclear power plants as discussed in Subsection 1.1 of this standard.

The extent to which the individual re- Introduction Slightly different words, but same quirements of this standard shall apply intent.

will depend upon the nature and scope Section 2 "Applicability" of the work to be performed and the importance of the item or service in- To the extent applicable to the volved. activities being performed, the application of this Part (Part II)or portions thereof, and the provisions of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements, shall be.specified in written contracts, policies, procedures, or instructions.

The requirements are intended to BR 13 "Handling, Storage, and Slightly different words, but same assure that the quality of items is not Shipping" intent.

degradedas a result of packaging, shipping, receiving, storage, and Handling, storage, cleaning, handling practices and techniques. packaging, shipping, and preservation of items shall be controlled to prevent damage or loss and to minimize deterioration.

1.3 Responsibility BR 1 "Organization" In addition, QAPP Section 2O0"Organization" and 3.0 1 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 I ne organization or organizations responsible for establishing the responsibilities, level of authority, and applicable requirements for the lines of communication for activities activities covered by this standard affecting quality shall be documented.

shall be identified and the scope of their responsibilities shall be documented.

The work of establishing practices and BR 1 "Organization" QAPP Section 2.0 "Organization" procedures and providing the also details delegation and the need resources in terms of personnel, Section 2.2 for documenting said function.

equipment and services necessary to implement the requirements of this The individual(s) or organization(s) standard may be delegated to other responsible for establishing and organizations and such delegation executing a quality assurance program also shall be documented. under this Standard may delegate any or all of the work to others but shall retain responsibility.

However, it is the responsibility of Introduction Slightly different words, but same each organization performing work intent.

covered by this standard to comply Section 3 "Responsibility" with the procedures and instructions issued for the project and to conform The organization upon which this Part to the requirements of this standard (Part II), or portions thereof, is invoked applicable to his work. shall be responsible for complying with the specified requirements.

The following shall be used as a guide Guidance only. Wording does not in determining those responsibilities establish requirements. (Same for 1-which shall be established and 7 below).

documented:

1. Classification of items (protection level)

2. Packaging design and methods

3. Shipping requirements and methods

4. Receiving requirements and methods

5. Storage requirements and procedures

6. Handling requirements and procedures

7. Records 1.4 Definitions 1.1 Definitions OK The following definitions are provided The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform understanding of to assure a uniform understanding of select terms as they are used in this unique terms as they are used in standard. Subpart 2.2.

Barrier--A flexible material designed barrier- a flexible material designed OK to withstand the penetration of water, to withstand the penetration of water, water vapor, grease, or harmful gases. water vapor, grease, or harmful gases Carrier--The transporting agency. carrier--the transporting agency OK Classification- The organization of classification- the organization of OK items according to their susceptibility items according to their susceptibility to damage during shipping, receiving to damage during shipping, receiving, and storage only. It does not relate to and storage only. It does not relate to the function of the item in the com- the function of the item in the pleted system. completed system.

Documentation - Any written or I Introduction NQA-1 provides additional details on pictorial information describing, Section 4 "Terms and Definitions" when a document is considered a defining, specifying, reporting, or Quality Assurance Record.

certifying activities, requirements, Document - any written or pictorial procedures or results.. information describing, defining, specifying, reporting, or certifying activities, requirements, procedures, or 2 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 to be a Quality Assurance Record until it satisfies the definition of a Quality Assurance Record as defined in this Suiplement.

Dynamic Load Test - A test to dynamic load test - a test wherein Different words are used, but. intent is demonstrate the ability of hoisting designated loads are hoisted, rotated, same.

equipment to safely handle its rated or transported through motions and load by exercising the equipment accelerations required to simulate through vertical and horizontal handling of the intended item movement along its lines of travel, using a load of specified weight.

Handling - The act of physically No definition of this exists in NQA-1.

moving items by hand or by mechanical machinery, not including transport modes. ________________

Item - Any level of unit assembly, I Introduction Definitions are slightly different but including system, subsystem, Section 4 "Terms and Definitions" intent is same.

subassembly, component, part, or material. Item - an all-inclusive term used in place of any of the following:

appurtenance, assembly, component, equipment, material, module, part, structure, subassembly, system, or

_____________________________unit.

Nonconformance - A deficiency in I Introduction N45.2.2 provides examples.

characteristic, documentation, or Section 4 "Terms and Definitions" procedure which renders the quality of an item unacceptable or Nonconformance - a deficiency in indeterminate. Examples of characteristic, documentation, or nonconformance include: physical de- procedure that renders the quality of fects, test failures, incorrect or an item or activity unacceptable or inadequate documentation, and indeterminate deviation from prescribed processing, inspection or test procedures. ________________

Package - The shipping container No definition of this exists in NQA-1.

plus the contents of the container.

Package Unit - Any assembly of No definition of this exists in NQA-1.

mechanical and/or electrical components and parts which can be disassembled without destroying the integrity of the individual parts. _________________________________

Receiving - To take delivery of I Introduction OK material at the construction site or Section 4 "Terms and Definitions" other location designated by the purchaser. Receiving - taking delivery of an item

____________________________at a designated location ________________

Storage - The act of holding items at storage - the act of holding items in OK the construction site or in an area storage facilities other than its permanent location in the plant.

Storage Facilities - Warehouse or storage facilities - warehouse, yard, OK yard area designated and prepared for or other areas designated and holding of items, prepared for holding of items Transit Carrier (Open) - Trucks, No definition of this exists in NQA-1.

Trailers, Railroad cars, Barges; Aircraft, or Ships which do not provide protection of items from the environment.

Transit Carrier (Closed) -Trucks, No definition of this exists in NQA-1.

Trailers, Railroad cars, Barges, Aircraft or Ships which do provide protection of items from the environment by nature of their inherent design.

Transportation Mode - A method transportation mode - a method OK identified by the conveyance used for Iidentified -by the conveyance used for 3 of 39 3of397/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 u alI opuIL -LIUII I H IIlll I llU II ZlUUV*UIIdlIJUILOLIUI I VI ILVI, Hald 1 II IIAU1-1-u any motor vehicles, ships, railroad any motor vehicles, ships, railroad cars, or aircraft. Each cargo-carrying cars, or aircraft. Each cargo carrying body (trailer, van, boxcar, etc.) is a body (trailer, van, boxcar, etc.) is a separate vehicle. separate vehicle.

Wrap - A flexible material, formed wrap - a flexible material formed OK around the item or package to exclude around the item or package to exclude dirt and to facilitate handling, marking dirt and to facilitate handling, marking, or labeling, or labeling Other terms and their definitions are NQA-1 Introduction contains many of These words are not in NQA-1 nor contained in ANSI N45.2.10 the definitions that were in N45.2.10 would they expected to be.

1.5 Referenced Documents Introduction Slightly different words, but same intent.

Other documents that are required to Section 7 "Referenced Codes, be included as a part of this Standard Standards, and Specifications" are either identified at the point of reference or described in Section 9 of All codes, standards, and this Standard. specifications that are referenced as a part of this Part (Part II) are listed in the Table entitled "Codes, Standards, and Specifications Referenced in Text."

The issue or edition of the referenced Codes, standards, and specifications NQA-1 adds the clarification on what document that is required will be referenced in this Part (Part II) may be to do when a specific date or edition specified either at the point of identified with the applicable date or is not identified.

reference or in Section 9 of this reference at the point of reference or standard. in the Table "Codes, Standards, and Specifications Referenced in Text."

Where no specific date or edition is identified, the latest published version shall be used unless contractual documents stipulate otherwise.

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Introduction Slightly different words but same intent.

This section contains requirements Section 1 "Purpose" that are to be fulfilled by the organization or organizations re- This Part (Part II) sets forth the quality sponsible for performing any segment assurance requirements for the of work described in Sections 3 planning and execution of identified through 8 of this standard. tasks during the fabrication, construction, modification, repair, maintenance, and testing of systems, components, and structures for nuclear facilities.

Measures shall be established and 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS N45.2.2 includes the word implemented for the packaging, "examinations". Same intent/results.

shipping, receiving, storage and Measures shall be established and handling of specified items to be implemented for the packaging, incorporated in the nuclear power shipping, receiving, storage, and han-plant, and for the inspections, ex- dling of specified items to be aminations, testing and documentation incorporated in the nuclear power to verify conformance to specified plant, and for the inspection, testing, requirements. and documentation to verify conformance to specified re-quirements.

2.1 Planning Introduction QAPP Section 1.2, "Scope" provides 2 Applicability for identification of items to which the The specific items to be governed by QAPP is applied.

this standard shall be identified. An appropriate Quality Assurance Program, based on the nature and scope of the work.to be performed and the relative importance of the items or services, shall be specified in contractual documents by selective 4 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 OpIPIII1OL*:IIUI VI IJULIVI IUI U) r dl I,I L.. .

and Supplemental Requirements, for programmatic activities and of this Part (Part Wifor work oriented activities.

Planning shall take into account the 2.1 Planning and Procedures Slightly different words, but same need for the preparation and control of intent.

proceduresand work instructions as Planning and procedure preparation necessary to comply with specified shall be in accordance with the.

requirements. requirements of the Introduction to this Part (Part II).

Planning shall include a review of the Introduction NQA-1 provides some additional design specifications and drawings for details, but the intent is similar.

the items covered by this standard to Section 4.1 "Planning" assure that packaging, shipping, receiving, storage, and handling Planning shall include a review of the activities have been incorporated and structure, system or component that they can be accomplished as design/procurement specifications, specified. materials, lists, drawings, construction work plans and schedules to ensure that fabrication, installation, modification, inspection, testing, etc.,

activities have been incorporated; that the work can be accomplished as specified; and that time and resources, plus training, are sufficient to accomplish the work in accordance with the specified requirements.

2.2 Procedures and Instructions Introduction N45.2.2 is more specific, however intent of developing, using, and Procedures and instructions shall be . Section 4.2 "Procedures" maintaining procedures is similar.

generated, used, and maintained current; these shall contain sufficient Installation, inspection, test detail to provide for the listed items procedures, and work instructions (see Subsection 2.1 of this Standard) identified during planning shall be a basis for packaging design, shipping prepared. Preparation and approval of requirements, receiving, storage and the procedures/instructions shall be in handling procedures, implementation advance of the need to use the thereof, and inspection, in accordance documents. The documents shall be with this standard. kept current and revised as necessary to assure that the work is performed in accordance with the latest approved information.

2.3 Results BR 10 "Inspection" NQA-1 does not include words "in a suitable test report or data sheet".

Inspection and test results shall be Inspection results shall be documented in a suitable test report or documented.

data sheet.

BR 11 "Test Control" Test results shall be documented..."

Each report shall identify the item to Supplement 1OS-1 "Supplementary Supplement 11S-1 contains similar which it applies, the procedures or Requirements for Inspection" words to 1oS-1.

instruction followed in performing the task and the identification of the Paragraph 9 NQA-1 does not include words "the following: procedures or instruction followed in Records shall, as a minimum, identify performing the task".

(a) through (f) below:

(1) Conditions encountered which (f) reference to information on action Slightly different words, but same were not anticipated, including taken in connection with intent.

nonconformance. nonconformances (2) Identity of inspector or tester. (c) inspector OK (3) Completion date. (b) date of inspection Slightly different words, but same intent.

Test reports and data sheets shall (e) results or acceptability Slightly different words, but same include an evaluation of the intent.

acceptability of inspection and test and 11S-1 Paragraph 5(g) person 5 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 IWOUIL -U dl -IUVIU- IVI lVul IlII individual who performed the

u2Ih ,ntinn 2.5 Personnel Qualifications Introduction Slightly different words, but same intent. N45.2.2 uses the words "at the Those personnel who perform Section 5 "Qualification of job site".

inspection, examination or testing Personnel" activities at the job site shall be qualified in accordance with N45.2.6. Inspection, test, and nondestructive examination personnel and laboratory technicians shall be trained and qualified/certified in accordance with the applicable portions of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements.

Off-site inspection, examination or Introduction Slightly different words, but same testing shall be audited and monitored intent. NQA-1 does not require that by personnel who are qualified in ac- Section 5 "Qualification of auditors be qualified/certified as cordance with N45.2.6. Personnel" inspectors to monitor offsite inspection, examinations or testing.

Inspection, test, and nondestructive examination personnel and laboratory technicians shall be trained and qualified/certified in accordance with the applicable portions of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements.

Professional personnel shall meet the requirements defined by the implementing organization in its position descriptions.

2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary Slightly different words, but same Requirements for Control of intent.

2.5.1 Selection. Measuring and Test Equipment" Inspection, examination, and testing Paragraph 2 equipment utilized to implement the requirements of this standard shall be Selection of measuring and test selected to have accuracy and equipment shall be controlled to tolerance sufficient to determine con- assure that such items are of proper formance to specified requirements. type, range, accuracy, and tolerance to accomplish the function of determining conformance to specified requirements.

2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary Slightly different words, but same Requirements for Control of intent.

As appropriate, measuring and test Measuring and Test Equipment" equipment shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals Paragraph 3.1 against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally Measuring and test equipment shall be recognized standards. calibrated, adjusted and maintained at prescribed intervals or, prior to use, against certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards.

If no national standards exists, the Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary NQA-1 includes the word basis for calibration shall be Requirements for Control of "recognized" documented. Measuring and Test Equipment" Paragraph 3.1 If no national recognized standards exists, the bases for calibration shall be documented.

Records shall be maintained and Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary OK equipment suitably marked to indicate Requirements for Control of calibration status. Measuring and Test Equipment"-

6 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 Paragraph 5 Records shall be maintained and equipment shall be suitably marked to 2.6 Housekeeping NQA-11 Subpart 2.3 replaced~ N45.2.3. QAPP Sbction 4.13 "Handling, Storage, and Shipping" establishes In job-site areas, facilities, and requirements for housekeeping via environments where packaging, commitment to NQA-1 -1994, Subpart shipping, receiving, storage and 2.3.

handling of items is performed in accordance with the requirements of this standard, the housekeeping requirements shall be in accordance with N45.2.3.

2.7 Classification of Items 2.2 Classification of Items OK The requirements for activities covered Requirements are divided into four by this standard (packaging, shipping, levels with respect to protective receiving, storage and handling) are measures to prevent damage, de-divided into four levels with respect to terioration, or contamination of the protective measures to prevent items based upon the important damage, deterioration or physical characteristics, and not upon contamination of the items, based the important functional characteristics upon the important physical of the item with respect to safety, characteristics and not upon the im- reliability, and operation.

portant functional characteristic of the item with respect to safety, reliability and operation.

It should be recognized, however, that It should be recognized, however, that OK within the scope of each level there within the scope of each level there may be a range of controls and that may be a range of controls, and that the detailed requirements for an item the detailed requirements for an item are dependent on the importance of are dependent on the importance of the item to safety or reliability, the item to safety reliability.

For example, even though a reactor* For example, even though a reactor OK vessel and structural steel are vessel and structural steel are classified as level 0, the degree of classified as Level 0, the degree of protection and control over the reactor protection and control over the reactor vessel should exceed that of the vessel should exceed that of the structural steel, structural steel.

Each of the specific items govemned by Each of the specific items govemned by OK this procedure (See Subsection 2.1 of Subpart 2.2 shall be classified into one this standard) shall be classified into of these four levels by the buyer or the one of these four levels by the buyer contractor.

or the contractor.

The manufacturer's documented The manufacturer's documented OK standard or minimum requirements standard or minimum requirements shall be considered when classifying shall be considered when classifying the items. -the items.

Items, once classified, shall be Items, once classified at a level, shall OK restricted to the level or higher for be restricted to that level or a higher each of the packaging, shipping, level for each of the packaging, receiving, storage and handling opera- shipping, receiving, storage, and han-tions. dling operations.

Items shall not be classified according Implied by statement above.

to the requirements of one level, then packaged, shipped, received, stored or handled according to a level of lower grade.

Any package unit or assembly made Any package unit or assembly made OK Up of items of different levels shall be up of items of different levels shall be classified to the highest level classified to the highest level designated for any of the respective designated for any of the respective parts. items.

7 of 3972/1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 shall be indicated for each part. shall be indicated for each part.

Items covered by Subpart 2.2 shall be r A nrlr +h- frlliroinr In* ýlI When the unit cannot be physically These words not included in NQA-1 disassembled, special rules are contained herein.

Items covered by this standard shall Items covered by Subpart 2.2 shall be OK be categorized under the following categorized under the following levels.

levels:

2.7.1 Level A Items classified to level 2.2.1 Level A. Items classified to N45.2.2 uses the term "gravitational A are those that are exceptionally Level A are those that are (g) forces" whereas NQA-1 uses the sensitive to environmental conditions exceptionally sensitive to term "accelerating forces".

and require special measures for environmental conditions and require Similar, Same Intent.

protection from one or more of the special measures for protection from following effects: one or more of the following effects:

(a) temperatures outside required temperatures outside required limits, limits sudden temperature changes, (b) sudden temperature changes humidity and vapors, gravitational (g) (c) humidity and vapors forces, physical damage and airborne (d) accelerating forces contamination (e.g. rain, snow, dust, (e) physical damage dirt, salt spray, fumes). (f) airborne contamination (e.g., rain, snow, dust, dirt, salt spray, fumes)

The following shall be used as a guide Types of items to be categorized OK for classifying items intended for this . under this classification level are:

level classification:

(1) Special electronic equipment (a) special electronic equipment and OK and instrumentation, instrumentation (2) Special materials, such as (b) special materials, such as OK chemicals that are sensitive to chemicals, that are sensitive to environment, environment (3) Special nuclear material (fuel) (c) special nuclear material and N45.2.2 uses the term "AEC fuel and sources. The requirements of the sources. The requirements of the NRC license" while NQA-1 uses the term

'AEC fuel license and conditions and fuel license and conditions and of "NRC fuel license".

other governmental agencies shall be other governmental agencies shall be Similar, Same Intent.

met. met.

2.7.2 Level B - Items classified to 2.2.2 Level B. Items classified to Level N45.2.2 uses the term "gravitational level B are those that are sensitive to B are those that are sensitive to (g) forces" whereas NQA-1 uses the environmental conditions and require environmental conditions and require term "accelerating forces" measures for protection from the measures for protection from the Similar, Same Intent.

effects of temperature extremes, effects of temperature extremes, humidity and vapors, g forces, physical humidity and vapors, accelerating damage and airborne contamination forces, physical damage, and airbome and should not require special contamination, and do not require protection required for level A items. special protection required for Level A items.

The following shall be used as a guide Types of items to be categorized OK for classifying items intended for this under this classification level are:

level classification:

(1) Instrumentation (a) instrumentation NQA-1 adds the parenthesis (2) Electrical penetrations (b) electrical penetrations (Welding electrodes hermetically (3) Batteries (c) batteries sealed in metal containers may be (4) Welding electrode and wire (d) welding electrode and wire stored under conditions described for (5) Control rod drives. (Welding electrodes hermetically Level C, unless other storage (6) Motor control centers, sealed in metal containers may be requirements are specified by the switchgear and control panels stored under conditions described for manufacturers.) after (d) and deletes (7) Motors and generators Level C, unless other storage the word "erection" before (j).

(8) Precision machined parts requirements are specified by the (9) Erection spares, such as manufacturers.)

gaskets, "0" rings (e) control rod drives (10) Air handling filters (f) motor control centers, switchgear, (11) Computers and control panels (g) motors and generators (h) precision machine parts (i) spares, such as gaskets, 0-rings 8 of 39 7127/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 (k) comouters 2.7.3 Level C - Items classified to 2.2.3 Level C. Items classified to N45.2.2 uses the term "gravitational level C are those that require Level C are those that require (g) forces" whereas NQA-1 uses the protection from exposure to the protection from exposure to the term "accelerating forces".

environment, airborne contaminants, g environment, airborne contamination, Similar, Same Intent.

forces and physical damage. acceleration forces, and physical Protection from water vapor and damage. Protection from water vapor condensation is not so important as and condensation is not as important that for Level B items. as for Level B items.

The following shall be used as a guide Types of items to be categorized OK for classifying items intended for this under this classification level are:

level classification.

(1) Pumps (a) pumps NQA-1 adds the parenthesis (2) Valves (b) valves (unjacketed) after instrument cable in (3) Fluid filters (c) fluid filters (g) and adds (I) fabricated fuel rods (4) Reactor intemals (d) reactor intemals and assemblies which is not included (5) Compressors (e) compressors in N45.2.2.

(6) Auxiliary Turbines (f0 auxiliary turbines Similar, Same Intent.

(7) Instrument cable (g) instrument cable (unjacketed)

(8) Refueling equipment (h) refueling equipment (9) Thermal insulation (i) thermal insulation (10) Fans and blowers (j) fans and blowers (11) Cement (k) cement (I) fabricated fuel rods and assemblies 2.7.4 Level D - Items classified to 2.2.4 Level D. Items classified to Level NQA-1 adds the words "acceleration level D are those that are less D are those that are less sensitive to forces" as what an item requires sensitive to the environment than level the environment than those for Level protection from.

C. These items require protection C. These items require protection Similar, Same Intent.

against the elements airbom against the weather, acceleration contamination, and physical damage. forces, airborne contamination, and physical damage.

The following shall be used as a guide Types of items to be categorized OK for classifying items intended for this under this classification level are:

level classification.

(1) Tanks (a) tanks NQA-1 adds the parenthesis (2) Heat exchangers and parts (b) heat exchangers and parts (jacketed) after electrical cable in (j).

(3) Accumulators (c) accumulators Similar, Same Intent.

(4) Demineralizers (d) demineralizers (5) Reactor vessel (e) reactor vessel (6) Evaporators (f) evaporators (7) Steam generators (g) steam generators (8) Pressurizer (h) pressurizers (9) Piping (i) piping (10) Electrical cable 6) electrical cable (jacketed)

(11) Structural items (k) structural items (12) Reinforcing steel (I) reinforcing steel (13) Aggregates (m) aggregates

3. PACKAGING 3 PACKAGING OK 3.1 General 3.1 General This section contains the requirements This Section contains the for packaging of items for protection requirements for packaging of items against corrosion, contamination, for protection against corrosion, physical damage or any effect which contamination, physical damage, or would lower the quality or cause the any effect that would lower the quality item to deteriorate during the time it is or cause the items to deteriorate dur-shipped, handled and stored. ing the time they are shipped, handled, and stored.

The degree of protection specified will The degree of protection specified will OK vary according to storage conditions vary according to conditions and and duration, shipping environment, duration of storage, shipping envi-and handling conditions. ronment, and handling conditions.

9 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 I1I[JIU1IIl*UIdLIUI iaJdLddYil I Ul ULIMP ly IIIlIjJI lOVIILOLIUII Vu LIII1 I,.,LIUI I 0 section is accomplished by identifying accomplished by identifying the item the item and the appropriate and the appropriate packaging packaging level, and then applying the level, and then applying the appropriate criteria contained herein appropriate criteria contained herein concerning cleaning, preservatives, concerning cleaning, preservatives, desiccants, inert gas blankets, desiccants, inert gas blankets, cushioning, caps and plugs, barrier cushioning, caps and plugs, barrier and wrapping materials, tapes, and wrapping materials, tapes, blocking and bracing, containers, blocking and bracing, containers, marking, other quality assurance marking, other quality assurance H, 0 i. 01

-VIUVlOlJl l ullul i H *LIL I I. lOII I i- , l ILl Appendix A-3 contains additional Part II Introduction OK requirements generally not available in 1 Purpose other documents. Applicable nonmandatory guidance for various subparts are provided in Part Ill.

These requirements are a mandatory These words not included in NQA-1 part of this standard as the requirements are included in the text and not in a separate appendix.

3.2 Levels of Packaging 3.2 Levels of Packaging OK The packaging requirements are The packaging requirements shall be based on the protection the items based on the protection that is should receive during shipping, necessary during shipping, handling, handling, and storage. and storage of the item to satisfy Levels A, B, C, and D protection requirements set forth below.

The requirements of this standard are The requirements herein are intended OK intended to be in addition to industry to be in addition to industry classifications or tariff rules for rail, classifications or tariff rules for rail, truck, air and water shipments and truck, air, and water shipments and regulatory agency rules already regulatory agency rules already established in the transportation established in the transportation industry and in no way are they industry; and in no way are they intended to reduce the minimum intended to reduce the minimum standards established by these standards established by these regulatory agency rules. regulatory agency rules.

The following packaging criteria are The following packaging criteria are OK divided into four levels corresponding divided into four levels corresponding to the categories of Subsection 2.7 of to the classification categories of para.

this Standard. 2.2 of Subpart 2.2.

3.2.1 Level A Items. (See paragraph 3.2.1 Level A Items. (See para. OK 2.7.1). Level A items require the 2.2.1.) Level A items require the highest degree of protection and shall highest degree of protection and shall conform to the following criteria: conform to the following criteria.

(1) Package design requirements (a) Package design requirements shall OK are for extraordinary environmental be for extraordinary environmental protection to avoid the deleterious protection to avoid the deleterious effects of shock and vibration, to effects of shock and vibration, to control temperature or humidity within control temperature or humidity within specified limits, or for any other special specified limits, or for any other special requirements. requirements.

(2) Items shall have been inspected (b) Items shall have been inspected for OK for cleanness immediately before cleanness immediately before packaging. Dirt, oil residue, metal packaging. Dirt, oil residue, metal chips or other form of contamination chips, or other forms of contamination shall have been removed by approved shall have been removed by approved cleaning methods. Any entrapped cleaning methods. Any entrapped water shall have been removed, water shall have been removed.

(3) Items which are not immediately (c) Items which are not immediately OK packaged shall be protected from packaged shall be protected from I 10 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1 994, Subpart 2.2 W.I IdI WIII1 IdLIUJ 1.

(4) All Items shall be packaged (d)Items requiring protection from OK with a barrier (see Subsection 3.6 of water vapor, salt air, dust, dirt, and this Standard) so that water vapor, salt other forms of contamination pen-air, dust, dirt and other forms of etrating the package shall be contamination do not penetrate the packaged with a barrier (see para.

packane. 3.6).

(5) Items shall be packaged in (e) Items which require protection from NQA-1 adds the words "which require containers or crates (see Subsection damage during shipping and handling, protection from damage during 3.7 of this standard). shall be packaged in containers or .shipping and handling".

crates (see para. 3.7).

(6) Items which can be damaged by (0 Items which can be damaged by OK condensation trapped within the condensation trapped within the package shall be packaged with package shall be packaged with approved desiccant (see paragraph approved desiccant (see para. 3.6.3) 3.6.3) inside the sealed water vapor inside the sealed water- and vapor-proof barrier or by an equivalent proof barrier or by an equivalent method (for example, see paragraph method (for example, see para. 3.6.2).

3.6.2).

(7) All openings into items shall be (g)All openings into items shall be OK capped, plugged or sealed (see capped, plugged, or sealed (see para.

Subsection 3.5 of this standard). Weld 3.5). Weld end preparations shall be end preparations shall be protected protected against corrosion and against corrosion and physical physical damage.

damage.

(8) Items packed in containers shall be (h)Items packed in containers shall N45.2.2 uses the words "and/or" blocked, anchored, braced and/or be blocked, anchored, braced, or whereas NQA-1 uses the words "or'.

cushioned (see Subsection 3.8 of this cushioned (see pama. 3.8) to prevent Similar, Same Intent.

standard) to prevent physical damage physical damage to the item or barrier.

to the item or barrier.)

(9) Items and their containers shall be (i) Items and their container shall be OK identified by marking (see Subsection identified by marking (see para. 3.9).

3.9 of this standard).

3 2.2 Level B Items. (See paragraph 3.2.2 Level B Items. (See para. OK 2.7.2) Level B items require a high 2.2.2.) Level B items require a high degree of protection and the package degree of protection, and the package shall be designed to avoid the shall be designed to avoid the deleterious effects of shock, vibration, deleterious effects of shock, vibration, physical damage, water vapor, salt physical damage, water vapor, salt spray, condensation and weather spray, condensation, and weather during shipping, handling and storage. during shipping, handling, and storage.

This packaging shall be equivalent to This packaging shall be equivalent to Slightly different wording between that for Level A except that the ex- that for Level A,except that the N45.2.2 and NQA-1 but equivalent.

tremes of paragraph 3.2.1 (1) need not package design requirements need apply, not be equivalent to satisfy' the level of extraordinary environmental protection indicated in para. 3.2.1 (a) where such protection is not justified.________________

Level B items such as control panels Shipment of Level B items in fully en- N45.2.2 includes the words "such as or similar special items may be closed vehicles or equivalent control panels or other similar special shipped with a minimum of protection protective enclosure or packaging is items" and is more specific in when transported ina fully enclosed acceptable, provided the above-stated describing the transportation manner furniture type van with special high degree of protection for Level B as "fumniture type van with special suspension, provided the shipment items is maintained throughout suspension".

goes through to destination in the shipment, and the shipment goes original vehicle and Level B storage through to destination inthe original facilities are available at the site. vehicle and Level B storage facilities are available on site.________________

If transfer becomes necessary to These words not included in N45.2.2.

transit, transfer procedures shall be subject to purchaser acceptance. ________________

3.2.3 Level C Items. (See paragraph 3.2.3 Level C Items. (See para. . N45.2.2 adds the words "airbomne 2.7.3) Level C items require protection 2.2.3.) Level C items require protection and windblown" when referring to from exposure to salt spray, rain, dust, from exposure to salt spray, rain, dust, contaminants.

dirt, and other airbomne and windblown dirt, and other contaminants.

contaminants. Protection from water Protection from water vapor and 11 of 397//1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 vapor and condensation is less condensation is less important than for important than for Level B items. The Level B items. The following criteria followina criteria shall aDDIv: shall arrlv.

(1) Criteria (2) (3) (5) (7) (8) and (9) (a) Criteria (b), (c), (e), (g), (h), and (i) OK for Level A items (see paragraph for Level A items (see para. 3.2.1) 3.2.1) shall apply to Level C items. shall apply to Level C items.

(2) Items shall be packaged with a (b) Items shall be packaged with a OK waterproof enclosure so that water, waterproof enclosure so that water, salt spray, dust, dirt, and other forms salt spray, dust, dirt, and other forms of contamination do not penetrate to of contamination do not penetrate to the item. the item.

(3) Items subject to detrimental (c) Items subject to d etrimental OK corrosion, either internal or external, corrosion, either internal or external, shall be suitably protected. shall be suitably protected.

3.2.4 Level D Items. (See paragraph 3.2.4 Level D Items. (See para. OK 2.7:4) Level D items require protection 2.2.4.) Level D items require protection from physical and mechanical from physical and mechanical damage. The following criteria shall damage. The following criteria shall apply: apply.

(1) Items, just before packaging, (a) Items, just before packaging, shall OK shall have been inspected for have been inspected for cleanness cleanness according to the according to the requirements requirements specified in the specified in the purchasing document.

purchasing document. Dirt, oil residue, Dirt, oil residue, metal chips, or other metal chips or other forms of forms of contamination shall have contamination shall have been been removed by approved cleaning removed by approved cleaning meth- methods. Any entrapped water shall ods. Any entrapped water shall have have been removed.

been removed.

(2) All openings into items shall be (b) All openings into items shall be OK capped, plugged and sealed (see capped, plugged, and sealed (see Subsection 3.5 of this standard). Weld para. 3.5). Weld end preparations shall end preparations shall be protected be protected from corrosion and from corrosion and physical damage. physical damage.

(3) Items subject to detrimental (c) Items subject to detrimental OK corrosion, either internal or external, contamination or corrosion, either shall be suitably protected. internal or external, shall be suitably protected.

(4) Items packed in containers (d) Items packed in containers shall OK shall be blocked, braced and/or be blocked, braced, or cushioned to cushioned to prevent physical damage prevent damage (see para. 3.8).

(see Subsection 3.8 of this Standard).

(5) Items such as aggregate and (c) Items subject to detrimental These specific words related to reinforcing steel shall be suitably contamination or corrosion, either aggregates and reinforcing steel are protected against detrimental internal or external, shall be suitably not included as a separate item since contamination or corrosion. protected. item (c) of this section includes this provision as a general requirement.

(6) The identity of the item shall be (e) The identity of the item shall be OK maintained by marking (see maintained by marking (see para. 3.9)

Subsection 3.9 of this standard) or or other appropriate means.

other appropriate means.

Cleaning 3.3 Cleaning N45.2.2 uses the word "purchase document" whereas NQA-1 uses the Cleaning includes the preparation of Cleaning includes the preparation of word "procurement document" items for preservation or packaging, or items for preservation or packaging, or both, to minimize the requirements for both, to minimize the requirements for site cleaning. Items shall be inspected site cleaning. Items shall be inspected for cleanness immediately before for cleanness immediately before packaging according to the cleaning packaging according to the cleaning requirements specified in the purchase requirements specified in the pro-document. Any dirt, oil residue, metal curement documents. Any dirt, oil chips or other forms of contamination residue,, metal chips, or other forms of shall be removed by documented contamination shall be removed by cleaning methods. Any entrapped documented cleaning methods. Any water shall be removed, entrapped water shall be removed.

12 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 Any item which is not immediately (d) After cleaning, the item shall be OK packaged shall be protected from protected from contamination until further contamination, preservation or packaging is complete.

(See Appendix section A3.3 for additional requirements.)

Methods of Preservation 3.4 Methods of Preservation OK Items subject to deleterious corrosion Items subject to deleterious corrosion shall be protected by using either shall be protected by using either contact preservatives, inert gas contact preservatives, inert gas blankets, or vaporproof barriers with blankets, or vapor-proof barriers with desiccants. (See Subsection 3.6 of this desiccants. (See para. 3.6 for vapor-standard for vaporproof barriers and proof barriers and desiccants.)

desiccants.)

3.4.1 Contact Preservatives. 3.4.1 Contact Preservatives. OK Contact preservatives are compounds Contact preservatives are compounds applied to bare metal surfaces to applied to bare metal surfaces to pre-prevent surface corrosion during vent surface corrosion during shipping shipping and storage and generally and storage and generally require require removal prior to installation, removal prior to installation.

(See Appendix section A3.4.1 for additional requirements.)

3.4.2 Inert Gas Blankets. Purging 3.4.2 Inert Gas Blankets. Purging OK and pressurizing the interior of an item and pressurizing the interior of an item or its container or both with a dry inert or its container, or both, with a dry gas provides a means of preventing inert gas provides a means of moisture or corrosive atmospheres preventing moisture or corrosive from acting on sensitive bare metal atmospheres from acting on sensitive, surfaces or other materials. The item bare metal surfaces or other materials.

or its container shall be either The item or its container shall be either evacuated prior to filling with the inert evacuated prior to filling with the inert gas or adequately purged with the gas or adequately purged with the same gas prior to applying the gas same gas prior to applying the gas blanket. (See Appendix section A3.4.2 blanket.

for additional requirements.)

Caps, Plugs, Tapes, and Adhesives 3.5 Caps, Plugs, Tapes, and OK Adhesives These items shall be of materials which enable them to perform their These items shall be of materials that intended function adequately without enable them to perform their intended causing deleterious effects on items or function adequately, without causing systems operation, deleterious effects on the items or system operation.

3.5.1 Caps and Plugs. Caps and 3.5.1 Caps and Plugs. Caps and OK plugs shall be used to seal openings in plugs shall be used to seal openings in items having sensitive internal items having sensitive internal sur-surfaces, and to protect threads and faces and to protect threads and weld weld end preparations. (See Appendix end preparations.

section A3.6.1 for additional requirements.)

3.5.2 Tapes and Adhesives. 3.5.2 Tapes and Adhesives. OK Pressure sensitive, removable, tape Pressure-sensitive, removable tape should be used in lieu of adhesives in shall be used in lieu of adhesives in contact with bare metal surfaces. contact with bare metal surfaces.

Tapes or adhesives which could have Tapes or adhesives that could have OK damaging effects on the item or damaging effects on the item or sys-system shall not be used. Tapes near tem shall not be used. Tapes near a a weld shall be removed completely weld shall be removed completely, immediately prior to performing a weld immediately prior to performing a weld.

or closure.

Tapes used for identification rather Tapes used for identification rather OK than sealing which are not near a than sealing that are not near a 13 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 welding operation may remain until system testing. (See Appendix section system testing is complete, but shall A3.5.2 for additional requirements.) be removed before plant operations unless qualified for operating conditions.

Barrier and Wrap Materials and 1.1 Definitions OK Desiccants barrier--a flexible material designed A barrier generally is a flexible material to withstand the penetration of water, designed to withstand the penetration water vapor, grease, or harmful gases of water, water vapor, grease, or harmful gases. A wrap is a flexible wrap - a flexible material formed material, formed around the item or around the item or package to exclude package to exclude dirt and to dirt and to facilitate handling, marking, facilitate handling, marking or labeling, or labeling Material thickness shall be selected on 3.6 Barrier and Wrap Materials OK the basis of type, size and weight of and Desiccants equipment oritem to be protected, such that the barrier or wrap will not Material thickness shall be selected on easily be damaged by puncture, the basis of type, size, and weight of abrasion, weathering, cracking, equipment or item to be protected, temperature extremes, wind such that the barrier or wrap will not conditions, and the like. easily be damaged by puncture, abrasion, weathering, cracking, temperature extremes, wind conditions, and the like.

Barrier and wrap materials shall be Barrier and wrap materials shall be OK nonhalogenated when used in direct noncorrosive and shall not be contact with austenitic stainless steels, otherwise harmful to the item pack-shall be noncorrosive, shall not readily aged. When barrier and wrap support combustion and shall not be materials are used in direct contact otherwise harmful to the item with austenitic stainless steels, the packaged. total and water leachable content of halogen shall not be harmful to the item packaged. Also, barrier and wrap materials shall not readily support combustion.

Vaporproof barrier materials used with Vapor-proof barrier materials used OK desiccants constitutes another with desiccants constitute another preservation system (see Subsection preservation system that protects 3.4 of this standard); it protects against against potential damage by water potential damage by water vapor vapor condensate.

condensate.

3.6.1 Water-proof Barrier Material. 3.6.1 Waterproof Barrier Material. OK Waterproof barrier material shall be Waterproof barrier material shall,be resistant to grease and water: resistant to grease and water; it shall it shall protect items from airborne and protect items from airborne and windblown soils, windblown soils.

3.6.2 Vapor Barrier Material. 3.6.2 Vapor-proof Barrier Material. OK Vaporproof barrier materials shall be Vapor-proof barrier materials shall be sealable and the edge of the barrier sealable, and the edge of the barrier which normally will be opened at that normally will be opened at destination shall be of sufficient area destination shall be of sufficient area to permit at least two subsequent to permit at least two subsequent sealing operations. (See Appendix sealing operations.

A3.6.2 for additional requirements).

3.6.3 Desiccants. Desiccants may be 3.6.3 Desiccants. Desiccants shall OK used within a vaporproof barrier when be used within a vapor-proof barrier condensation or high humidity could when condensation or high humidity damage an item by corrosion, mold, or could damage an item by corrosion, mildew. (See Appendix A3.6.3 for mold, or mildew.

additional requirements).

3.7 Containers, Crating and Skids 3.7 Containers, Crating, and OK Skids 3.7.1 Containers. Containers are 3.7.1- Containers. Containers shall OK 14 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2

~ ~ ~~P

'.OOU IOI',* pILLLI-- I HUH Ll -

item or its barrier is required. Domestic the item or its barrier is required.

types used shall be limited to: Domestic types used shall be limited to the followina:

(1) Cleated, sheathed boxes (500 (a) cleated, sheathed boxes [500 lb NQA-1 also references metric weight lb maximum net weight). (227 kg) maximum net weight] equivalents.

L2) Nailed wood boxes. - (b)nailed wood boxes OK (3) Wood-cleated solid fiberboard (c) wood-cleated solid fiberboard OK boxes, boxes (5 Metal or fiber drums. (d)metal or fiber drums OK 6 Crates (see paragraph 3.7.2). - (e) crates (see para. 3.7.2) OK (7) Wire bound boxes (200 lb (0 wire bound boxes [200 lb (91 kg) NQA-i. also references metric weight maximum net weight). maximum net weight] equivalents.

(8) Other specially designed (g) other specially designed containers OK Containers for special equipment. for special equipment ________________

(4) Fiberboard boxes (120 lb (h)fiberboard boxes [120 lb (54.5 kg) NQA-1 also references metric weight maximum net weight. See Appendix maximum net weight]. equivalents.

A3.7.1 for additional requirements). ________________

Cleated boxes in excess of 50 lb shall Cleated boxes in excess of 50 lb (22.7 NQA-1 also references metric weight be bound with steel strapping or kg) shall be bound with steel equivalents.

equivalent around the container at not strapping, or equivalent, around the less than two places. (See Appendix container at not less than two places.

A3.7.1 for additional requirements.)

3.7.2 Crates and Skids. Crates and 3.7.2 Crates and Skids. Crates and NQA-1 also references metric weight skids shall be used for equipment in skids shall be used for equipment in equivalents.

excess of 500 lb. Skids and runners excess of 500 lb (227 kg). Skids and shall be used on boxes with a gross runners shall be used on boxes with a weight of 100 lb or more, allowing a gross weight of 100 lb (45.5 kg) or minimum floor clearance for forklift more, allowing a minimum floor tines as provided by 4 inch lumber. clearance for forklift tines as provided by 4 in. (10 cm) lumber.

3.8 Cushioning, Blocking, Bracing 3.8 Cushioning, Blocking, OK and Anchoring Bracing, and Anchoring 3.8.1 Cushioning. Cushioning shall 3.8.1 Cushioning. Cushioning shall OK be used where protection from shock be used where protection from shock and vibration is required; the and vibration is required. The Cushioning materials shall have cushioning materials shall have sufficient strength to perform this sufficient strength to perform this function. (See Appendix A3.8.1 for function.

additional requirements.)

3.8.2 Blocking and Bracing. 3.8.2 Blocking and Bracing. OK Blocking and bracing used for Blocking and bracing used for protection of the load to be supported, protection of the load to be supported shall be compatible with the size, shall be compatible with the size, shape, and strength of bearing areas shape, and strength of bearing areas of the shipment. of the shipment.________________

The blocking and bracing used to The blocking and bracing used to OK prevent item movement shall prevent item movement shall withstand thrust and impact applied in withstand thrust and impact applied in any direction, any direction.

Blocking and bracing used in direct Blocking and bracing used in direct OK contact with the item being blocked contact with the item being blocked shall not have a corrosive effect on the shall not have a corrosive effect on the item, item.

3.8.3 Anchoring. Anchoring of the 3.8.3 Anchoring. Anchoring of the OK item within a crate or on a skid shall item writhin a crate or on a skid shall adequately fasten the item during adequately fasten the item duning shipment and protect the item from shipment and protect the item from potential damage due to rough potential damage due to rough handling, handling.

To facilitate disassembly and minimize Guidance only. Does not establish damage when removing container requirements.

contents, bolting is preferred. (See Ap-pendix A3.8.3 for additional requirements.)__________________________________

15 of 397271 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 CU I~lJUI Cly LUOIlllUI IIIl~ uIuv, lJlJ~.S i I .I 1".y u4 111 Il I~j U U1114l bracing or anchoring placed within an bracing, or anchoring placed on an item for shipping protection that must item for shipping protection that needs be removed prior to operation of the to be removed prior to operation of the item shall be identified by warnings item shall be identified by warnings placed in a conspicuous manner to placed in a conspicuous manner to effect proper removal of the packing effect proper removal of the packing material. material.

3.9 Marking 3.9 Marking OK To maintain proper identification and To maintain proper identification and instructions or both during shipping, instructions, or both, during shipping, receiving and storage, and to provide receiving, and storage and to provide for identification after the outside of the for identification after the outside of the container has been removed, the item container has been removed, the item and the outside of containers shall be and the outside of the containers shall marked. (See Appendix 3.9 for be marked.

additional requirements.)

If equipment does not lend itself to Words not included in N45.2.2 marking, records shall be maintained that are uniquely identifiable to the item.

4. SHIPPING 4.1 General N45.2.2 goes into details as to what is covered under this section.

4.1 General This Section covers the requirements This section covers the requirements for loading and shipment of items as for loading and shipment of items as defined in para. 2.2.

defined in Subsection 2.7 of this standard. Described are environmental protection during transit, procedures to minimize damage in transit, precaution required when handling items during loading and transit, and identification and in-

.spection on overseas shipments.

The mode of transportation used shall The mode of transportation used shall OK be consistent with the protection be consistent with the protection classification of the item (see classification of the item (see para.

Subsection 2.7 of this standard) and 2.1) and with the packaging methods with the packaging methods employed employed (see para. 3.2).

(see Subsection 3.2 of this standard).

4.2 Transportation Requirements 4.2 Transportation OK Requirements 4.2.1 Open Carriers. For 4.2.1 Open Carriers. For shipment OK shipment on open carriers where items on open carriers where items may be may be exposed to adverse exposed to adverse environmental environmental conditions, the following conditions, the following shall apply.

-shall apply:

(1) Level A, B, and C items shall be (a) Levels A, B, and C items shall be OK covered for protection from covered for protection from environmental conditions. Tarpaulins, environmental conditions. Tarpaulins, when used, shall be fire retardant; and when used, shall be fire retardant, and they shall be installed in a manner to they shall be installed in a manner to provide drainage and to insure air provide drainage and to ensure air circulation to prevent condensation, circulation to prevent condensation.

(2) Barrier and wrapping materials (b) Barrier and wrapped materials (see OK (see Subsection 3.6 of this standard) para. 3.6) subject to transportation subject to transportation damage shall damage shall be covered with be covered with waterproof shrouds waterproof shrouds, such as such as tarpaulins, so that they are not tarpaulins, so that they are not exposed directly to the environment, exposed directly to the environment.

4.2.2 Closed Carriers. For shipment 4.2.2 Closed Carriers. For shipment OK on closed carriers the following shall on closed carriers the following shall

.16 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1 994, Subpart 2.2 dppiJy. dfiJply.

(1) When level A, B, and C items When Levels A,B, and C items cannot OK cannot be adequately protected from be adequately protected from weather weather or environment on open or environment on open carriers, carriers, closed carriers shall be used. dosed carriers or fully enclosed vehi-cles shall be used.

(2) Use of fully enclosed fumniture Recommendation only. Does not vans is recommended when shipping establish requirements.

large delicate items such as control panels.

4.2.3 Special Shipments. Items that 4.2.3 Special Shipments. Items that OK exceed established weight or size exceed established weight or size limitations for railroads or highways, or limitations for railroads or high require special handling should be ways or require special handling shall given additional consideration in the be given additional consideration in following areas: the following areas.

(1) The type of bracing and tie down (a)The type of bracing and tie down OK methods to be used with the mode of methods to be used with the mode of transportation selected for special transportation selected for special shipments shall be specified. shipments shall be specified.

(2) "NO HUMPING" shall be specified (b) NO HUMPING shall be specified OK on rail shipments of these items, and on rail shipments of these items, and "NO HUMPING" signs shall be NO HUMPING signs shall be prominently displayed. prominently displayed.

(3) Use of impact recording meters (c) Use of impact recording meters OK should be specified on shipments of shall be specified on shipments of heavy or relatively large items heavy or relatively large items incorporating delicate factory installed incorporating delicate factory-installed instrumentation. Meters, when instrumentation. Meters, when specified, shall be installed prior to specified, shall be installed prior to loading (to record any rough handling loading (to record any rough handling during loading). Procedures shall be during loading). Procedures shall be established to interpret recorded data, established to interpret recorded data and to thoroughly check the integrity of and to thoroughly check the integrity of an item when there is evidence of an item when there is evidence of rough handling. A notice that impact rough handling. A notice that impact recording meters are being used shall recording meters are being used shall be prominently displayed. Special be prominently displayed. Special recording meters with operating time recording meters with operating time limits greater than the expected transit limits greater than the expected transit time shall be specified or, if the time shall be specified or, if the ex-expected transit time exceeds the pected transit time exceeds the operating time limit of the recorders operating time limit of the recorders being used, provisions shall be made being used, provisions shall be made to service the meters during transit. to service the meters during transit.

(4) The use of "Escorts" may be These words are not contained in specified to accompany shipments, NQA-11. "May" establishes a when additional surveillance is recommendation, not a requirement.

required during transit of certain items.

(5) For special shipments, the (d)For special shipments, the OK conveyance used for transport shall be conveyance used for transport shall be certified to be structurally adequate to certified to be structurally adequate to take the loads imposed during loading, take the loads imposed during loading, while en route, and during unloading, while en route, and during unloading.

Prior to shipment the route shall have Prior to shipment the route shall have been investigated to assure safe been investigated to assure safe transit. transit.

4.3 Precautions During Loading 4.3 Precautions During Loading OK and Transit and Transit 4.3.1 Loading. The weight, lifting 4.3.1 Loading. The weight, lifting NOA-1 includes the words "by the points; or center of gravity indicated on points, or center of gravity indicated by shipper" when referrng to indicating the crate, skid, or package by the the shipper on the crate, skid, or the weight, etc.

shipper (see Subsection 3.9 of this package by the shipper (see para. 3.9) standard) shall be utilized to insure shall be utilized to ensure proper ________________

17 of 397//1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 transfer between carriers, and un- between carriers, and unloading (see loading (see Section 7 of this Section 7).

standard'.

4.3.2 Rigging. Carbon steel rigging 4.3.2 Rigging. Carbon steel rigging OK equipment shall not come in direct equipment shall not come in direct contact with stainless steel except contact with stainless steel, except when attached to lifting lugs, eyes, or when attached to lifting lugs, eyes, or pads, in order to avoid surface pads in order to avoid surface damage. damage.

4.3.3 Handling Precautions. All 4.3.3 Handling Precautions. All OK austenitic stainless steel and nickel austenitic stainless steel and nickel-base alloy materials shall be handled base alloy materials shall be handled in such a manner that they are not in in such a manner that they are not in contact with lead, zinc, copper, contact with lead, zinc, copper, mercury, or other low melting mercury, or other low melting point elements, alloys, or halogenated elements, alloys, or halogenated material, material.

4.3.4 PackagelPreservative 4.3.4 Package and Preservative N45.2.2 uses and/or when referring Coatings. Packages and/or Coatings. Package or preservative to" packages and/or preservative preservative coatings shall be visually coatings shall be visually inspected coatings", NQA-1 uses the word "or".

inspected after loading, and damaged after loading and damaged areas areas repaired prior to shipment. repaired prior to shipment.

Items shipped with desiccants shall be Items shipped with desiccants shall be OK inspected after loading to assure that inspected after loading to assure that sealed areas are intact, sealed areas are intact.

4.3.5 Sealed Openings. Sealed 4.3.5 Sealed Openings. Sealed OK Openings shall be visually inspected openings shall be visually inspected after loading to assure closures are after loading to assure closures are intact. Materials used for resealing intact. Materials used for resealing shall be in accordance with Section 3 shall be in accordance with Section 3.

of this standard.

4.3.6 Stacking. Written instructions 4.3.6 Stacking. Where special care NQA-1 includes the words "Where covering the location and stacking is deemed necessary to avert damage, special care is deemed necessary to limits of the crates or boxes on the written instructions concerning the avert damage", whereas N45.2 transport vehicle shall be specified; location or stacking limits for crates or includes the words "on the transport these should be marked on the boxes shall be marked on the vehicle" when referring to limits of the container, containers, crates or boxes.

4.3.7 Theft and Vandalism. 4.3.7 Theft and Vandalism. OK Precautions shall be taken to minimize Precautions shall be taken to minimize the possibility of theft and vandalism the possibility of theft and vandalism during shipment of items. during shipment of items.

4.4 Identification and Marking 4.4 Identification and Markings N45.2.2 includes the words "in accordance with Subsection 3.9 of Identification and markings on the Identification and markings on the this standard."

outside of all packages, skids or outside of all packages, skids, or protective covering shall be protective covering shall be main-maintained in accordance with tained.

Subsection 3.9 of this standard.

4.5 Shipments From Countries 4.5 Shipments From Countries OK Outside United States Outside the United States 4.5.1 Overseas Shipment. When 4.5.1 Overseas Shipment. When OK overseas shipments are involved, use overseas shipments are involved, use of deck cargo facilities shall be of deck cargo facilities shall be avoided unless necessary due to avoided unless necessary due to physical dimensions. Shipments physical dimensions. Shipments utilizing approved watertight utilizing approved watertight con-containers may be carried on deck. tainers may be carded on deck.

4.5.2 Inspection at Point of 4.5.2 Inspections at Point of N45.2.2 uses the terminology "For Shipment. For special shipments, Shipment. Items shall be inspected to special shipments". NQA-1 is more items shall be inspected to insure ensure integrity of packaging or pro- conservative.

integrity of packaging or protective tective enclosures after being loaded OK enclosures after being loaded aboard aboard ship.

ship.

4.5.3 Inspection at Port of Entry. 4.5.3 Inspection at Port of Entry. N45.2.2 uses the terminology "For For special shipments, items shall be Items shall be inspected to ensure special shipments". " NQA-1 is more 18 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 II IpwýLwV LV II HOUIV I ILUI I LY VI 11IIL"VIlLy UI P.IUdMOVt, IV U HI -IVLCAIVC packaging or protective enclosures enclosures when items are off-loaded OK when items are off loaded at the port at the port of entry.

rf entry.

4.5.4 Identification and Markings. 4.5.4 Identification and Markings. OK Identification and markings shall follow Identification and markings shall follow the procedure outlined in Subsection the procedure outlined in para. 3.9.

3.9 of this Standard.

The English language and avoirdupois These words are not included in weight shall be used for all NQA-1.

identification and marking. Duplicate markings and identification in other languages or weight systems may be used.

4.5.5 Transportation 4.5.5 Transportation OK Requirements. Requirements outlined Requirements. Requirements outlined in Subsection 4.2 (Transportation) and in para. 4.2 and Section 7 shall be in Section 7 of this Standard shall be followed where applicable.

followed where applicable.

4.6 Nuclear Material Shipments 4.6 - Nuclear Material Shipments N45.2.2 uses the term "AEC fuel license" while NQA-1 uses the term Special nuclear material and sources Special nuclear material and sources "NRC fuel license".

shall be shipped as specified in the shallbe shipped as specified in the AEC fuel license and by other NRC fuel license and by other Similar, Same Intent.

regulatory agencies. regulatory agencies.

5. RECEIVING 5 RECEIVING OK 5.1 General 5.1 General This section contains requirements The requirements that shall be fulfilled that are to be fulfilled by the by the organization(s) responsible for organization or organizations re- the receiving of items.

sponsible for the receiving of items.

Receiving starts when the items arrive Receiving starts when the items arrive OK at a storage facility or construction site at a storage facility or construction site before unloading or unpacking, before unloading or unpacking.

Included are procedures, inspections, Guidance only. Does not establish marking, identification and requirements.

documentation prior to placing the item in storage or directly in its final location. Shipping damage claims, transfer of ownership, financial responsibility and contractual obligations are commercial obligations which are not included in the scope of this Standard.

5.2 Receiving Inspection 5.2 Receiving Inspection OK Requirements Requirements 5.2.1 Shipping Damage 5.2.1 Shipping Damage Inspection. OK Inspection. Preliminary visual Preliminary visual inspection shall be inspection or examination shall be performed prior to or immediately after performed prior to unloading to unloading to determine if any damage determine if any damage occurred occurred during shipping.

during shipping. Observations for Observations for unusual conditions unusual conditions shall include: shall include:

(1) Fire - Charred paper, wood (a) fire - charred paper, wood, or OK or paint, indicating exposure to fire or paint, indicating exposure to fire or high temperature. high temperature; (2) Excessive Exposure - (b) excessive exposure - weather- OK Weather-beaten, frayed, rusted, or beaten, frayed, rusted, or stained stained containers indicating containers, indicating prolonged ex-prolonged exposure during transit. posure during transit; (3) EnvironmentalDamage - (c) environmental damage - water or OK Water or oil marks, damp conditions, oil marks, damp conditions, dirty dirty areas, or salt film (indicating areas, or salt film, indicating exposure 19 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1 994, Subpart 2.2 WPZUULUýV WaILeUI U1W1i= ICV OU to sea water or winte-r road-salt salt chemicals). chemicals:

(4) Tie Down Failure Shifted, (d)tie down failure - shifted, broken, OK broken, loose or twisted shipping ties, loose, or twisted shipping ties, and -

and worn material under ties, worn material under ties indicating indicating improper blocking and, tie improper blocking and tie down during down during shipment. shipment; (5) Rough Handling -(e) rough handling - splintered, tom, OK Splintered, tom, or crushed containers or crushed containers, indicating indicating improper handling, improper handling; Review of impact recording instrument (0)review of impact recording NQA-1 adds the words "against readings. instrument readings against established criteria."

__________________________established criteria. See para. 4.2.3(c).

5.2.2 Item Inspection. Unless the 5.2.2 Item Inspection. Unless the OK package marking prohibits unpacking, package marking prohibits unpacking, the content of all shipments shall be the contents of all shipments shall be visually inspected to verify that the visually inspected to verify that the specified packaging and shipping specified packaging and shipping requirements have been maintained, requirements have been maintained.

When items are contained in trans- When items are contained in OK parent separate moisture-proof bags transparent, separate moisture-proof or envelopes, visual inspection without bags or envelopes, visual inspection unpacking the contents is acceptable. without unpacking the contents shall be acceptable.

Statistical sampling methods may be Where specific inspection NQA-1 adds the words "Where used for groups of similar items. requirements can be achieved, specific inspection requirements can statistical sampling methods may be be achieved" used for groups of similar items.

Care shall be taken to avoid Care shall be taken to avoid OK contamination of the items during contamination of the items during inspection. The inspections shall be inspection. The inspections shall be performed inan area equivalent to the performed in an area equivalent to the level of storage requirement for the level of storage requirement for the item (see Section 6 of this standard). item (see Section 6).

These inspections and examinations These inspections and examinations OK shall include the following as shall include the following, as appropriate: appropriate:

(1) Identification and Marking. (a)identification and marking - OK Verification that identification and verification that identification and markings are in accordance with markings are in accordance with applicable codes, specifications, applicable codes, specifications, purchase orders, drawings, and this purchase orders, and drawings, and standard. with requirements in this Part (Part 11);

(2) *Manufacturing Documentation - (b)manufacturing documentations - N45.2.2 uses the term "and/or Asrnethat the item received was assurance that the item received was drawings", NQA-1 states "or fassrianedtse n npce ro fabricated, tested, and inspected prior drawings".

fabrhicaeted tete ancodainspcted prior to shipment inaccordance with appli- Similar, Same Intent.

applicable code, specification,calcoespifatnurhe purchase order and/or drawings. order, or drawings; (3) Protection Covers and Seals - (c) protective covers and seals - OK Visual inspection to assure that covers visual inspection to assure that covers and seals meet their intended function, and seals meet their intended function; (4) Coatings and Preservatives - .(d) coatings and preservatives OK Verification that coatings and 'Verification that coatings and preservatives are applied in preservatives are applied in accordance with specifications, accordance with specifications, purchase orders, or manufacturer's purchase orders, or manufacturer's instructions. .instructions; _________________

(5) Inert Gas Blanket- Verification (e) inert gas blanket - verification that OK that the inert gas'blanket pressure is the inert gas blanket pressure is within within the acceptable limits, the acceptable limits; ________________

(6). Desiccant - Verification that the (0)desiccant - verification that the OK desiccant is not saturated,, as indicated desiccant is not saturated, as through the use of humidity indicators, indicated, through the use of humidity Desiccants shall be regenerated or Iindicators. Desiccants shall be ________________

20 of 397//1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 lwitlh se U Iinsvtctiy on s. I tlt I:yVIulI atwUU UI vpIa3IdIJcU 0ý I1.-odl y with special instructions. in accordance with special in-structions.

(7) Physical Damage- Visual (g) physical damage - visual OK inspection to assure that parts of items inspection to assure that parts of items are not broken, cracked, missing, are not broken, cracked, missing, deformed or misaligned and rotating. deformed, or misaligned, and that parts turn without binding. Accessible rotating parts turn without binding.

internal and external areas shall be Accessible internal and external areas free of detrimental gouges, dents, shall be free of detrimental gouges, scratches and burns, dents, scratches, and burrs.

(8) Cleanness- Visual inspection to (h) cleanness - visual inspection to OK assure that accessible internal and assure that accessible internal and external areas are within the external areas are within the specification requirements for dirt, soil, specification requirements for dirt, soil, mill scale, weld splatter, oil, grease, or mill scale, weld splatter, oil,.grease, or stains. If inspection for cleanness was stains. If inspection for cleanness was performed prior to sealing and ship- performed prior to sealing and ship-ping and inspection upon receipt ping, and inspection upon receipt indicates that there has been no indicates that there has been no penetration of the sealed boundary, penetration of the sealed boundary, then inspection for internal cleanness then inspection for internal cleanness is optional, is optional.

Unless the completed item was Unless the completed item was N45.2 adds the words "or examined" inspected or examined at the source, it inspected at the source, it shall be OK shall be inspected or examined at the inspected at the point of receiving to point of receiving to verify that the verify that the following characteristics following characteristics conform to the conform to the specified requirements.

specified requirements.

These inspections or examinations These inspections shall include such OK shall include such items as: items as:

(1) PhysicalProperties- (a) physical properties - assurance OK Assurance that physical properties that physical properties conform to the conform to the specified requirements specified requirements and that and that chemical and physical test- chemical and physical test reports, if reports, if required, meet the require- required, meet the requirements; ments; (2) Dimensions - Random (b) dimensions - random visual OK visual inspection to assure that inspection to as sure that important important dimensions conform with dimensions conform with drawings and drawings and specifications. Examples specifications, i.e., baseplate mounting are: base plate mounting holes, overall holes, overall extemal size, and external size, configuration and configuration and orientation of parts; orientation of parts.

(3) Weld Preparations- (c) weld preparations - random OK Random verification that weld verification that weld preparations are preparations are in accordance with in accordance with applicable applicable drawings and drawings and specifications; specifications.

(4) Workmanship - Visual (d) workmanship - visual inspection OK inspection of accessible areas to of accessible areas to assure that the assure that the workmanship is workmanship is satisfactory to meet satisfactory to meet the intent of the the intent of the requirements; requirements.-

(5) Lubricants and Oils - (e) lubricants and oils - verification of OK Verification of presence of proper presence of proper lubricants and oils, lubricants and oils, if required by either if required, by either specification, specification, purchase order, or purchase order, or manufacturer's in-manufacturers' instructions. structions; (6) ElectricalInsulation - (f) electrical insulation - performance OK Performance of insulation resistance of insulation resistance tests for tests for motors, generators, control motors, generators, and control and and power cable, to ensure power cable to ensure conformance conformance with specifications, with specifications.

5.2.3 Special Inspection - 5.2.3 Special Inspection. Where OK Where receiving inspection in addition receiving inspection in addition to that 21 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 LU LIIdL U(b:UIIU"U CIUUVV. M,Il IqUiluU, UUWAIIUWU aULJVV 1ý I VqUI VU, L. 1.

the "Special Inspection" procedure, special inspection procedure, complete with documentation complete with documentation instructions, shall be attached to the instructions, shall be attached to the item or container (see Section 3 of this item or container. This is in addition to standard); this is in addition to the the copy sent through normal copy sent through normal channels. channels. The special inspection shall The special inspection shall be be performed, and the results of the performed and the results of the inspection shall be documented.

inspection shall be documented.

5.3 Disposition of Received Items 5.3 Disposition of Received Items OK 5.3.1 Acceptable - Containers and 5.3.1 Acceptable. Containers and N45.2.2 adds the words "or items inspected or examined and items inspected and found in examined" and "in accordance with found in conformance with specified conformance with specified require- the status indicating system requirements shall be identified as ac- ments shall be identified as acceptable employed".

ceptable in accordance with the status (see para. 5.4) and placed in a storage Similar, Same Intent.

indicating system employed (see area for acceptable items, or moved to Subsection 5.4 of this standard) and the final location for installation or use.

placed in a storage area for acceptable items or moved to the final location for installation or use.

5.3.2 Nonconforming - Items 5.3.2 Nonconforming. Items which N45.2.2 adds the words which do not conform to the specified do not conform to the specified "identified...in accordance with the requirements shall be identified as requirements shall be controlled in system employed" whereas NQA-1 nonconforming.in accordance with the accordance with Part I. uses the word "controlled in system employed (see Subsection 5.4 accordance with Part 1."

of this standard) and when practical Part I, Supplement 15S-1 Similar, Same Intent.

the item shall be placed in a 3 Segregation:

segregated storage area or removed (a) Nonconforming items shall be from the project site to prevent segregated, when practical, by inadvertent installation or use. placing tem in a clearly identified and designated hold area until properly dispositioned.

(b) When segregation is impractical or impossible due to physical conditions such as size, weight, or access limitations, other precautions shall be employed to preclude inadvertent use of a nonconforming item.

5.3.3 Conditional Release -If the 5.3.3 Conditional Release. Ifthe OK nonconformance which caused the nonconformance that caused the item item to be classified "unacceptable" to be classified unacceptable can be can be corrected after installation, the corrected after installation, the item item may be released for installation may be released for installation on a on a conditional release basis. A conditional release basis. A statement statement documenting the authority documenting the authority and and technical justification for the con- technical justification for the ditional release of the item for conditional release of the item for installation shall be prepared, and installation shall be prepared and made part of the documentation, made part of the documentation.

5.4 Status Indicating System 5.4 Status Indicating System N45.2.2 states that the system "shall be employed", NQA-1 does not use A system or method for identifying the A status indicating system is a system these words.

status of items (e.g. an inventory or method for identifying the status of system, tagging, labeling, color code) items (e.g., an inventory system, shall be employed that clearly tagging, labeling, color code) that indicates whether items are clearly indicates whether items are acceptable or unacceptable for in- acceptable or unacceptable for stallation. installation.

A controlled physical separation is an A controlled physical separation is an OK acceptable equivalent method. acceptable equivalent method.

The system shall indicate the date the The system shall provide for indication N45.2.2 states that "The use of the item was placed in the acceptable or of the date the item was placed in the system shall be regulated by the unacceptable installation status. The acceptable oir unacceptable installation Quality Control program." NQA-1 22 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 use OTtne system snail De reguiatea status ana tne conaitionai reiease or by the Quality Control program. The the items for installation pending the system shall provide for the conditional subsequent correction of the noncon-release of items for installation formance.

pending subsequent correction of the nonconformance.

When tags are used the stock shall be When tags are used, the stock shall be OK made from materal which will not made from material that will not deteriorate during storage; deteriorate during storage.

tags shall be securely affixed to the Tags shall be securely affixed to the OK items and displayed in an area that is items and displayed in an area that is readily accessible. readily accessible.

The stock used shall not be The stock used shall not be OK deleterious to the item. deleterious to the item.

5.5 Correction of Supplement 15S-1 "Supplementary NQA-1 does not include words "Ifthis Nonconformances Requirements for the Control of is not possible, the item shall be Nonconforming Items" scrapped or otherwise discarded".

Items designated nonconforming or unacceptable for installation or use Paragraph 4.4 shall be corrected using authorized procedures, to meet specified require- Technical justification for the ments, or accepted "As is". If this is not acceptability of a nonconforming item, possible, the item shall be scrapped or dispositioned repair, or use-as-is shall otherwise discarded. be documented.

5.5.1 Reinspection - Items that Supplement 15S-1 "Supplementary N45.2.2 provides greater detail as to have been corrected shall be Requirements for the Control of actions to take when it is determined reinspected. The area of inspection Nonconforming Items" that the corrected item is satisfactory.

may be confined to the area of the nonconformance. When it has been Paragraph 4.5 determined that the corrected item is satisfactory, the status of the item as Repaired or reworked items shall be denoted by the system shall be reexamined in accordance with changed to acceptable. An appropriate applicable procedures and with the entry shall be made in the original acceptance criteria unless the documentation after acceptance is nonconforming item disposition has determined. established alternate acceptance criteria.

5.6 Marking BR 8 "Identification and Control of Slightly different words, but same Items" intent.

Required marking shall be verified to provide positive identification during Identification shall be maintained on receiving, storage, and installation, items or in documents traceable to the Items not properly identified at items, or in a manner which assures receiving may be marked using the that identification is established and method in the appendix (see Appendix maintained.

A 3.9 of this standard).

Changing, correcting or any other 5.5 Marking N45.2.2 uses the words "whose serial marking on Code Stamp name plate is number is applied" when referring to prohibited, unless authorized by the Changing, correcting, or any other who can authorize changes, etc.

manufacturer whose serial number is marking on Code stamp nameplate NQA-1 states "manufacturer of the applied, shall be prohibited, unless authorized item."

by the manufacturer of the item.

5.7 Documentation 5.6 Documentation OK A written record of the receiving A written record of the receiving inspection, package identification, inspection, package identification, tagging, corrective actions, and tagging, corrective actions, and jus-justification for conditional acceptance tification for conditional acceptance shall be prepared. shall be prepared.

These records shall be made a part of Basic Requirement 17 "Quality OK the permanent records provided for in Assurance Records" and QAPP B. 15 Section 8 of this standard. "Records" detail requirements of records that need to be maintained.

6. STORAGE 6 STORAGE OK 6.1 General 23 of 39 7/2710

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 U. I -ul lalt01 6.1.1 Scope. This Section contains 6.1.1 Scope. This section contains requirements that shall be fulfilled by requirements that are to be fulfilled by the organization responsible for the organization responsible for performing the storage of items.

performing the storage of items.

Levels and methods of storage, Levels and methods of storage are NQA-1 adds some details on what necessary are defined to minimize the defined to minimize the possibility of lowering of quality could be due to.

possibility of damage or lowering of damage or lowering of quality due to N45.2.2 specifies the time frame as quality due to corrosion, corrosion, contamination, "upon receipt" whereas NQA-1 uses contamination, deterioration or deterioration, or physical damage from the term "from the time an item is physical damage from the time an item the time an item is stored upon receipt stored."

is stored upon receipt until the time the until the time the item is removed from item is removed from storage and storage and placed in its final location.

placed in its final location.

6.1.2 Levels of Storage. 6.1.2 Levels of Storage. OK Environmental conditions for items Environmental conditions for items classified as Levels A, B, C, and D classified as Levels A, B, C, and D described in Subsection 2.7 of this described in para. 2.2 shall meet the Standard shall meet requirements as requirements as described in the described in the following paragraphs: following paragraphs.

(1) Level A items shall be stored (a) Level A items shall be stored under OK under special conditions similar to. special conditions similar to those those described for Level B items but described for Level B items but with with additional requirements such as additional requirements such as temperature and humidity control temperature and humidity control within specified limits, a ventilation within specified limits, a ventilation system with filters to provide an system with filters to provide an atmosphere free of dust and harmful atmosphere free of dust and harmful vapors, and any other appropriate vapors, and any other appropriate requirements. requirements.

(2) Level B items shall be stored (b) Level B items shall be stored within OK within a fire resistant, tear resistant, a fire-resistant, tear-resistant, weather-weathertight, and well ventilated tight, and well-ventilated building or building or equivalent enclosure, equivalent enclosure. Precautions Precautions shall be taken against shall be taken against vandalism.

vandalism.

This area shall be situated and This area shall be situated and OK constructed so that it will not be constructed so that it will not be subject to flooding; the floor shall be subject to flooding; the floor shall be paved or equal, and well drained, paved or equal, and well drained.

Items shall be placed on pallets or Items shall be placed on pallets or shoring to permit air circulation, shoring to permit air circulation.

The area shall be provided with The area shall be provided with OK uniform heating and temperature uniform heating and temperature control or its equivalent to prevent control or its equivalent to prevent condensation and corrosion, condensation and corrosion.

Minimum temperature shall be 40 F The minimum temperature shall be NOA-1 adds the Celsius equivalents.

and maximum temperature shall be 40OF (50 C), and the maximum 140 F or less ifso stipulated by a temperature shall be 1400 F (60 0C) or manufacturer. less if so stipulated by the manufacturer.

(3) Level C items shall be stored (c) Level C items shall be stored OK indoors or equivalent with all indoors or in an equivalent provisions and requirements as set environment with all provisions and re-forth in Level B items except quirements as set forth for Level B that heat and temperature control is items, except that heat and not required. - temperature control is not required.

(4) Level D items may be stored (d)Level D items may be stored OK outdoors in an area marked and outdoors in an area marked and designated for storage, which is well designated for storage that is well drained, preferably gravel covered or drained, preferably gravel covered or paved and reasonably removed from paved, and reasonably removed from the actual construction area and traffic - the actual construction area and traffic 24 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 bU LIIdL PUbbIUIIILY VI UdIlIldyU IUIII bU LI.IdL LIM JVUblUIIILY UI UlCIyC IIVUIII construction equipment is minimized. construction equipment is minimized.

Items shall be stored on cribbing or Items shall be stored on cribbing or equivalent to allow for air circulation equivalent to allow for air circulation and to avoid traroino water. and to avoid traoDina water.

6.2 Storage Areas 6.2 Storage Areas N45.2.2 uses words "these requirements" whereas NQA-1 uses Periodic inspections shall be Periodic inspections shall be "applicable requirements" perfordic performed inetionsue thall storage to assure that sae performed areas to assure are being that storage maintained in areas are being maintained in ac- ardane with aicable cordance with these requirements. requirements.

The housekeeping requirements shall NQA-1 Subpart 2.3 replaced N45.2.3. Specific provisions of Subpart 2.3 be in accordance with N45.2.3. which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

6.2.1 Access to Storage Areas. 6.2.1 Access to Storage Areas. N45.2.2 states that access to storage Access to storage areas shall be Access to storage areas for Levels A, areas for all levels shall be controlled.

controlled and limited only to B, and C items shall be controlled and NQA-1 allows that "Access to storage personnel designated by the limited only to personnel designated by areas involving Level D items shall responsible organization. the responsible organization. Access be controlled as designated by the to storage areas involving Level D responsible organization."

items shall be controlled as designated by the responsible organization.

6.2.2 Cleanliness and 6.2.2 Cleanness and OK Housekeeping Practices. Housekeeping Practices.

Cleanliness and good housekeeping Cleanliness and good housekeeping practices shall be enforced at all times practices shall be enforced at all times in the storage areas. The storage in the storage areas. The storage areas shall be cleaned as required to areas shall be cleaned as required to avoid the accumulation of trash, avoid the accumulation of trash, discarded packaging materials and discarded packaging materials, and other detrimental soil. other detrimental soil.

6.2.3 Fire Protection. Fire protection 6.2.3 Fire Protection. Fire OK commensurate with the type of storage protection commensurate with the type area and the material involved shall be of storage area and the material in-provided and maintained. volved shall be provided and maintained.

6.2.4 Storage of Food and 6.2.4 Storage of Food and OK Associated Items. The use or storage Associated Items. The use or storage of food, drinks, and salt tablet of food, drinks, and salt tablet dispens-dispensers in any storage area shall ers in controlled storage areas shall not be permitted. not be permitted.

6.2.5 Measures to Prevent 6.2.5 Measures to Prevent OK Entrance of Animals. Measures shall Entrance of Animals.

be taken to prevent the entrance of Measures shall be taken to prevent the rodents and other animals into indoor entrance of rodents and other animals storage areas or equipment to into indoor storage areas or minimize possible contamination and equipment to minimize possible mechanical damage to stored material. contamination and mechanical damage to stored material.

6.3 Storage Methods 6.3 Storage Methods OK Storage methods and procedures shall Storage methods and procedures shall comply with the requirements comply with the requirements described in the following paragraphs. described in the following paragraphs.

6.3.1 Ready Access to Stored 6.3.1 Ready Access to Stored OK Items. All items shall be stored in such Items. All items shall be stored in such a manner as to permit ready access a manner as to permit ready access for inspection or maintenance without for inspection or maintenance without excessive handling, to minimize risk of excessive handling to minimize risk of damage. damage.

6.3.2 Arrangement of Items. Items 6.3.2 Arrangement of Items. Items OK 25 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2

-L-Lt*U lUl OLu ye allall

-- V alll.llyu stacKed tor storage snail De arrangea so that racks, cribbing or crates are sothat racks, cribbing, or crates are bearing the full weight without bearing the full weight without 6.3.3Storage of Hazardous Material. 6.3.3 Storage of Hazardous OK Hazardous chemicals, paints, Material. Hazardous chemicals, solvents, and other materials of a like paints, solvents, and other materials of.

nature shall be stored in well ventilated alike nature shall be stored in well-areas which are not in close proximity ventilated areas and not in close to important nuclear plant items. proximity to important nuclear plant items.

6.3.4 Identification. All items and 6.3.4 Identification. Items and their OK their containers shall be plainly containers shall be plainly marked so marked so that they are easily that they are easily identified without identified without excessive handling, excessive handling or unnecessary or unnecessary opening of crates and opening of crates and boxes.

boxes.

6.3.5 Coverings. Weatherproof 6.3.5 Coverings. Weatherproof OK covering, when used for outdoor coverings, when used for outdoor storage, shall be flame-resistant type storage, shall be the flame-resistant of sheeting or tarpaulins. They shall be type of sheeting or tarpaulins. They placed so as to provide drainage and ' shall be placed so as to provide to insure air circulation to minimize drainage and to ensure air circulation condensation. They shall be tied down to minimize condensation. They shall to prevent moisture from entering laps be tied down to prevent moisture from and to protect the coverings from wind entering laps and to protect the damage. coverings from wind damage.

6.3.6 Outdoor Storage. Items These words are not in N45.2.2.

stored outdoors shall be positioned or covered to avoid trapping moisture in pockets or intemally. For example, valves shall be positioned such that water does not collect under the bonnet but can drain from the valve packing area.

6.4 Control of Items in Storage 6.4 Control of Items in Storage OK Control of items in storage is Control of items in storage is described in the following paragraphs. described in the following paragraphs.

6.4.1 Inspections and Examinations. 6.4.1 Inspections. Inspections shall N45.2.2 contained the words "and Inspections and examinations shall be be performed and documented on a examinations". Similar, same intent.

performed and documented on a periodic basis to assure that the periodic basis to assure that the integrity of the item and its container, integrity of the item and its container as provided for under Section 3, is as provided for under Section 3 of this being maintained.

standard is being maintained.

Deficiencies noted shall be corrected Deficiencies noted shall be corrected OK and documented. and documented.

The characteristics verified during this The characteristics verified during this OK inspection or examination shall include inspection shall include such items as:

such items as:

(1) Identification and marking (see (a) identification and marking (see OK Subsection 3.9 of this Standard). para. 3.9)

(2) Protective covers and seals (a) protective covers and seals (see (see Subsection 3.9 of this standard). para. 3.6)

(3) Coatings and preservatives (b) coatings and preservatives (see (see paragraph 3.4A1). para. 3.4.1)

(4) Desiccants and inert gas (c) desiccants and inert gas blankets blankets (see paragraph 3.6.3 and (see paras. and 3.4.2) 3.4.2). (d) physical damage (5) Physical damage. (e) cleanness (6) Cleanness.

6.4.2 Care of Items. Care of items 6.4.2 Care of Items. Requirements NQA-1 adds the parenthesis in storage shall be exercised in for proper maintenance during storage "(includes storage in place)".

accordance with the following, shall be documented. Care of items in Requirements for proper maintenance storage (includes storage in place) 26 of 39- 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2

'Comments~

(NOTE: OK signifies identical or nearly identical wording) during storage shall be documented bIUCII WWWAt!IL.IbU III ClAVIUOI-. VVILII and written procedures or instructions the following.

shall be established.

(1) Items in storage shall have all . (a) Items in storage shall have all OK covers, caps, plugs or other closures covers, caps, plugs, or other closures intact. Methods used to seal openings intact. Methods used to seal openings shall be in accordance with Section 3 shall be in accordance with Section 3.

of this standard. Covers removed for . Covers removed for intemnal access internal access at any time for any shall be immediately replaced and reason shall be immediately replaced resealed after completion of the and resealed after completion of the purpose for removal.

purpose for removal.

(2) Temporary preservatives shall (b)Temporary preservatives shall be OK be left intact during storage. Should left intact during storage. Should reapplication of preservatives be reapplication of preservatives be required at the site, only those required at the site, only those previously approved shall. be used, previously approved shall be used.

(3) Items pressurized with inert gas (c) Items pressurized with inert gas OK shall be monitored at such a frequency shall be monitored at such a frequency as to insure that the gas pressure is as to ensure that the gas maintained within specified limits pressure is maintained within specified during storage. Desiccant humidity 'limits during storage. Desiccant indicators shall also be monitored and humidity indicators shall also be desiccants shall be changed or re- monitored, and desiccants shall be processed when specified. changed or reprocessed when specified.

(4) Instrumentation racks shall be (d) Instrumentation racks shall be OK energized as specified by the energized as specified by the manufacturer. manufacturer.

(5) Space heaters enclosed in (e)Space heaters enclosed in OK electrical items shall be energized. electrical items shall be energized.

(6) Rotating electrical equipment (9~ Rotating electrical equipment shall OK shall be given insulation resistance be given insulation resistance tests on tests on a scheduled basis. a scheduled basis.

(7) The shafts of rotating (g)The shafts of rotating equipment OK equipment shall be rotated on a shall be rotated on a periodic basis.

periodic basis. The degree of turn shall The degree of turn shall be be established so that the parts established so that the parts receive a receive a coating of lubrication where coating of lubrication, where applicable, and so that the shaft does applicable, and so that the shaft does not come to rest in a previous position, not come to rest in a previous position (90 deg. and 450 deg. rotations are (90 deg. and 450 deg. rotations are examples.) examples).

(8) Other maintenance (h)Other maintenance requirements OK requirements specified by the specified by the manufacturer's manufacturer's instruction for the item instructions for the item shall be shall be performed. . performed.________________

6.4.3 Post Fire Evaluation. In the 6.4.3 Post-Fire Evaluation. In the NQA-1 deletes the word "or" in the event a fire. should occur in the storage .event a fire should occur inthe storage following from N45.2.2 "in the event a area or at any time, each item known area at any time, each item known to fire should occur in the storage area to have been heated to an ambient have been heated to an ambient or at any time.."Additionally, NQA-1 temperature of over 150 F or temperature of over 150OF (650C) or adds the metric equivalent to the subjected to smobke contamination subjected to smoke contamination temperature.

shall be withheld from installation or shall be withheld from installation or use until it has been thoroughly use until it has been thoroughly examined and the item has been examined, and the item has been verified to be in conformance with verified to be in conformance with specified requirements. specified requirements.

6.5 Removal of Items from Storage 6.5 Removal of Items From OK Storage Only items which have been inspected Only items which have been inspected and are considered acceptable for and are considered acceptable for installation or use inaccordance with installation or use in accordance with the receiving inspection procedure the receiving inspection procedure shall be removed from storage for shall be removed from storage for ________________

27 of 397271 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 installation or use. (See Section 5 of this standard.

this.sa.dar.....

Items released from storage and Items released from storage and OK placed in their final locations within the placed in their final locations and items power plant, shall be inspected and stored in place within the power plant cared for in accordance with the shall be inspected and cared for in requirements of Section 6 of this accordance with the requirements of standard, and other applicable paras. 6.4.1 and 6.4.2 and other standards. standards, as applicable.

6.6 Storage Records 6.6 - Storage Records OK Written records shall be prepared that include Written such pertinent records shall beinformation as prepared that include such pertinent information as storage locatin, inspection r s storage location, inspection results, storage location, inspection results, protection, and personnel access. protection, and personnel access.

7. HANDLING 7 HANDLING N45.2.2 contains details for handling items, NQA-1 refers to another 7.1 General 7.1 General Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 establishes general handling This section contains requirements The requirements that shall be fulfilled requirements. Specific provisions of that are to be fulfilled by the by the organizations responsible for Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to organizations responsible for handling handling items are contained in project activities will be defined in items. This section covers the Subpart 2.15. associated procedures.

requirements for the handling of items in Subsection 2.7 of this standard utilizing appropriate equipment in accordance with methods and procedures specified to minimize damage and preserve the quality of the item and container.

7.2 Methods and Procedures N45.2.2 contains details for handling items, NQA-1 refers to another Detailed handling instructions and Subpart. QAPP Section 4.8 procedures shall be prepared for all establishes general handling items that require special handling requirements. Specific provisions of instructions because of weight, size, Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to susceptibility to shock damage, high project activities will be defined in nil ductility transition temperatures, or associated procedures.

any other conditions that warrant special instructions.

Such instructions or procedures shall N45.2.2 contains details for handling be made available prior to the time the items, NQA-1 refers to another item is to be handled and shall give Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 weights, sling locations, balance establishes general handling points, methods of attachment, requirements. Specific provisions of maximum hoist line speeds and other Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to pertinent features to be considered as project activities will be defined in necessary for safe handling, associated procedures.

Items not specifically covered above N45.2.2 contains details for handling shall be handled in accordance with items, NQA-1 refers to another sound material handling practices. Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 establishes general handling requirements. . Specific provisions of Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

7.3 Hoisting Equipment N45.2.2 contains details for handling items, NQA-1 refers to another All equipment for handling items shall Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 be used and maintained in accordance establishes general handling with the following: requirements. Specific provisions of Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

7.3.1 Hoisting equipment used for N45.2.2 contains details for handling 28 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 I id IUII ly Wlldll UV L I Ll III U UYLI IV manufacturer. The certification shall Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 indicate the various parameters for the establishes general handling maximum load to be handled. requirements Specific provisions of Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated Drocedures.

7.3.2 Hoisting equipment shall not N45.2.2 contains details for handling be loaded beyond its rated load, as items, NQA-1 refers to another certified by the manufacturer, except Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 for test purposes. establishes general handling requirements Specific provisions of Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

7.3.3 The requirements of ANSI N45.2.2 contains details for handling B30.2.0, Safety Standard for items, NQA-1 refers to another Overhead and Gantry Cranes, ANSI Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 B30.5, Safety Standard for Crawler, establishes general handling Locomotive and Truck Cranes, ANSI requirements. Specific provisions of B30.6, Safety Standard for Derricks, Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to and ANSI A10.5, Safety Requirements project activities will be defined in for Material Hoists shall be followed. associated procedures.

7.3.4 For special lifts, hoisting Specific provisions of Subpart 2.15 equipment may be re-rated, or which are applicable to project modified and re-rated, upon approval activities will be defined in associated by the manufacturer or if the procedures.

manufacturer's specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to-the equipment shall be based on the determinations of a qualified engineer competent in this field and such determination shall be documented and recorded appropriately. Re-rated equipment shall be given a dynamic load test over the full range of the lift using a test weight at least equal to the lift weight. A dynamic test includes raising, lowering and traversing the load in contrast to a static test where the test weight may be increased incrementally with no movement.

7.4 Inspection of Equipment and N45.2.2 contains details for handling Rigging items, NQA-1 refers to another Subpart. QAPP Section B.7 An inspection program shall be establishes general handling established for equipment and rigging. requirements. Specific provisions of A system shall be established that will Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to indicate acceptability of all equipment project activities will be defined in and rigging after each inspection. This associated procedures.

system shall specify control of nonconforming lifting equipment.

Periodic inspections shall be supplemented with special visual and non~destructive examinations and dynamic load tests prior to handling of items described in Subsection 7.2 of this standard.

7.4.1 Rigging that is frayed, worn or N45.2.2 contains details for handling otherwise deteriorated shall not be items, NQA-1 refers to another used. Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 establishes general handling requirements Specific provisions of Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

29 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 1.1-L 1 VOI iV I44J IL LIHL

- JIJO not meet manufacturer's specifications items, NQA-1 refers to another shall not be used. Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 establishes general handling requirements. Specific provisions of Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures 7.4.3 Equipment and rigging shall be N45.2.2 contains details for handling kept clean and free of contaminants items, NQA-1 refers to another that are detrimental to the material Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 being handled. establishes general handling requirements. Specific provisions of Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

7.4.4 Rigging items such as hooks, N45.2.2 contains details for handling shackles, and tumbuckles that appear items, NQA-1 refers to another to have yielded or are distorted shall Subpart. QAPP Section 4.13 not be used. establishes general handling requirements. Specific provisions of Subpart 2.15 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

7.5 Personnel Supplement 13S-1 "Supplementary Slightly different words, but same Requirements for Handling, Storage, intent.

The responsible organization shall and Shipping" determine that the personnel engaged in operating material handling Section 3.4 equipment are competent and have demonstrated satisfactory ability in Operators of special handling and operating similar lifting equipment. lifting equipment shall be experienced or trained in use of the equipment.

8. RECORDS 8 RECORDS N45.2.2 uses "completed procedures", NQA-1 states Record copies of completed Record copies of procedures, reports, "procedures" and N45.2 uses procedures; reports; personnel personnel qualification records, test "inspection and examination records" qualification records; test equipment equipment calibration records, test whereas NQA-1 states "inspection calibration records; test deviation or deviation or exception records, and records".

exception records; and inspection and inspection records shall be prepared Similar, Same Intent.

examination records shall be prepared as required by this Subpart.

as required by this standard.

These records shall be placed with These records shall be retained with N45.2.2 uses the word "placed",

other project records as required by other project records as required by NQA-1 uses the word "retained".

code, standard, specification or project code, standard, specification, or procedures. project procedures.

9. AMERICAN NATIONAL N/A- These words are not contained STANDARDS REFERRED TO IN in NQA-1 nor would they be expected THIS DOCUMENT to be.

When the following standards referred to in this document are superseded by a revision approved by the American National Standards Institute, the re-vision shall apply:

N45.2 Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants

N4523 Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants

N45.2.6 Qualifications of Quality Assurance Personnel for the 30 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 uonstruction Plants

N45.2.10 Quality Assurance Terms and Definitions MH 6.1 Pictorial Markings for Handling of Goods B30.2.0 Safety Code for Overhead and Gantry Cranes B30.S Safety Code for Crawler, Loco-motive, and Truck Cranes B30.6 Safety Code for Derricks A10.5 Safety Requirements for Material Hoists

The standards are being approved by the American National Standards Institute and they should be available early in 1973. -.4 I.

10. APPENDIX A3 PACKAGING The specified requirements are now included in the body of NQA-1, The following are additional minimum Subpart 2.2.

requirements to be used with the rules of Section 3 of N45.2.2: "Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants".

A3.3 Cleaning 3.3 Cleaning The following general OK criteria shall apply as part of the Specific cleaning procedures are manufacturing specifications specific considered to be part of the cleaning procedures.

manufacturing specifications. The fol-lowing general criteria shall apply:

(1) The cleaning process including (a) The cleaning process, including OK cleaning compounds chosen shall in cleaning compounds chosen, shall in no way damage the item during no way damage the item during cleaning or subsequent service when cleaning or subsequent service when considering the composition, surface considering the composition, surface finish, complexity or other inherent finish, complexity, or other inherent features or other interface equipment features, or other interface equipment after installation, after installation.

(2) The cleaning process or (b) The cleaning process or processes OK processes chosen shall remove loose chosen shall remove loose mill and mill and heat scale, oil, rust, grease, heat scale, oil, rust, grease, paint, paint, welding fluxes, chalk, abrasives, welding fluxes, chalk, abrasives, carbon deposits, coatings used for carbon deposits, coatings used for nondestructive testing processes and nondestructive testing processes, and other contaminants which would other contaminants that would render render ineffective the method of ineffective the method or preservation preservation and packaging, or other and packaging or other specified specified requirements. requirements.

(3) Item surfaces after cleaning shall (c) Item surfaces after cleaning shall OK be free of cleaning media, such as be free of cleaning media, such as aluminum oxide, silica, grit, lint, aluminum oxide, silica, grit, lint, chemical cleaning residue, petroleum chemical cleaning residue, and solvent residue, etc. petroleum solvent residue, etc.

(4) After cleaning, the item shall be (d) After cleaning, the item shall be OK protected from contamination until protected from contamination until preservation or packaging is complete., preservation or packaging is complete.

31 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2

ýUIq.

I llýL r VI b

ýl VOL]VVý. 11I1V following criteria shall be used when The following criteria shall be used considering the type of contact when considering the type of contact preLerv -S euseU . preserva vOLV SUOJO (1)The contact preservative shall be (a) The contact preservative shall be OK compatible with the material on which compatible with the material on which it is applied, it is applied.

(2) Contact preservatives which are (b) Contact preservatives which are OK nondrying shall require a neutral- nondrying shall require a neutral grease-proof protective wrap when grease-proof protective wrap when packaged. packaged.

(3) The procedure for applying (c) The procedure for applying contact OK contact preservatives shall not require preservatives shall not require disassembly of the item nor shall it be disassembly of the item nor shall it be necessary to disassemble the item at necessary to disassemble the item at the site for complete removal. An the site for complete removal. An exception would be for long term exception would be for long-term storage protection to be agreed upon storage protection to be agreed upon by the owner, buyer and manufacturer. by the owner, buyer, and manufacturer.

(4) The method of contact (d) The method of contact preservative N45.2.2 states "...shall be indicated preservative removal shall be removal shall be accomplished with to facilitate touch-up" whereas NQA-1 accomplished with approved solvents approved solvents and wiping cloths or states "shall be the water flushable and wiping cloths or by flushing by flushing internal cavities with sol- type" internal cavities with solvents which vents which are not deleterious to the are not deleterious to the item or other item or other interconnecting material.

interconnecting material. However, However, preservatives for preservatives for inaccessible inside inaccessible inside surfaces of pumps, surfaces of pumps, valves and pipe for valves, and piping for systems systems containing reactor coolant containing reactor coolant water shall water shall be indicated to facilitate be the water flushable type.

touch-up.

(5) The name of the (e) The name of the preservative used In regards to the name of the preservative used shall be the water shall be provided to facilitate touch-up. preservative used, N45.2.2 states flushable type. "...shall be the water flushable type" whereas NQA-1 states "shall be provided to facilitate touch-up" (6) When motors, pumps, (f) When motors, pumps, turbines, OK turbines, etc., are shipped with oil etc., are shipped with oil reservoirs reservoirs and bearings cavities filled and bearing cavities filled with with preservative oil, the item shall be preservative oil, the item shall be so so tagged and instructions for draining, tagged and instructions for draining, flushing, refilling and periodic rotation flushing, refilling, and periodic rotation shall be included with the item. shall be included with the item.

(7) When it is anticipated that (g) When it is anticipated that the item OK the item might require an extended might require an extended storage storage period, six (6) months or period (6 months or longer), a longer, a preservative needed for the preservative needed for the long-term long term protection of the item shall protection of the item shall be applied be applied or arrangements shall be or arrangements shall be made to made to periodically reapply the periodically reapply the preservatives.

preservatives.

A3.4.2 Inert Gas Blankets. When 3.4.2 Inert Gas Blankets. OK inert gas blankets are used, the When inert gas blankets are used, the following criteria shall apply: following criteria shall apply.

(1) Inert gas blankets shall be (a)lnert gas blankets shall be used N45.2.2 states "to form a leak-proof used only when the exterior shell of only when the exterior shell of the item barrier" whereas NQA-1 states "or an the item or its container can be tightly or its container can be tightly sealed or inert gas blanket can otherwise be sealed to form a leak-proof barrier, an inert gas blanket can otherwise be maintained."

maintained.

(2) Only a commercial grade of (b) Only dry, oil free, inert gas shall be NQA-1 deleted the words dry, oil-free, inert gas shall be used. used. "commercial grade" (3) Provisions shall be made for (c) Provisions shall be made for NQA-1 adds words "when used to measuring and maintaining the blanket measuring and maintaining the blanket maintain a static pressure" pressure withinthe required range pressure within.the required range and within each pressurized purged item or within each pressurized purged item or 32 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.2 container. uiosures anru zeuali iwlil [ LoUlILdIlItH. %,WU:SU bd 11::lU btV;*d1b,' WV IIt:

tightly secured so that the absolute (by used to maintain a static pressure, mass) pressure after final seal is shall be tightly secured so that the maintained for 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months without adding absolute pressure (by mass) after final gas, prior to shipping the item from the seal is maintained for 24 hr, without manufacturer's plant. adding gas, prior to shipping the item II -l f11 4H HUHOULJ

.I*I1{11-IUII. U -l;

~IO S E

+

."aI.

(4) The item or container shall be (d) The item or container shall be OK marked in bold letters cautioning that marked in bold letters cautioning that an inert gas blanket has been used. an inert gas blanket has been used.

The required pressure range also shall The required pressure range also shall be marked on the item or container, be marked on the item or container.

A3.5.1 Caps and Plugs. Caps and 3.5.1 Caps and Plugs. OK plugs shall conform to the following Caps and plugs shall conform to the criteria: following criteria.

(1) Nonmetallic plugs and caps (a) Nonmetallic plugs and caps shall NQA-1 adds the words "or shall be brightly colored. Clear plastic be brightly or contrastingly colored, contrastingly" when detailing color closures are not to be used except Clear plastic closures are not to be when specified for a special purposew used except when specified for a for example, as a window for humidity special purpose: for example, as a indicator cards. Special attention shall window for humidity indicator cards.

be given in the control of these Special attention shall be given in the closures, control of these closures.

(2) Metallic plugs and caps (b) Metallic plugs and caps contacting OK contacting metal surfaces shall not metal surfaces shall not cause cause galvanic corrosion at the galvanic corrosion at the contact contact areas. Gasketing or other areas. Gasketing or other nonmetallic nonmetallic materials used in materials used in conjunction with conjunction with metallic caps or plugs metallic caps or plugs shall exhibit no shall exhibit no corrosive effect on the corrosive effect on the material.

material.

(3) Simplicity of installation, (c) Simplicity of installation, inspection, OK inspection, and removal without and removal without damage to the damage to the item shall be item shall be considered.

considered.

(4) Provisions shall be made to (d) Provisions shall be made to OK preclude the plug or cap from falling preclude the plug or cap from falling into or being pushed into the opening into or being pushed into the opening after its installation, after its installation.

(5) Plugs or caps shall be (e) Plugs or caps shall be secured with OK secured with tape (see paragraph tape (see para. 3.5.2) or other means A3.5.2 of this Appendix) or other as necessary to prevent accidental means as necessary to prevent ac- removal.

cidental removal.

(6) All plugs and caps shall be (f) All plugs and caps shall be clean OK clean and free of visible contamination and free of visible contamination such such as, but not limited to dust, dirt, as, but not limited to, dust, dirt, stains, stains, rust, discoloration or scale. rust, discoloration, or scale.

(7) Plugs and caps used in (g) Plugs and caps used in contact OK contact with austenitic stainless steel with austenitic stainless steel shall be shall be made from nonhalogenated made from nonhalogenated materials.

materials or stainless steel. or stainless steel.

A3.5.2 Tapes and Adhesives. Tapes 3.5.2 Tapes and Adhesives. Tapes OK and adhesives shall conform to the and adhesives shall conform to the following criteria: following criteria.

(1) When contacting austenitic (a) When contacting austenitic OK stainless steel and nickel alloy stainless steel and nickel alloy surfaces: surfaces:

(a) The halogen and sulfur contents (1) tapes shall not be compounded N45.2.2 states that contents "should of tapes should not be in excess of from or treated with chemical not be in excess of 0.10% by weight 0.10% by weight each. Paperbacked compounds containing elements in each" whereas NQA-1 provides more (masking) tape shall not be used. such quantities that harmful detail but does not specify a %.

concentrations are leachable, or that they could be released by breakdown under expected environmental conditions and could contribute to 33 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 corrosion cracking, such as those containing fluorides, chlorides, sulfur, lead, zinc, copper, and mercury

[paperbacked (masking) tape shall not be usedl:

(b) Upon removal of tape, all residual (2) upon removal of tape, all residual OK adhesive shall be removed by a non- . adhesive shall be removed by wiping halogenated solvent (acetone, alcohol with a nonhalogenated solvent or equal) wiping. (acetone, alcohol, or equal);

(c) Starch, silicone and epoxy type (3) starch, silicone, and epoxy tape OK material may be used for tape - material may be used for tape adhesives. adhesive.

(2) When contacting other (b) When contacting other surfaces OK surfaces and containers: and containers:

(a) Tapes and adhesives used to (1) tapes and adhesives used to seal OK seal nonaustenitic materials or nonaustenitic materials or containers containers are not subject to the above are not subject to the above restrictions. restrictions; (b) Tape shall be impervious to (2) tape shall be impervious to water OK water and not subject to cracking or and not subject to cracking or drying drying out if exposed to sunlight, heat out if exposed to sunlight, heat, or or cold. cold.

(3) Tapes should be brightly (c) When used on surfaces of items, N45.2.2 and NQA-1 use different colored to preclude their loss into a tapes shall be visibly distinguishable. words but the intent is same.

system. from the materials on which they are used.

A3.6.2 Vapor Barrier Material. When 3.6.2 Vapor Barrier Material. When OK maximum vapor protection is required, maximum vapor protection is required, barrier material shall meet the barrier material shall meet the maximum water vapor transmission maximum water vapor transmission rate of 0.05 grams per 100 square rate of 0.05 g/1 00 sq in. per 24 hr inches per 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months per ASTM E96 required by ASTM E 96, Test Methods Tests for Water Vapor Transmission for Water Vapor Transmission of Of Materials In Sheet Form, Procedure Materials, Procedure E, and shall be E and shall be packaged with an packaged with an approved desiccant.

approved desiccant.

The barrier material should be brightly Vapor-proof barrier material should be N45.2.2 and NQA-1 use different colored to preclude loss within a colored to contrast with the material on words but the intent is same.

-system. which it is used.

A3.6.3 Desiccants. Desiccants shall 3.6.3 Desiccants. Desiccants shall OK consist of nondeliquescent, consist of nondeliquescent, non-nondusting, chemically inert, de- dusting, chemically inert, dehydrating hydrating agents. agents.

The following criteria apply when they The following criteria shall apply. OK are used.

(1) When used with austenitic (b) When used with austenitic N45.2.2 is limited to austenitic stainless steels, the desiccant and the stainless steel and nickel alloy stainless steels and specifies that the bag material shall not have a halogen materials, tapes, desiccants, and the halogen content shall not be over content over 0.25%. materials for the desiccant bag shall 0.25% whereas NQA-1 adds "and not be compounded from or treated nickel alloy materials, tapes" and with chemical compounds containing does not provide a specific content elements in such quantities that level.

harmful concentrations are leachable, or they could be released by breakdown under expected environmental conditions and could contribute to intergranular cracking or stress corrosion cracking, such as those containing fluorides, chlorides, sulfur, lead, zinc, copper, and mercury.

The desiccant bag shall be made of (a) The desiccant bag shall be made OK puncture, tear and burst resistant of puncture-, tear-,and burst-resistant material, material.

_(2) The reactivation (c) The reactivation temperature and OK 34 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 W[e1pu UdLUr[ dIIU LlmtI brFdll Ut mrfdIKkU on the desiccant container. container.

(3) Canisters used to contain (d) Canisters used to contain OK desiccants shall be placed so as to desiccants shall be placed so as to cause no deleterious effects such as cause no deleterious effects such as galvanic corrosion, even when the galvanic corrosion, even when the desiccant has reached its absorptive desiccant has reached its absorptive capacity for water vapor, capacity for water vapor.

(4) Desiccant bags and (e) Desiccant bags and canisters, OK canisters, when used, shall be secured when used, shall be secured to to prevent movement, rupture of the prevent movement, rupture of the bags, or damage to the item being bags, or damage to the item being protected. protected.

(5) Water-vaporproof flexible (f) Water - and vapor-proof flexible OK barriers shall be used to seal items barriers shall be used to seal items containing desiccants. The included air containing desiccants. The included air volume within the flexible barrier shall volume within the flexible barrier shall be kept to a minimum, be kept to a minimum.

(6) Items which contain (g) Items that contain desiccants shall OK desiccant shall have all openings have all openings securely sealed.

securely sealed. When flange con- When flange connections are a part of nections are a partof the barriers, 0- the barriers, 0-rings or gaskets shall rings or gaskets shall be used with all be used with all bolts in place and bolts in place and tightened sufficiently tightened sufficiently to ensure a to insure a water-vaporproof seal. water- and vapor-proof seal. Weld end Weld end preparations, after capping, preparations, after capping, shall be shall be covered with a water-vapor covered with a water- and vapor-proof proof seal. seal.

(7) Packages and items (h) Packages and items containing N45.2.2 uses words "and/or" when containing desiccant shall be marked. desiccants shall be marked. The total detailing bags and containers The total number of separate bags number of separate bags or containers whereas NQA-1 uses the word "or" and/or containers in the package shall of desiccants in the package shall be be indicated, indicated.

(8) The minimum quantity of (i) The minimum quantity of desiccant OK desiccant for use in each package for use in each package shall be shall be determined in accordance determined in accordance with with Formula I or Formula II, as Formula I or Formula II, as applicable.

applicable.

Formula I: To determine minimum of Formula I OK desiccant for use with other than To determine minimum units of sealed rigid metal barrier: desiccant for use with other than U=I .6A plus XD. sealed rigid metal barrier:

U = 1.6A + XD Formula II: To determine minimum Formula II OK units of desiccant for use within sealed To determine minimum units of rigid metal barrier: desiccant for use with sealed rigid metal barrier:

SU= KV plus XD.

U=KV+XD 35 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 In the above formulas: where NQA-1 added metric equivalents 2

A= Areas of barrier in square feet A = area of barrier, sq ft (m x U= Number of units* of desiccant to 0.0929) be used U = number of units of desiccant to be used (see Note)

D=Pounds of dunnage (other than D = dunnage (other than metal) metal) within barrier within barrier, lb (kg x 2.2)

K= 0.0007 when volume is given in K 0.0007 when volume is given cubic inches in cu in.

K= 1.2 when volume is given in = 1.2 when volume is given in cubic feet cu ft V=Volume within barrier in cubic =0.000042 5 when volume is given in cm3 (42.5 in M )

inches or cubic feet 3 X= 8 for hair felt, cellulosic material V= volume within barrier in cu in.

3 3 (including wood) and other or cu ft (cm or M )

material not categorized below X = 8 for hair felt, cellulosic X= 6 for bound fibers (animal hair, material (including wood), and synthetic fiber or vegetable fiber other material not categorized bound with rubber) below X= 2 for glass fiber = 6 for bound fibers (animal hair, X= 0,5 for synthetic foams and synthetic fiber, or vegetable rubber fiber bound with rubber)

= 2 for glass fiber

= 0.5 for synthetic foams and rubber

A desiccant unit is that quantity of NOTE: A desiccant unit is that* NQA-1 added English unit equivalent desiccant, as received, which will quantity of desiccant, as received, that for temperature.

absorb at equilibrium with air at 25 C will absorb at equilibrium with air at at least the following quantities of 78OF (250C) at least the following water vapor: 3.00 grams at 20% quantities of water vapor: 3.00 g at 20 relative humidity and 6.00 grams at % relative humidity and 6.00 g at 40%

40% relative humidity. relative humidity.

(9) A humidity indicator shall be 6) A humidity indicator shall be OK included in every water-vaporproof included in every water- and vapor-envelope containing desiccant. As proof envelope containing desiccant:

applicable, the indicator shall be As applicable, the indicator shall be located behind inspection windows or located behind inspection windows or immediately within the closing edge, immediately within the closing edge, face, or cover of the barrier, and as far face, or cover of the barrier and, as far as practical from the nearest unit of as practical, from the nearest unit of desiccant. desiccant.

A3.7.1 Fiberboard Boxes. The 3.7.1 Containers The following criteria OK following criteria apply for fiberboard

shall apply for fiberboard boxes used boxes used as exterior containers: as exterior containers.

(1) Boxes shall be weather- (1) Boxes shall be weather-resistant OK resistant fiberboard preferably from the fiberboard preferably from the grade following grade types (or compliance types (or compliance symbol): V2 s, symbol): V2 s, V3 s. or V3 c. (Federal V3 s, or V3 c (Federal Specification Specification PPP-B-636.) PPP-B-636).

(2) Box style shall be RSC - (2) Box style shall be RSC regular OK Regular slotted box, (Outer flaps meet, slotted box (outer flaps meet, inner inner flaps and outer flaps are of equal flaps and outer flaps are of equal length). length).

(3). Fiberboard boxes shall be (3) Fiberboard boxes shall be securely NQA-1 added metric equivalents securely closed with a water resistant closed with a water-resistant adhesive adhesive applied to the entire area of applied to the entire area of contact contact between the flaps. All seams, between the flaps. All seams and and joints shall be further sealed with " joints shall be further sealed with not not less than two inch wide, water less than 2 in. (5 cm) wide, water-resistant tape. resistant tape.

(4) Boxes shall be strapped with (4) Boxes shall be strapped with OK 36 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2

.il I t:b uICt*-tl I*ILIVC CI l11IIU L.C:U t~Cl* pressure-sensitive reinforced tape, length-wise (top, bottom and ends), lengthwise (top, bottom, and ends),

girthwide (top, bottom and sides) and girthwise (top, bottom, and sides), and horiznntal sides and e~nds. horizontal sides~ and ends.

(5) Wood cleating on fiberboard (5) Wood cleating on fiberboard boxes OK boxes shall be fabricated from sound, shall be fabricated from sound, well-well-seasoned lumber. seasoned lumber.

A3.8.1 Cushioning. Selection of 3.8.1 Cushioning. Selection of OK cushioning materials shall be based on cushioning material shallbe based on the following: the following.

(1) It shall exhibit no corrosive (a) It shall exhibit no corrosive effect OK effect when in contact with the item when in contact with the item being being cushioned. cushioned.

(2) It shall have, low moisture (b) It shall have low moisture content OK content and exhibit low moisture and exhibit low moisture absorption absorption properties; or if the properties, or if the cushioning material cushioning material has some has some moisture absorbing moisture absorbing capacity, the item capacity, the item shall be protected shall be protected with a water vapor- with a water-vaporproof barrier.

proof barrier.

(3) It shall have negligible (c) It shall have negligible dusting OK dusting characteristics. characteristics.

(4) It shall not readily support (d)Itshall not readily support OK combustion. combustion.

A3.8.3 Anchoring. When bolts are 3.8.3 Anchoring. When bolts are OK used for anchoring the following used for anchoring, the following criteria shall apply. criteria shall apply.

(1) If precision bolt holes in the item (a) If precision bolt holes in the item OK are used for anchoring, precaution are used for anchoring, precaution shall be taken to insure that properiy shall be taken to ensure that properly fitting bolts of the correct dimension fitting bolts of the correct dimension and characteristics are used to prevent and characteristics are used to prevent marring or elongation of the holes, marring or elongation of the holes.

(2) . Holes bored through (b) Holes bored through containers or OK containers or mounting bases shall mounting bases shall provide a snug provide a snug fit. fit.

(3) When mounting items to container (c) When mounting items to container N45.2.2 states that counter-sinking bases equipped with skids, bolts shall bases equipped with skids, bolts shall "is necessary" whereas NQA-1 states be extended through the skids be extended through the skids "shall be done" whenever practical. In such instances whenever practical. In such instances, counter-sinking of the bolt in the countersinking of the bolts in the sliding surface of the skid is sliding surface of the skid shall be necessary. done.

(4) Washers shall be used (d) Washers shall be used under the OK under the nuts to decrease the nuts to decrease the possibility of the possibility of the bolt pulling through bolt pulling through the wood.

the wood.

(5) Nuts shall be properly (e) Nuts shall be properly tightened. OK torqued. To prevent their loosening To prevent their loosening during during shipment, lock nuts, lock shipment, lock nuts, lock washers, washers, cotter pins, or staking shall cotterpins, or staking shall be be employed, employed.

A3.9 Marking 3.9 Marking Items shall be marked to OK preserve identity in accordance with Items shall be marked to preserve the following criteria.

identity in accordance with the following criteria:

(1) The specified identification (a) The specified identification shall be NQA-1 added metric equivalents shall be stamped, etched, stenciled or stamped, etched, stenciled, or otherwise marked on the item or on otherwise marked on the item or on tags to be affixed securely to the item tags to be affixed securely to the item in plain, unobstructed view: When in plain, unobstructed view. When metal stamps are employed, low metal stamps are employed, low stress rounded bottom type stamps stress, rounded bottom type stamps shall be used when the item proper is shall be used when the item proper is 37 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 marked. When vibrating marking tools 11 dr10- U. VVI11W1 V-1 II*

11VllC I 1*1- 111V U*I are used they shall be fitted with a are used, they shall be fitted with a carbide marking tip or equivalent and carbide marking tip or its equivalent, shall be designed to provide a rounded and shall be designed to provide a impression not to exceed 0.0 10 rounded impression not to exceed inches in depth. Etching shall not be 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in depth. Etching used on nickel alloys or on weld areas shall not be used on nickel alloys, weld or sensitized areas of stainless steel. areas, or sensitized areas of stainless Electric arc marking pencils shall not steel. Electric-arc marking pencils shall be used. not be used.

(2) The marking shall not be (b) The marking shall not be OK deleterious to the material nor violate deleterious to the material nor violate any other section of this standard. any other Section of Subpart 2.2.

(3) When tags are employed, .(c) When tags are employed, they OK they shall be of a material which will shall be of a material which will retain retain the marking, withstand the marking, withstand weathering weathering deterioration, and other deterioration, and other normal normal shipping and handling effects shipping and handling effects, and and shall not be detrimental to the shall not be detrimental to the item.

item.

(4) The English language shall (d) The English language shall be OK be used. Duplicate marking may be used. Duplicate marking may be made made in other languages. in other languages.

(5) References to weights shall (e) References to weights shall be in OK be in avoirdupois units. Duplicate avoirdupois units. Duplicate markings markings in other systems may also in other systems may also be be indicated, indicated.

Markings on the outside container Markings on the outside container OK shall be in accordance with the shall be in accordance with the following criteria: following criteria.

(1) Container markings shall (a) Container markings shall appear OK appear on a minimum of two sides of on a minimum of two sides of a the container, preferably on one side container, preferably on one side and and one end.. one end.

(2) The English language shall (b) The English language shall be OK be used. Duplicate marking may be used. Duplicate marking may be made made in other languages or in pictorial in other languages or in pictorial markings according to ISO marking according to ISO Recommendation R780 Pictorial Recommendation R780, Pictorial Markings For Handling of Goods Markings for Handling of Goods (general symbols) or ANSI MH6.1. (general symbols) or ANSI MH6. 1.

(3) References to weights shall (c) References to weights shall be in OK be in avoirdupois units. Duplicate avoirdupois units. Duplicate markings marking in other systems mayalso be in other systems may also be indicated, indicated.

(4) Container markings shall be (d) Container markings shall be N45.2.2 details that "characters no applied .with waterproof ink or paint in applied with waterproof ink or paint in less than 3/4 inch high, container size characters no less than 3/4 inch high, characters that are legible. When permitting" be used whereas NQA-1 container size permitting. information relative to handling and states "in characters that are legible" special instructions is required, such and then provides additional details information shall be preceded by the on special instructions.

word CAUTION in letters that are at least 1/2 in. (12.7 mm), as permitted by container size.

(5) Where tags or labels are (e) Where tags or labels are used, OK used, they shall be affixed to the they shall be affixed to the container container using a waterproof adhesive, using a waterproof adhesive, tacks tacks where practical, or a corrosion where practical, or a corrosion-resistant wire. resistant wire.

(6) Container marking shall (9 Container markings shall include OK include the following information: the following information:

(a) Destination (1) destination OK (b) Return address (2) return address OK (c) Package numbers showing (3) package numbers showing the OK the purchase order number, followed purchase order number, followed by 38 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 2 ANSI N45.2.2-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.2 by the package number and the tc number of Dackaaes.

(d) Material identification (4) material identification number OK number (e) Handling instructions (5) handling instructions (e.g., Fragile, OK Fragile, Center of Gravity, Keep Dry, Center of Gravity, Keep Dry, This Side This Side Up, Sling Here, Do Not Up, Sling Here, Do Not Freeze) and Freeze, stacking limitations as stacking limitations, as appropriate appropriate.

(f) Weight of package (in (6) weight of package [in excess of NQA-1 added metric equivalents excess of 100 pounds). 100 lb (45.5 kg)]

(g) Special Instructions. (7) special instructions (Desiccant OK Desiccant Inside, Special Inspection, Inside, Special Inspection, Storage, Storage, Unpacking Restrictions, etc. Unpacking Restrictions, etc.) as as appropriate, appropriate.

Marking of items not within a Marking of items not within a N45.2.2 does not allow marking container, such as pipe, tanks and container, such as pipe, tanks, and directly on austenitic stainless steel heat exchangers, shall exhibit heat exchangers, shall exhibit speci- and nickel alloy metal surfaces specified information in a location fled information in a location which is whereas NQA-1 states that marking which is in plain unobstructed view, in plain unobstructed view. Marking is acceptable "provided it has been but not directly applied to bare may be applied directly to bare metal established that the marking material austenitic stainless steel and nickel surfaces provided it has been is not deleterious to the item."

alloy metal surfaces of the item. established that the marking material

_ is not deleterious to the item.

39 of 39 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.3 rN'4,./.3 iirniLMu LU UUr UI

[lly construction phase" NQA-1 1.1 Scope Subpart 2.3 provides housekeeping addresses a larger scope of the This standard defines the housekeeping requirements for the control of work conditions "nuclear power plant".

requirements for the control of work activities, and environments that can affect the quality of conditions, and environments that can affect the important parts of a nuclear power plant. It quality of important parts of a nuclear power supplements the requirements of Part I and plant during the construction phase. shall be used in conjunction with applicable Basic and Supplementary Sections of Part I when and to the extent specified by the organizations invoking Subpart 2.3.

These parts include the structures, systems, Subpart 2.3 provides housekeeping Similar and components whose satisfactory requirements for the control of work conditions Same Intent performance is required for the plant to operate and environments that can affect the quality of reliably, to prevent accidents that cause undue important parts of a nuclear power plant.

risk to the health and safety of the public, or to NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar mitigate the consequences of such accidents if language with the same intent:

they were to occur. The requirements of this Part (Part II)apply to fabrication, construction, modification, repair, maintenance, and testing activities that affect the quality of structures, systems, and components for nuclear facilities.

Housekeeping encompasses all activities Guidance which defined related to control of cleanness of facilities, "housekeeping". Scope and cleanness of material and equipment, fire requirements adequately cover the prevention and fire protection including disposal areas identified.

of combustible materials and debris, control of access, and protection of equipment not denoted in other standards.

The requirements may also be extended to NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar other appropriate parts of nuclear power plants language with the same intent: Same Intent when specified in contract documents. To the extent applicable to the activities being performed, the application of this Part (Part II),

or portions thereof, and the provisions of Part I, Basic and Supplementary Requirements, shall be specified in written contracts, policies, procedures, or instructions.

This standard is intended to be used in To the extent applicable to the activities being Similar conjunction with ANSI N45.2, Quality performed, the application of this Part (Part II), Same Intent Assurance Requirements For Nuclear Power or portions thereof, and the provisions of Part I, Plants. Basic and Supplementary Requirements, shall be specified in written contracts, policies, procedures, or instructions.

1.2 Applicability The requirements of this Part (Part II)apply to Guidance Only. Wording does not fabrication, construction, modification, repair, establish requirements.

The requirements of this standard apply to the maintenance, and testing activities that affect work of any individual or organization that the quality of structures, systems, and participates in housekeeping activities during components for nuclear facilities.

construction activities of nuclear power plants as discussed in paragraph 1 .1.

The extent to which the individual requirements NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar of this standard apply will depend upon the language with the same intent: Same Intent nature and scope of the work to be performed and the importance of the item or service An appropriate Quality Assurance Program, involved. based on the nature and scope of the work to be performed and the relative importance of the items or services, shall be specified in contractual documents by selective applications

.. of portions of Part I,Basic and Supplemental 1 ofll1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.3 MeqUIFUreenL5, 1Vo PrUYgdr[i1FrdLLU dLA!IVIUUb d1IU of this Part (Part II) for work oriented activities.

+

The requirements are intended to assure that Guidance Only. Wording does not only proper materials, equipment, processes, establish requirements.

and procedures arc utilized in the maintenance of housekeeping during the construction of power plants and that the quality of items is not degraded as a result of housekeeping practices and techniques during construction processing.

1.3 Responsibility NQA-1 Part I, Basic Requirement 1, Similar Organization includes similar words: Same Intent The organization or organizations responsible The organizational structure, functional for establishing the applicable requirements for responsibilities, levels of authority, and lines of the communication for activities affecting quality activities covered by this standard shall be shall be documented.

identified and the scope of their responsibilities shall be documented.

The work of establishing practices and NQA-1 Part I, Basic Requirement 1, Similar procedures and providing the resources in Organization includes similar words: Same Intent terms of personnel, equipment, and services 2.2 Delegation of Work necessary to implement the requirements of this The individuals(s) or organization(s) standard may be delegated to other responsible for establishing and executing a organizations, and such delegations shall also quality assurance program under this Standard the documented. may delegate any or all of the work to others but shall retain responsibility therefor.

However, it is the responsibility of each NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar organization performing work covered by this language with the same intent: Same Intent standard to comply with the procedures and The organization upon which this Part (Part II),

instructions issued for the project and to or portions thereof, is invoked shall be conform to the requirements of this standard responsible for complying with the specified applicable to his work. requirements.

It is the responsibility of the organization These words are not included in performing these activities to specify the NQA-1 or the QAPP. Specific detailed methods and procedures unless they provisions regarding organization are specified in the contract documents. responsibilities which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

1.4 Definitions NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar language with the same intent: Same Intent The following definition is provided because it is 6 DEFINITIONS used uniquely in this standard.

Definitions unique to the activities described in this Part (Part II) are included in the section dealing with that activity. Definitions generic to quality assurance activities are included in Part I, Supplement S-i, Terms and Definitions.

Construction Phase-The period of time These words are not included in beginning with the start of construction activity NQA-1 or the QAPP. Specific and ending as each plant area is turned over to provisions regarding this definition the plant operator. which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

2 ofll1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.3 ITTIIIIdj in ANSI N45.2.10. language with the same intent: Same Intent 6 DEFINITIONS Definitions unique to the activities described in this Part (Part II) are included in the section dealing with that activity. Definitions generic to quality assurance activities are included in Part I. Suinnlement S-1 Terms-and Definitions.

1.5 Referenced Documents NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar language with the same intent: Same Intent Other documents that are required to be included as a part of this standard are either 7 REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, AND identified at the point of reference or identified SPECIFICATIONS in paragraph 5 of this standard.

All codes, standards, and specifications that are referenced as a part of this Part (Part II).are listed in the Table entitled "Codes, Standards, and Specifications Referenced in Text."

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Similar Same Intent This paragraph contains requirements that are Housekeeping activities shall include to be fulfilled by the contractor who is documented methods and techniques for responsible for performing any segment of work control of the site area, the plant, and the described in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this materials and equipment being incorporated in standard. the plant to preserve the requisite quality of the Measures shall be established and items being constructed or installed.

implemented for documenting housekeeping operations to verify conformance to specified requirements.

OK 2.4 Personnel Qualifications Personnel working in zone controlled areas shall be familiar with the necessities and All personnel working in zone controlled areas requirements for cleanness control applicable to shall be familiar with the necessities and the various zones.

requirements for cleanness control applicable to the various zones.

Training programs shall be utilized for this Training programs shall be utilized for this OK purpose where appropriate, purpose, where appropriate.

2.1 Planning NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar The work and the quality assurance language with the same intent: Same Intent requirements for the housekeeping activities at A plan shall be developed outlining the work to the nuclear power plant site shall be delineated, be performed and the work procedures or instructions required to comply with the requirements of the defined work scope.

The planned activities shall include the 2.1 Planning and Procedures Similar methods and techniques for control of the site Same Intent area, the facilities, and the materials and Planning and procedure preparation shall be in equipment being incorporated in the plant to accordance with the requirements of the preserve the requisite quality of the items being Introduction to this Part (Part II); procedures constructed or installed, and instructions shall contain sufficient detail to provide for control of the site area, the plant, and the materials and equipment being incorporated in the plant to preserve the requisite quality of the item being constructed or installed.

3 ofll1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.3 riecessary prUce&ures an)U WOrK IrnstrucuoIs INLt'- I rdFl II IflUlUUWZb b1llllldr roILUUMMUT.lrl o ilnlldr that are needed to assure compliance with the language with the same intent: Same Intent specified requirements shall be identified and Installation, inspection, test procedures, and provisions shall be made for their preparation, work instructions identified during planning shall approval, release, and control. be pre-pared. Preparation and approval of the procedures! instructions shall be in advance of the need to use the documents Methods to be used for the collection, handling, Basic Requirement 17 OK and disposition of records, data, and reports Requirements and responsibilities for record shall be designated. transmittal, distribution, retention, maintenance, and disposition shall be established and documented.

2.2 Procedures and Instructions NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar language with the same intent: Same Intent The procedures and instructions for housekeeping practices shall be prepared and Installation, inspection, test procedures, and may be issued in segments to conform with the work instructions, identified during planning shall project construction schedule. be pre-pared.

The first segment establishing regulations for Procedures and instructions providing for the Similar control of site area, site preparation, fire control of site areas, site preparation, fire Same Intent prevention and protection, and records shall be prevention and protection, and records shall be in force with the start of construction activity, in force with the start of the construction activity.

The remaining segments shall be prepared and Other procedures and instructions shall be Similar approved no later than the start of equipment prepared and approved no later than the start of Same Intent installation work. equipment installation work.

Cleanness requirements for housekeeping 2.2 Classification of Cleaness OK activities shall be established on the basis of Cleanness requirements for housekeeping the following zone designations. activities shall be established on the basis of the following zone designations.

Time for implementation of the zone The timing for implementation of the zone Similar designations shall be as required by the designations shall be as required by the need Same Intent construction progress. for cleanness.

Zones Zones OK Restriction List I II Ill IV V Restriction List I II Ill IV V Clothing change Yes No No No No Clothing change Yes No No No No Clean gloves, shoe Clean gloves, shoe covers, covers, head head covering Yes Yes No No No covering Yes Yes No No No Filtered air Yes No No No No Filtered air Yes No No No No Material precleaning Yes No No No No Material Material accountability Yes Yes Yes No No precleaning Yes Yes No No No Personnel accountability Yes Yes Yes No No Material No use of tobacco/eating Yes Yes Yes Yes No accountability Yes Yes Yes No No Personnelaccountability Yes Yes Yes No No Use of tobacco or eating Yes Yes Yes Yes No Zone I- Zone I. Similar Areas requiring the highest order of cleanness Areas requiring the highest order of cleanness- Same Intent and shall be equipped with a clean clothing shall be equipped with a clean clothing change change facility at the vestibule or entrance, facility at the vestibule or entrance preferably with toilet facilities immediately adjacent so that personnel working in the controlled area do not have to wear the special clothing in other areas.

4 ofll1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.3 OUU1 drUdb WWI] proVIU: Wor WuUIpIMLU UUM OVU[I dIed5b W11111 PIVIUlU 1J lI ,UlJIPIWLU UULVI change of clothing by personnel, including use change of clothing by personnel, including the of shoe covers, head covers, and gloves to use of shoe covers, head covers, and gloves to protect all equipment surfaces from outside protect all equipment surfaces from outside contamination. contamination.

Material entering this zone shall have been Material entering this zone shall have been OK appropriately cleaned prior to entry as specified appropriately cleaned prior to entry.

in ANSI N45.2.1.

Zone II- Zone I1. OK Intermediate cleanness requirements less Intermediate cleanness requirements less restrictive than Zone I but where foreign matter restrictive than Zone I, but where foreign matter may have detrimental effects. may have detrimental effects.

Zone Ill- Zone Ill. OK Areas less restrictive than Zones I and II but Areas less restrictive than Zones I and II, but requiring access control over personnel and requiring access control over personnel and materials, materials.

Zone IV- Zone IV. OK Areas where it is desired to regulate the use of Areas where it is desired to regulate the use of tobacco and eating for material and equipment tobacco and eating of food for material and protection or for health and fire hazards. equipment protection or for health and fire hazards.

Zone V-Unrestricted construction areas Zone V. OK requiring good construction site housekeeping Unrestricted construction areas requiring good practices only. construction site housekeeping practices only.

For Zones 1,1[,and IIIa written record of the For Zones 1,11,and Illa written record of the OK entry and exit of all personnel and material shall entry and exit of all personnel and material shall be established and maintained, be established and maintained.

2.3 Results NQA-1 Part I Supplement 1OS-1 includes Similar similar language with the same intent: Same Intent Inspection and test results shall be documented in a suitable test report or data sheet. Inspection activities shall be documented and controlled by instructions, procedures, drawings, checklists, travelers, or other appropriate means.

NQA-1 Part I Supplement 11S-1 includes similar language with the same intent:

Test results shall be documented and evaluated by a responsible authority to assure that test requirements have been satisfied.

Each report shall identify the item to which it NQA-1 Part I Supplement 1OS-1 includes Similar applies, the procedures or instruction followed similar language with the same intent: Same Intent in performing the task, and the identification of the following: Records shall, as a minimum, identify (a) through (f) below:

11S-1 includes similar language with the same intent:

5 Test Records-Test records shall, as a minimum, identify (a)

_through (g) below:

5 ofll1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.3 LI) ,onloqtiolnS encountereo wnicn were NU/A- i ran i ouppiemeni -u- i inciuc anticipated, including nonconformance. similar language with the same intent: Same Intent (2) Identity of inspector or tester. (a) Item inspected (b) date of inspection (3) Completion date. (c) inspector (d) type of observation (e) results or acceptability (f) reference to information on action taken in connection with nonconformances.

11S-i includes similar language with the same intent:

(a) Item tested (b) date of test (c) tester or data recorder (d) type of observation (e) results or acceptability 4- +

Test reports and data sheets shall include an NQA-1 Part I Supplement 1OS-1 includes Similar evaluation of the acceptability of inspection and similar language with the same intent: Same Intent test results and provide for identifying the individual who performed the evaluation. (a) Item inspected (b) date of inspection (c) inspector (d) type of observation (e) results or acceptability (f) reference to information on action taken in connection with nonconformances.

11S-1 includes similar language with the same.

intent:

(a) Item tested (b) date of test (c) tester or data recorder (d) type of observation (e) results or acceptability

3. REQUIREMENTS 3. Requirements OK 3.1 Control of Site Area 3.1 Control of Site Area OK Areas for specific activities shall be assigned Areas for specific activities shall be assigned and regulated. and regulated.

Areas which shall be designated include where Areas that shall be designated include, where OK appropriate refuse and garbage dumps, refuse appropriate, refuse and garbage dumps, refuse burning sites, storage locations, parking lots, burning sites, storage locations, parking lots, eating places, non-smoking areas, eating places, nonsmoking areas, subcontractor subcontractor work areas, common areas, and work areas, common areas, and waste waste collection container locations. collectioncontainer locations.

Personnel entrance to controlled areas, Personnel entrance to controlled areas, Similar admission of visitors to the work site, and admission of visitors to the work site; and Same Intent identification of all personnel shall be regulated identification of all personnel shall be controlled in accordance with established procedures and in accordance with established procedures and regulations. instructions.

6 ofll1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.3 Grading. drainage, roads, construction facilities, Grading, drainage, roads, construction facilities, plant fencing, and utilities shall be provided in plant fencing, and utilities shall be provided in accordance with specified requirements and accordance with specified requirements and shall he maintained as required in good shall be maintained as required in good condition throughout the construction phase or condition throughout the construction phase or until replaced with the permanent facilities. until replaced with the permanent facilities.

3.2 Control of Facilities 3.2 Control of Facilities OK Control of work and storage areas where Control of work and storage areas where important items are handled shall be important items are handled shall be established and maintained to conform to the established and maintained to conform to the appropriate zone defined in paragraph 2.1 of appropriate zone defined in para. 2.2 of this this standard. Subpart.

Atmosphericcontrol shall be provided where Atmospheric control shall be provided where OK necessary. necessary.

The control of all tools, equipment, materials, The control of tools, equipment, materials, and OK and supplies that are used in Zones I - II, and IIIsupplies that are used in Zones 1,11,and IIIshall shall be maintained to prevent the inadvertent be maintained to prevent the inadvertent inclusion of deleterious materials or objects in inclusion of deleterious materials or objects in critical systems critical systems.

Appropriate control measures shall be provided Appropriate control measures shall be provided OK through utilization of such items as log books through utilization of such items as log books and tethered tools. and tethered tools.

3.2.1 Cleanness The work areas shall be 3.2.1 Cleanness. The work areas shall be kept OK kept sufficiently clean and orderiy that sufficiently clean and orderly so that construction activity can proceed in an efficient construction activity can proceed in an efficient manner that will produce and maintain quality in manner that will produce and maintain quality in conformance with specified requirements. conformance with specified requirements.

Where large accumulations of materials occur Where large accumulations of materials occur OK on a nonroutine basis, such as the stripping of on a nonroutine basis, such as the stripping of concrete forms, the material shall be promptly concrete forms, the material shall be promptly removed or stored neatly. removed or stored neatly.

Garbage, trash, scrap, litter, and other excess Garbage, trash, scrap, litter, and other excess OK materials shall be collected, removed from the materials shall be collected, removed from the job site, or disposed of in accordance with job site, or disposed of in accordance with specified requirements or planned practices. specified requirements or planned practices.

Such excess material shall not be allowed to . Such excess material shall not be allowed to OK accumulate and create conditions that will accumulate and create conditions that will adversely affect quality. adversely affect quality.

The disposal of cleaning chemicals shall be The disposal of cleaning chemicals shall be OK accomplished so additional hazards are not accomplished so additional hazards are not created at the disposal site. created at the disposal site.

7 ofll1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.3

,.L.L -nvironment. Areas 01 activity snail De J.Z.Z t-nvlrUromenL. mreas 01 da.LIVILy WWII U1:

adequately lighted, ventilated, protected, and adequately lighted, ventilated, protected, and accessible as appropriate to the work being accessible as appropriate for the work being performed. performed.

Temporary lighting may be utilized but shall be Temporary lighting may be utilized but shall be OK installed and maintained to provide good installed and maintained to provide good visibility, visibility.

Ventilation shall be provided where necessary Ventilation shall be provided where necessary OK to prevent accumulation of dust, noxious fumes, to prevent accumulation of dust, noxious fumes, and temperature extremes. and temperature extremes.

Adequate working space for construction Adequate working space for construction OK personnel shall be provided utilizing proper personnel shall be provided utilizing proper work stages and platforms having accessibility work scaffolds and platforms having by stairs or ladders. accessibility by stairs or ladders.

Barriers, screens, shields, restricted access, or Barriers, screens, shields, restricted access, or OK other protection shall be provided as necessary other protection shall be provided as necessary for isolation of areas where noise, welding arcs, for isolation of areas where noise, welding arcs, dust, inclement weather, or other conditions dust, inclement weather, or other conditions that exist that may affect the quality of work being may affect the quality of work being performed.

performed.

3.2.3 Fire Protection and Prevention. 3.2.3 Fire Protection and Prevention. OK Equipment and instructions for the protection Equipment and instruction for the protection Similar from, and prevention of, damage by fire shall be from, and prevention of, damage by fire shall be Same Intent provided in accordance with the NEPA National provided in accordance with the requirements of Fire Codes, Volume 4, Building Construction the NFPA National Fire Codes Facilities.

Procedures or instructions for fire protection Procedures or instructions for fire protection OK shall include provisions for fighting fires shall include provisions for fighting fires involving the use of available community fire involving the use of available community fire departments, trained project brigades, and departments, trained project brigades, and others. others.

Procedures or instructions shall include plans Procedures or instructions shall include plans OK tor provision of water supplies, hydrants, for provision of water supplies, hydrants, automatic sprinklers, access for fire fighting, automatic sprinklers, access for fire fighting, and distribution of extinguishers and fire fighting and distribution of extinguishers and fire fighting equipment. equipment.

Fire watches during and immediately following Fire surveillance during and immediately Similar welding operations should be specified, following operations such as welding and heat Same Intent treating shall be provided when materials are located such that flames, flying sparks, weld spatter, or excessive heat resulting from the operation could cause combustion, with resulting damage to items of the nuclear plant.

Fire protection facilities shall be in service Fire protection facilities shall be in service OK beginning with the initial stages of permanent beginning with the initial stages of permanent construction. construction.

Pre-fire planning should be considered as a Pre-fire planning shall be conducted as a OK requirement of the fire protection procedures or requirement of the fire protection procedures or instructions which shall include evacuation of instructions, which shall include evacuation of confined areas. confined areas.

8ofll1 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.3 i.j Matenals ana -quipment Maternais ano equipment ueiiverea to mne worK Materials and equipment delivered to the work area shall be so positioned, or protected when Same Intent area shall be placed so that they are accessible necessary, to assure that the quality of the item but do not hinder construction progress. will not be degraded by the construction activity.

However, material and equipment shall be so Materials and equipment delivered to the work positioned that it will not be damaged by area shall be so positioned, or protected when construction activity. necessary, to assure that the quality of the item will not be degraded by the construction activity.

The receiving. storage, and handling activities These provisions contained in NQA-1 Subpart Similar required by this standard shall be performed as 2.2 Same Intent specified in ANSI N45.2.2.

3.3 Material and Equipment Similar Same Intent The cleaning of important parts for the plant The cleaning of important materials and that is necessary during these activities shall be equipment for the plant that is necessary during performed as specified in ANSI N45.2. 1. receiving, storage, and handling activities shall be in accordance with applicable requirements.

3.4 Construction Tools, Supplies, and 3.4 Construction Tools, Supplies, and OK Equipment Equipment The use, location, and deployment of The use, location, and deployment of OK construction tools, supplies, and equipment construction tools, supplies, and equipment shall be regulated to keep access and work shall be controlled to keep access and work areas clear and prevent conditions that will areas clear and to prevent conditions that will adversely affect quality, adversely affect quality.

These provisions shall include, but are not These provisions shall include, but are not OK limited to such items as the movement of limited to, such items as the movement of materials to the work area, welding and stress materials to the work area, welding and stress relieving leads, power leads, temporary heating relieving leads, power leads, temporary heating equipment, pumps, air and water hoses, equipment, pumps, air and water hoses, welding machines. air compressors, hoisting welding machines, air compressors, hoisting equipment, air tools, grinding tools and burning equipment, air tools, grinding tools, and burning tools. tools.

3.5 Surveillance, Inspections, and 3.5 Surveillance and Inspections OK Examinations Periodic inspection of work areas and Periodic inspection and examination of the work construction practices shall be performed at areas and the construction practices shall be scheduled intervals to assure adequacy of performed cleanness and housekeeping practices.

at scheduled intervals to assure adequacy of cleanness and housekeeping practices.

These inspections and examinations shall These inspections shall include the following, as OK include the following as appropriate: appropriate:.

9 ofll1 7/27110

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.3 kI I , I-.- IdILUI I U I ,

lIIII I+LI.ULLIUI I ZlLtM IUdUZ, kaI 111Pct.LIVI I UI .AIII UILII - ' O.t,-O

'alyruoU access ways, and ramps for conditions that ways, and ramps for conditions that may result Same Intent may result In damage to items being in damage to items being transported or transported or handled. handled; (2) Examination of storage area for (b) inspection of storage and work areas for conformance to procedures and instructions in conformance to procedures and instructions in the following categories: the following categories:

(a) adequacy of access control. (1) adequacy of access control (b) evidence of damage or deterioration. (2) evidence of damage or deterioration (c) adequacy of protection from fires. weather, (3) adequacy of protection from fires, weather, movement of equipment, and other factors that movement of equipment, and other factors that may result in damage to stored items. may result in damage to stored and installed (d) adequacy of solvent storage facilities. items (3) Inspection of work areas for maintenance of (4) adequacy of hazardous chemicals, paints, environmental conditions within specified limits. and solvent storage facilities (4) Surveillance over Installed items to assure (c) inspection of work areas for maintenance of the adequacy of: environmental conditions within specified limits; (a) maintenance of protection. (d) surveillance over installed items to assure (b) preservation of precautionary signs. the adequacy of:

(c) presrvation of item identity. (1) maintenance of protection (d) protection from fire, weather, movement of (2) preservation of precautionary signs materials or equipment and other factors which (3) preservation of item identity may result in damage to installed items. (4) protection from fire, weather, movement of materials or equipment, and other factors which may result in damage to installed items Where these requirements duplicate the Guidance Only. Wording does not requirements of other standards such as ANSI establish requirements.

N45.2.1, duplicate activities and reports are not required.

4. RECORDS 4 RECORDS Similar Copies of approved procedures, reports; Same Intent personnel training and qualification records; Record copies of procedures, reports, controlled zone registry, fire and accident personnel qualification records, zone control Investigations; and Inspection and examination registries, fire and accident investigations, records shall be prepared and placed with other surveillance, and inspection records shall be project records, prepared as required in this Part (Part I1).

Final disposition of records shall be In These records shall be retained with other Similar accordance with ANSI N45.2.9. project records as required by code, standard, Same Intent specification, or project procedures.

5. REVISIONS OF AMERICAN NATIONAL NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar STANDARDS REFERRED TO IN THIS language with the same intent: Same Intent DOCUMENT 7 REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS 10 of 11 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 3 ANSI N45.2.3-1973 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.3 When the following standards referred to in this No corresponding provision in NQA-1 document are superseded by a revision for addressing revisions is included or approved by the American National Standards required.

Institute, the revision shall apply.

A 10.2-1 Q44 Safety Code for Building Construction N45.2 Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.1 Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2 Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants (During the Construction Phase N45.2.9 Requirements for Collection, Storage and Maintenance of Quality Assurance Records N45.2.10 Quality Assurance Terms and Definitions.

11 of 11 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1 994, Subpart 2.4

'Subpart 2.4 consists or ANl/IIL:t_: bitd. JJb- Guidance unly. wording does 1985, 1 IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, not establish requirements.

and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities.

1. Introduction 1. Introduction Similar Same intent 1.1 Scope. This standard sets forth the 1.1 Scope. This standard sets forth the requirements for installation, inspection, and requirements for installation, inspection, and testing of Class I and Class IE electric power, testing of power, instrumentation, and control instrumentation, and control equipment and equipment and systems during the construction systems during the construction phase of a phase of a nuclear facility.

nuclear power generating station.

These requirements also cover modifications and These words were added in those operating phase activities that are NQA-1 comparable in nature and extent to related initial construction activities of the facility.

These requirements are intended to assure that Guidance Only. Wording does only materials and equipment of acceptable not establish requirements.

quality are incorporated into the plant, that quality is maintained and quality workmanship prevails throughout the construction process, and that completed installations conform to specified requirements, so as to promote public safety, prevent accidents and mitigate the consequences of accidents if they occur, and provide a high degree of plant reliability.

1.1.1 In addition to the Class I and Class IE The intent of this standard is to establish Similar systems, the requirements also apply to the requirements for safety systems equipment. Same Intent following auxiliary equipment that are a part (Safety systems equipment is defined in IEEE thereof. Std 603-1980 [5].') However, this standard may also be applied to non-safety systems equipment.

(1) Connecting cables and raceways IEEE Std 603-1980 includes direction and Similar (2) Electric and instrumentation containment definitions which provide for the determination of Same Intent penetrations the components or elements of a safety system (3) Instrumentation sensing lines from the which, when applied would define the equipment process root valves to and including input that the requirements of subpart 2.4 would apply transducers to. This would include the equipment similar to (4) Primary sensing devices (for example, that listed in N45.2.4.

orifices, flow nozzles, venturi tubes, and reference columns)

(5) Pneumatic instrumentation (6) Output control transducers, including tubing and piping (7) Fluid systems associated with standby generators and transformer cooling systems (8) Switchgear fluid systems (9) Panels, enclosures, and mountings 1.1.2 These requirements may also be NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar extended to other appropriate parts of nuclear language with the same intent: Tothe extent Same Intent power generating stations when specified in applicable to the activities being performed, the contract documents. application of this Part (Part II), or portions thereof, and the provisions of Part I, Basic and Supplementary Requirements, shall be specified in written contracts, policies, procedures, or instructions.

1 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.4 1.1.3 This standard does not set forth specific 1.1.1 This standard does not set forth specific requirements for the following, though related to requirements for the following, though they are the above equipment and systems: related to the above equipment and systems.

(1) Inspection or testing, or both, of welds (1) Installation, inspection, and testing of welds Similar (2) Cleaning and flushing of instrument sensing (2) Cleaning and flushing of instrument sensing Same Intent Items 5 - 9 added lines lines (3) Aligning or verifying alignment, or both, of (3) Aligning or verifying alignment, or both, of Class I rotating equipment rotating equipment (4) Verifying structural integrity of support for (4) Verifying structural integrity of supports for Class I or Class IE electric equipment equipment (5) Activity governed by Section III of [6]

(6) Preoperational tests of the integrated systems and equipment (7) Periodic testing and maintenance after initial operation (8) Receiving inspection and test (9) Non-destructive examination when required 1.1.2 During the construction phase and when Redundant. NQA-1 has modifications are being performed, this standard incorporated IEEE 336 as shall be used in conjunction with the applicable Subpart 2.4 of NQA-1.

portions of ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1983 [1) and ANSI/ASME NQA-2-1983 [2).

During the operations phase this standard shall These words were added in be used with the applicable portions of NQA-1 ANSI/ANS 3.2-1982 [3). The QAPP and procedures address applicable provisions of ANS 3.2.

For applicable codes on the above refer to Guidance Only. Wording does Section 9. not establish requirements.

1.2 Applicability. The requirements set forth in 1.2 Applicability. The requirements set forth in Similar this standard apply to the work of any this standard apply to the work of any Same Intent organization that participates in the construction organization that participates in the installation, phase of electric and instrumentation inspection, testing, or modification of power, equipment and systems from the time that the instrumentation, and control equipment and equipment is turned over to the installers until systems in a nuclear facility from the time that the the time it is integrated into systems in a equipment is tumed over for installation Until it is condition to commence system performance integrated into a system.

testing.

The extent to which the individual requirements These words were added in of this standard apply either wholly or in part NQA-1 depends upon the nature and scope of the work to be performed and the importance of the item or service involved.

The requirements of this standard are basic Guidance / Informational minimum requirements which relate to nuclear power generating stations during construction or construction phases of modification or expansion.

2 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 For supplementary requirements applicable to NUA-1 Part II Introduction includes sir Similar the construction phase of multi-unit stations, language with the same intent: Same Intent including expansions to existing stations, refer to Appendix A. 8 MULTI-UNIT FACILITY PROVISIONS For construction activities in a nuclear power plant where one or more units is already operating or has reached a stage where the fuel has been loaded in the reactor and associated systems energized, the following measures shall be taken in addition to the provisions defined elsewhere in this Part (Part II).

1.3 Responsibility. The organization or Basic Requirement 1 OK organizations responsible for establishing the The organizational structure, functional applicable requirements for the activities responsibilities, levels of authority, and lines of covered by this standard shall be identified, and communication for activities affecting quality shall the scope of their responsibility shall be be documented.

documented.

Supplement 1S-1 3.1 Where more than one organization is involved in the execution of activities covered by this Part (Part 1), the responsibility and authority of each organization shall be clearly established and documented.

The planning operations stipulated in Section 3.2 These words were added in shall specify the inspections and tests to be NQA-1 performed on the identified equipment and systems consistent with this standard.

The work of establishing practices and The work of establishing practices and OK procedures and providing the resources in procedures and providing the resources, in terms terms of personnel, equipment, and services of personnel, equipment, and services, to necessary to implement the requirements of implement the requirements of this standard, this standard may be delegated to other may be delegated to other organizations. Such organizations, and such delegations shall also delegation shall be documented.

be documented.

In any case, the organization invoking this These words were added in standard shall retain responsibility for overall NQA-1 program effectiveness.

It is the responsibility of each organization NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar participating in site construction activities to language with the same intent: Same Intent comply with the procedures and instructions issued for the project. The organization upon which this Part (Part II), or portions thereof, is invoked shall be responsible for complying with the specified requirements.

1.4 Definitions. The following definitions are NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar provided to assure uniform understanding of language with the same intent: Same Intent select terms as they are used in this standard.

6 DEFINITIONS Definitions unique to the activities described in this Part (Part II)are included in the section dealing with that activity. Definitions generic to quality assurance activities are included in Part I, Supplement S-i, Terms and Definitions.

IEEE 336 also refers to IEEE 603: Safety Systems equipment is defined in IEEE Std 603-1980 3 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 Class I equipment. Equipment that is essential zimiiar to the safe shutdown and isolation of the Same Intent reactor or whose failure or damage could result in significant release of radioactive material.

Class IE electric systems. The systems that Defined within IEEE 603-1980 Similar provide the electric power used to shut down Same Intent the reactor and limit the release of radioactive material following a design basis event.

system performance testing. 7.2.2 System Tests Similar Same Intent Tests performed on completed systems, Tests shall be made to verify that all parts of a including all-their electric, instrumentation, system properly coordinate with each other.

controls, fluid and mechanical subsystems under normal or simulated normal process conditions of temperature, flow, level, pressure, etc.

set point. A predetermined level at which a Term now commonly used in bistable device changes state to indicate that the nuclear industry. NQAIIEEE the quantity under surveillance has reached the chose not to include them in selected value, later revisions of NQA-1 and IEEE-336 lay-up. Idle condition of equipment and systems Term now commonly used in during and after installation, with protective the nuclear industry. NQAIIEEE measures applied as appropriate. chose not to include them in later revisions of NQA-1 and IEEE-336 1.5 Referenced Documents. Other documents Guidance Only. Wording does that are required to be included as a part of this not establish requirements.

standard, as well as the issue or edition of such QAPP identifies applicable documents, are either identified at the point of reference documents.

reference or described in Section 9 of this standard.

2. General Requirements 3. General Requirements Similar Same Intent Measures shall be established and Measures shall be established and implemented implemented for documenting installation, for planning and control of installation, inspection, inspection, and testing operations to verify and testing activities to verify conformance to conformance to specified requirements. specified requirements.

2.1 Planning. The installation, inspection, and 3.2 Planning. The installation, inspection, and OK testing activities shall be planned and outlined testing activities shall be performed in to define the operations to be used and the accordance with documented plans that define systematic, sequential progression of the operations to be used, the systematic, "

operations for each item or system, the sequential progression of operations for each responsibilities of parties concemed for each item or system, the responsibilities of parties operation, and the measures employed to concerned for each operation, and the measures preserve the quality of equipment. employed to preserve the quality of equipment.

4 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 manning shall take into account the need for Planning shall take into account the need for the the preparation and control of procedures and preparation and control of procedures and work work instructions necessary to comply with the instructions necessary to comply with the requirements for installation, inspection, and requirements for installation, inspection, and testing of components and systems. testing of equipment and systems.

Planning shall include a review of the system Planning shall include a review of the system and Same except for the omission and component design specifications and equipment specifications and drawings and of the from NQA-1 of "and that time drawings, and of the construction work plans construction work plans and schedules to assure and resources are sufficient to and schedules, to assure that installation, that installation, inspection, and testing activities accomplish the required inspection, and testing activities have been have been incorporated and that they can be actions".

incorporated, that they can be accomplished as accomplished as specified.

specified, and that time and resources are sufficient to accomplish the required actions.

2.2 Prerequisites. 3.1 Prerequisites. OK The following conditions shall have been met Guidance as required by other standards before the requirements set forth in this standard are applied.

(1) Qualification of personnel assigned to the 3.7 Personnel Qualification. Personnel Similar construction phase has been in accordance performing the verifications required by this Same Intent with the requirements of appropriate codes and standard shall be qualified in accordance with an standards. approved quality assurance program.

(2) Systems have been designed and QAPP Section 4.3 invokes engineered and equipment has been specified Basic Requirement 3 and in accordance with the published applicable Supplement 3S-1 which standards and specifically within the frame- provides for design controls that work of the Quality Assurance program achieve the same intent.

described in the Safety Analysis Report.

(3) Materials have been selected, and QAPP Section 4.7 invokes equipment has been fabricated and shop Basic Requirement 7 and assembled, in accordance with the Supplement 7S-1 which specifications and the applicable published provides for purchasing controls codes and Standards, the conformance to that achieve the same intent.

which has been demonstrated by the manufacturer.

(4) Materials and equipment have been QAPP 4.13 invokes Basic shipped, received, handled and stored in Requirement 13 and accordance with the requirements of applicable Supplement 13S-1 which codes, standards, and manufacturers' provides for shipping, handling recommendations to preserve their integrity and and receiving controls that prevent physical, mechanical, and/or electrical achieve the same intent.

damage.

5 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 (5) The following documents relating to the The following applicable documents relating to specific equipment to be installed are available the specific equipment to be installed shall be Same Intent at the construction site: available in legible form at a predetermined retention area or area of usage.

(a) The latest applicable approved-for- (1) The latest applicable approved-for- Similar construction drawings construction drawings Same Intent (b) Installation specifications (2) Installation specifications (c) Manufacturers' instructions (3) Manufacturers' instructions (d) Evidence of compliance by manufacturer (4) Evidence of compliance by manufacturer with with purchase requirements, including quality - purchase requirements, including quality assurance requirements documentation (e) Records of inspections and tests during on- (5) Records of inspections and tests during site storage and handling, receiving and on-site storage, handling, and maintenance 2.3 Procedures and Instructions. Installation, 3.3 Procedures and Instructions. Procedures Similar inspection, and test procedures and work shall be prepared and documented as Same Intent instructions shall be prepared and documented determined by the planning in 3.2.

for those activities falling within the scope of this standard.

These procedures and instructions may be in the These words were added in form of manuals or drawings. NQA-1 These documents shall be kept current and These documents shall be kept current by Similar revised as necessary to assure that installation, controlled supervision so that installation, Same Intent inspections, and tests are performed in inspections, and tests are performed in accordance with latest information and shall accordance with the latest approved design and include as appropriate: manufacturers' instructions. The documents shall include or reference:

(1) Installation specifications (1) Installation specifications Similar (2) Inspection and test objectives (2) Inspection and test objectives Same Intent (3) Precautions to avoid component or sys-tem (3) Precautions to avoid equipment or system damage during testing or inspection damage during installation, testing, or inspection (4) Inspection and test equipment required (4) Inspection and test equipment required (5) Sequence of tests (if applicable) (5) Sequence of tests (6) Sequential actions to be followed (6) Sequential actions to be followed (7) Frequency of inspection or test (7) Frequency of inspection or test (8) Prerequisites (8) Test prerequisites (9) Approvals (9) Appropriate approvals (10) Data report form (10) Suitable form for reporting data (11) Identification of test equipment and date of (11) Provision for identificationof test equipment required recalibration where required for and date of next required recalibration (where interpretation of test results required) for interpretation of test results (12) Inspection and test acceptance limits (12) Inspection and test acceptance limits (13) References (14) Other pertinent items The above items shall be included as a check list These words were added in and shall be marked as required or not NQA-1 appropriate when preparing procedures or instructions.

2.4 Results. Inspection and test results shall be 3.4 Results. Inspection and test results shall be OK documented in a suitable test report or data documented in a suitable test report or data sheet. sheet.

Each report shall identify the item to which it Each report shall identify the item to which it OK applies, the procedures or instruction followed applies, the procedures or instructions and its in performing the task, and the identification of revision number used in performing the task, and the following: the identification of the following:

6 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 (1) Ulonldtions encountered which were not (1)uonditions encountered tnat were not anticipated, including nonconformance anticipated, including nonconformance (2) Identity of inspector or tester (2) Identity of inspector or tester (3) Completion date (3)Completion date Test reports and data sheets shall include an Test reports or data sheets shall include an OK evaluation of the acceptability of inspection and evaluation of the acceptability of the results and test results and provide for identifying the provide for identifying the individual who individual who performed the evaluation. performed the evaluation.

2.5 Measuring and Test Equipment. 3.5 Measuring and Test Equipment. OK 2.5.1 Selection. NQA-1 Basic Requirement 12 includes similar Similar language with the same intent: Same Intent Inspection and testing equipment with acceptable accuracy for performing the 2 Selection required function shall be selected Selection of measuring and testequipment shall be controlled to assure that such times are of proper type, range, accuracy, and tolerance to accomplish the function of determining conformance to specified requirements.

Measuring and test equipment used to determine These words were added in compliance with specifications shall be controlled NQA-1 in accordance with the requirements of IEEE Std 498-1985 [4].

When general voltage levels, flow directions, or NQA-1 Basic Requirement 12 includes similar Similar other parameters are checked, an instrument language with the same intent: Same Intent without high precision may be used.

3.3 Commercial Devices Calibration and control measures may not be required for rulers, tape measures, levels and other such devices, if normal commercial equipment provides adequate accuracy.

When characteristics, efficiencies, capabilities, NQA-1 Basic Requirement 12 includes similar Similar or other properties are measured to appraise language with the same intent: Same Intent compliance with specifications, the instrument must have adequate accuracy to determine the 2 Selection measured quantity to the precision required by the stated limits of the specifications. Selection of measuring and test equipment shall be controlled to assure that such items are of proper type, range, accuracy, and tolerance to accomplish the function of determining conformance to specified requirements.

Use shall be made of approved industry These words are not in NQA-1 standards relating to measuring procedures. or the OAPP Test equipment and/or apparatus supplying NQA-1 Basic Requirement 12 includes similar Similar electrical, mechanical, or other test inputs shall language with the same intent: Same Intent have adequate capacity and be compatible with items under test so that the resultswill not be 2 Selection distorted.

Selection of measuring and test equipment shall be controlled to assure that such items are of proper type, range, accuracy, and tolerance to accomplish the function of determining conformance to specified requirements.

7 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 z.boz uali1ration ana uontroi. measunng ano test equipment used to determine compliance language with the same intent: Same Intent with specifications, shall be adjusted and calibrated at prescribed intervals against 3 Calibration and Control certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized 3.1 Calibration standards.

Measuring and test equipment shall be calibrate-d, adjusted, and maintained at prescribed intervals or prior to use, against certified equipment having known valid r0hlsfinn,,hin* in n~,finn~llv mrc'nnni7A,,r *f~ndr1d.r1 If no national standards exist, the basis for NQA-1 Basic Requirement 12 includes similar Similar calibration shall be documented. language with the same intent: Same Intent If no nationally recognized standards exist, the bases for calibration shall be documented.

Records of the calibrations shall be maintained NQA-1 Basic Requirement 12 includes similar Similar and equipment suitably marked to indicate date language with the same intent: Same Intent of next required calibration.

5 Records Records shall be maintained and equipment shall be suitably marked to indicate calibration status.

When inspection and testing equipment are NQA-1 Basic Requirement 12 includes similar Similar found to be out of calibration, an evaluation language with the same intent: When inspection Same Intent shall be made of the validity of previous and testing equipment are found to be out of inspection or test results and of the acceptability calibration, an evaluation shall be made and of items previously inspected or tested, documented of the validity of previous inspection or test results and of the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested.

Test equipment found to be out of calibration NQA-1 Basic Requirement 12 includes similar Similar shall be clearly identified as such. language with the same intent: Out-of-calibration Same Intent devices shall be tagged or segregated ...

2.6 Nonconforming Items. Defects, deficiencies, 3.6 Nonconforming Items. Defects, deficiencies, OK discrepancies, or other nonconforming discrepancies, or other nonconforming situations situations shall be resolved in accordance with shall be resolved in accordance with established established proceduresl procedures.

These procedures shall provide for identifying, These procedures shall provide for identifying, OK documenting, and obtaining authorization for documenting, and obtaining authorization for resolving each nonconforming situation, resolving each nonconforming situation.

3. Preconstruction Verification 4. Preinstallation Verification Similar Same Intent While it is recognized that the requirements for Verifications shall be performed just prior to initial receipt inspections and storage are installation.

covered by another standard, it is necessary to verify that the quality of an item has not suffered during the interim period.

It is not intended to duplicate inspections but Guidance / Information rather to verify that items are in a satisfactory condition for installation.

The verifications shall include: (1) The following, relating to the specific Similar equipment to be installed, shall be available at Same Intent the construction site in legible form:

8 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 (1) Verification that materials and equipment (a) I he latest applicable approved-tor- zSimilar received by the installers are identified in construction drawings Same Intent accordance with the latest approved-for- (b) Installation specifications, procedures, or any construction drawings, equipment lists, and special work instructions specifications (2) Identification of materials and equipment in (2) Verification that approved procedures, accordance with the latest approved-for-instruction manuals, and/or any special work construction drawings, equipment lists, and instructions ifrequired for specific equipment specifications are available (3) Documentation of protective measures taken (3) Checking of records of protective measures during storage maintained during storage for conformance to (4) Physical integrity by visual examination of storage requirements materials and equipment for damage, corrosion, (4) Visual examination of materials and contamination, and condensation.

equipment to assure physical integrity such as absence of physical damage, rust or corrosion, contact contamination, and condensation Equipment shall be located, installed, 5.1 Equipment Placement. Similar assembled, and/or connected in strict Same Intent accordance with the following as applicable: Equipment shall be located, installed, assembled, and connected in strict accordance with the following:

(1) Latest approved-for-construction drawings 1) Latest approved-for-construction drawings Similar (2) Manufacturers' instructions (2) Installation specifications and procedures, Same Intent (3) Installation specifications and procedures where required by the planning of 3.2 NQA-1 omitted "(2)

Manufacturers' instructions" Care shall be especially exercised in following 5.2 Precautions. Care shall be exercised in Similar the provisions of the above documents for following the provisions of the documents listed Same Intent operations such as: in 5.1 for operations such as:

(1) Cable pulling (1) Cable pulling Similar (2) Cable splicing (2) Cable splicing Same Intent (3) Cable terminating (3) Cable terminating (4) Cable routing including maintaining required (4) Cable and instrument sensing line routing, Items 7 - 10 added in NQA-1 separation between redundant systems including maintenance of required separation (5) Tagging and/or identifying various items between redundant systems including cable (5) Tagging or identifying, or both, various items, (6) Installing electric and instrumentation including cable, and temporary conditions penetration assemblies and assuring the (6) Installing electric and instrumentation integrity of the containment seals penetration assemblies and assuring the integrity of the containment seals (7) Installation of fire stops and fire barriers (8) Installation of instrumentation piping or tubing -

(9) Mounting and supporting of equipment (10) Removal of temporary shipping supports and holddown bolts (11) Installation of environmental and pressure seals

5. Verification During Construction 6. Verification During Installation Similar Same Intent 5.1 Inspections. Surveillance of construction Verification during installation shall include Similar activities shall include inspections of the work inspections and tests performed in accordance Same Intent areas and the work in progress to assure with the QA program requirements.

conformance to applicable requirements.

Inspections shall include the following, as 6.1 Inspections. Inspections performed during Similar appropriate: installation shall include the following. Same Intent 9 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 5.1.1 Inspections to Verily uorrectness ot ti.1.1 Inspections to verily uorrectness ot zimiiar Installation. Inspection shall be made to verify Installation. Inspections shall be performed to Same Intent that equipment is being located, installed, verify that equipment is being located, installed, assembled, and/or connected to comply with assembled, and connected to comply with latest latest approved-for-construction drawings, approved-for-construction drawings and manufacturers' instructions, and installation installation specifications and procedures.

specifications.

Such inspections shall include, as appropriate, Inspections shall include such items as OK verification of: verification of:

(1) Leveling and alignment (I) Leveling and alignment (nonrotating Similar (2) Clearances and tolerances equipment) Same Intent (3) Proper location and routing of cables and (2) Clearances and tolerances Items 13 - 18 added in NQA-1 sensing lines (3) Location, support, and routing of cables and (4) Tightness of connections and fastenings- sensing lines (5) Freedom of movement (4) Tightness of connections and fastenings and (6) Correct polarity use of proper tools (7) Proper grounding (5) Freedom of movement (8) Terminations (6) Polarity (9) Fluid levels and pressures (7) Grounding and shielding (10) Absence of leaks (8) Terminations (11) Physical integrity (9) Fluid levels and pressures (12) Identifications (10) Absence of leaks (111)Physical integrity (12) Identifications (13) Circuit fusing (14) Equipment rating (15) Fire stops and fire barriers (16) Installation of mountings and supports (17) Lubrication of bearings (18) Environmental and pressure seals 5.1.2 Inspections to Verify Housekeeping. 6.1.2 Inspections to Verify Housekeeping and OK Inspections shall be made to verify adequacy of Protective Measures. Inspections shall be housekeeping in work areas. performed to verify the adequacy of housekeeping in work areas [2].

Inspections shall be performed on a regular These words were added in schedule and properly documented to verify that NQA-1 the following protective measures are adequate.

(1) Protective measures applied for lay-up during These words were added in construction are in accordance with procedures NQA-1 or specifications Adequacy of barriers and protective covers (2) Protective measures to prevent damage as a Similar shall be evaluated to assure that items will not result of adjacent activity be damaged as a result of adjacent construction activity.

Adequacy of protective measures shall be (3) Protective measures to prevent damage to Similar evaluated to assure that equipment being used measuring and test equipment during field use for testing will not be damaged.

5.1.3 Inspection of Temporary Conditions. 6.1.3 Inspections of Temporary Conditions. OK 10 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.4 Inspections shall be made to verity adequacy c (1) Protective measures applied tor lay-up during 6imilar protective measures applied for layup during construction are in accordance with procedures Same Intent construction. or specifications All temporary connections, such as jumpers Inspections shall be performed to verify that all and bypass lines, and temporary set points of temporary connections, such as jumpers and control equipment shall be clearly identified and bypass lines and temporary setpoints of control documented so that subsequent restoration can equipment, are clearly identified and documented be ascertained prior to placing the item in so that subsequent restoration can be service. ascertained prior to placing the item in service.

5.2 Tests. 6.2 Tests. OK Surveillance of construction activities shall NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar include tests performed in accordance with language with the same intent: Same Intent written test procedures to verify that items being installed comply with specified quality Installation, inspection, test procedures, and work and performance requirements. instructions identified during planning shall be These tests should be performed at appropriate prepared.

points in the construction phase as access When these tests serve as a prerequisite or a permits or when questions arise as to the part of the test of the completed system' a review quality of components or workmanship. of construction activity that may have affected the Where preliminary operation of equipment, results shall be made.

during construction, is utilized for a testing Manufacturers' tests on fabricated items may be function, the purpose of the test, its scope, and accepted for equipment not disturbed during the results shall be clearly established and construction phase.

documented. Tests performed during installation shall be those Tests shall be repeated if construction or specified in the planning in 3.2 and shall include associated activity affects the results of the a selection of the following.

tests.

The need to repeat a test shall be ascertained at the time of preparing for post-construction testing in accordance with 6.2.

Tests during construction shall include the following:

5.2.1 Electrical Tests. 6.2.1 Electrical Tests OK The following electrical tests shall be Editorial difference.

performed: Same effect Similar (1) tests to ascertain circuit continuity, absence (1) Tests to ascertain circuit continuity, absence Same Intent of short circuits, correct polarity and correct of improper grounds and short circuits, correct "Protective relays and breakers" direction of rotation polarity and correct direction of rotation. added to item 2 (2) Tests to ascertain proper functioning of (2) Tests to ascertain proper phasing and systems, including indicating meters, recorders, functioning of equipment, including indicating transducers, targets and lamps, annunciators meters, recorders, transducers, targets and and alarms, controls and interlocks lamps, annunciators and alarms, controls, (3) Voltage breakdown tests on liquid insulation interlocks, protective relays and breakers (4) Overpotential tests as specified (3) Voltage breakdown tests on fluid insulation (5) Insulation resistance measurements as (4) Overpotential tests as specified specified (5) Insulation resistance measurements as specified When overpotential tests are performed, the When overpotential tests are performed, the Similar values shall conform to the applicable codes manufacturers' recommendations shall be Same. Intent and standards. The manufacturers' considered.

recommendations shall always be considered.

11 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 D.L.z iviecnanicai i ests. Mecnanicai tests snaii o.z.j Mecnanicai I es5s. LedK or now Lebss snWii be performed to ascertain that electric and/or. be performed to demonstrate the operation of Same Intent instrumentation components or systems can electric instrumentation equipment or systems.

withstand systems pressure ratings. As a minimum, such tests shall be applied to As a minimum, such tests shall be applied to pressure sensing and transmitting devices pressure sensing and transmitting devices operating in steam, hydraulic, or pneumatic operating in steam, hydraulic, and vacuum interconnecting piping or tubing and associated systems and their hydraulic or pneumatic instruments to ascertain that they can withstand interconnecting piping or tubing and associated systems pressure ratings.

instruments.

Pressurized equipment which is a part of Pressurized equipment that is a part of electric Similar electric apparatus such as heat exchangers, . apparatus, such as heat exchangers, circulating Same Intent circulating systems, actuating systems, and systems, actuating systems, and electric and electric and instrumentation containment instrumentation containment penetrations, shall penetrations shall likewise be tested if site be tested.

assembled or fabricated.

Manufacturers' tests on fabricated items may 6.2 Tests. Manufacturers' tests on fabricated OK be accepted for equipment not disturbed during items may be accepted for equipment not the construction phase. disturbed during the construction phase.

These tests shall be in accordance with the (3.2) Planning shall take into account the need Planning per 3.2 establishes applicable codes and standards. for the preparation and control of procedures and appropriate requirements work instructions necessary to comply with the requirements for installation, inspection, and testing of equipment and systems.

If equipment is assembled at the construction (1.2) . The requirements set forth in this standard Applicability of this part is to site, tests shall be conducted after the apply to the work of any organization that activities related to final assembly is complete even though the participates in the installation, inspection, testing, installation and construction components may have been previously tested. or modification of power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems in a nuclear facility from the time that the equipment is turned over for installation until it is integrated into a system.

5.2.3 Physical and Chemical Tests. These tests 6.2.2 Physical and Chemical Tests Similar shall include, as appropriate: Same Intent (1) Chemical analyzing of fluids for oxygen or (1) Chemical analysis of fluids for oxygen or OK moisture content and'purity moisture content and purity (2) Radiation sensitivity testing to confirm that (2) Radiation testing to confirm that radiation radiation sensors and controlling devices are sensors and controlling devices are properly properly functioning functioning.

These tests shall be in accordance with the Planning per 3.2 establishes applicable codes in Appendix B. appropriate requirements

6. Post-ConstructionVerification 7. Post-Installation Verification OK 6.1 Inspections. Installed equipment and 7.1 Inspections. Installed equipment and systems systems shall be inspected to verify the shall be inspected to verify that:

following:

12 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.4 k i) i nat equipment ano materiais nave not (1 ) -quipment ana matenais nave not sustainea sustained damage during installation damage during installation (2) That good and proper workmanship has (2) Good and proper workmanship has prevailed prevailed (3) The installation has been made in accordance (3) That the installation has been made in with specified requirements accordance with specified requirements (4) All nonconforming items have been (4) That all nonconforming items have been satisfactorily resolved satisfactorily resolved (5) Appropriate protective measures are applied (5) That appropriate protective measures are for lay-up after installation applied for lay-up after installation (6) That all temporary conditions such as (6) All temporary conditions, such as jumpers,- OK jumpers, bypass lines, and temporary set points lifted leads, bypass lines, and temporary set-have been clearly identified so that subsequent points, have been clearly identified so that restoration can be ascertained prior to placing subsequent restoration can be ascertained prior the items in service to placing the items in service.

To satisfy the above objectives, inspections To satisfy the above objectives, it may be Similar defined in 5.1 shall be repeated, as necessary to repeat some of the inspections Same Intent appropriate-ate, defined in 6.1.

6.2 Tests. Installed equipment and systems 7.2 Tests. Installed equipment and systems shall. OK shall be tested to demonstrate that the be tested to demonstrate that they have been in-installation has been made in accordance with stalled in accordance with design requirements design requirements and that the operation and that the operation gives the desired result.

gives the desired result.

Temlorary electrical connections, temporary Temporary electrical connections, temporary OK piping sections, abnormal chemical solutions, piping sections, abnormal chemical solutions, unspecified setting of devices, the fixing of a unspecified setting of devices, the temporary moving component, or the effecting of any other blocking or the effecting of any other abnormality abnormality if made previously shall be rectified previously made shall be rectified before final before final testing except in cases where fuel testing except in cases where fuel loading or loading or other critical operations prevent other operations prevent using the complete using the complete assembly for the test. assembly for the test.

In these instances, a documented notice shall In these instances, a documented notice stating Similar, be prepared stating the substitutions that the temporary test conditions shall be prepared Same Intent existed for the test. and be referenced to the appropriate test report or data sheet.

In final testing that precedes system In final testing that precedes preoperational OK performance testing, normal system readout testing, normal system readout devices and devices and installed transducers shall be used installed transducers shall be used as far as as far as possible to monitor the operation. possible to monitor the operation.

Where the installed equipment is not adequate Where the installed equipment is not adequate OK for the purpose of conducting tests, special for the purpose of conducting tests, special measuring instruments and simulating devices measuring instruments and simulating devices shall be used. shall be used.

Test equipment used shall have adequate Test equipment used shall have adequate Similar capacity and be compatible with system under capacity and tolerance and be compatible with Same Intent test so that the results will not be distorted, the system under test.

6.2.1 Equipment Tests. Tests shall be 7.2.1 Equipment Tests. Tests shall be performed Similar performed to verify that the quality of installed to demonstrate that the installed equipment is in Same Intent equipment has not deteriorated during the an acceptable condition to be energized where construction phase. manufacturers' tests or calibrations cannot be accepted (see 6.2).

13 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 I ests ana snaKeaown runs snail De maae on Tests and shakedown runs shall be made on energized systems where necessary to energized systems where necessary to evaluate evaluate operations and to properly condition operation and to properly condition for service for service (for example, the seating of brushes (for example, the seating of brushes or bearings, or bearings, the stabilization of instrumentation the stabilization of instrumentation and burn-in of and bum-in of electronic devices). electronic devices).

Tests shall be made to assure that Tests shall be made to assure that OK instrumentation and control channels are instrumentation and control channels are properly calibrated, properly calibrated.

In addition, specific tests shall be made at Properly calibrated and proper critical levels such as "set points" in a manner operation imply operating simulating the approach toward the set point, correctly at the "set points" These calibrations shall be made with these Ifthe calibration is dependent upon location or Similar devices in their normal positions if the orientation, then calibrations shall be made with Same Intent calibration is dependent upon location or these devices in their normal positions.

attitude.

Tests shall be made to determine that proper Tests shall be made to determine that proper Similar response is obtained over the operating range operation is obtained over the range of the Same Intent of the device, device.

Particular attention shall be given to verifying Particular attention shall be given to verifying OK independence and dependence, as independence and dependence, as appropriate, appropriate, of the elements of the systems. of the elements of the systems.

Items requiring calibration shall be tagged or Items requiring calibration shall be identified by Similar labeled on completion indicating date of ' tags or labels indicating the identity of the person Same Intent calibration and identity of person that performed who performed the calibration and the date of the the calibration, next required calibration.

6.2.2 System Tests. These tests shall be made 7.2.2 System Tests. Tests shall be made to verify OK to verify that all parts of a system properly that all parts of a system properly coordinate with coordinate with each other. each other.

Tests shall be made with attention given to Tests shall be made with attention given to OK demonstrating required independence and demonstrating required independence and dependence of subsystems. dependence of subsystems.

Consideration shall be given to demonstrating Consideration shall be given to the need for Similar freedom from unwanted or harmful effects of demonstrating freedom from unwanted or Same Intent conducted or induced electrical noise. harmful effects of conducted or induced electrical noise.

A review shall be made of all testing that has A review shall be made of testing that has OK preceded the final integrated system testing preceded the final integrated system testing, including both the tests made on assemblies including the tests made on equipment with and components with particular attention given particular attention given to those that to those that demonstrate functional or demonstrate functional or operational results.

operational results.

When these tests serve as a prerequisite or a When these tests serve as a prerequisite or a OK part of the final system test, a review of part of the test of the completed system, a.review construction activity which may have affected of construction activity that may have affected the the results shall be made. results shall be made.

14 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.4 The final construction-phase testing shall be i ne rinai construction-pnase testing snaii oe Similar made with all assemblies and components of made with all equipment of subsystems complete Same Intent subsystems complete except where a critical except where an operation requires that operation requires that temporary electrical temporary electrical connections, piping sections, connections, piping sections, or structural or structural supports be installed to make the supports be installed to make the tests. tests.

7. Data Analysis and Evaluation 8. Data Analysis and Evaluation Similar Same Intent Procedures shall be established for processing Procedures shall be established for processing inspection and test data and their analysis and inspection results and analyzing and evaluating evaluation, test data.

These procedures shall include acquisition and These procedures shall include requirements for Similar reduction of inspection and test data for prompt reduction of inspection and test data for review or Same Intent evaluation against acceptance criteria, evaluation against acceptance criteria.

operating limits and performance standards.

The data processing procedures shall provide These words are not in NQA-1 for "on-the-spot" evaluation to determine the or the QAPP. Applicable validity of the inspection and test results, the requirements will be addressed appropriateness of continuing the inspection or in associated procedures to the test. extent necessary for the project The data shall be analyzed and evaluated to The data shall be analyzed and evaluated to Similar verify completeness of results, achievement of verify completeness, achievement of objectives, Same Intent inspection and test objectives, and operational and correct operation of equipment and.systems, proficiency of equipment and systems; to and to identify any additional inspection or tests identify additional inspection and/or tests required.

required; and to identify necessary changes to the installation inspection or test procedures Inspection and test results that include 3.4 Results. Inspection and test results shall be Similar inspection and test data, together with a report documented in a suitable test report or data Same Intent of data analysis and evaluation, shall be sheet.

provided as specified in Section 8. Each report shall identify the item to which it applies, the procedures or instructions and its revision number used in performing the task, and the identification of the following:

(1) Conditions encountered that were not anticipated, including nonconformance (2) Identity of inspector or tester (3) Completion date Test reports or data sheets shall include an evaluation of the acceptability of the results and provide for identifying the individual who performed the evaluation.

8. Records 9 Records Similar Same Intent Record copies of completed procedures, re- Copies of construction records such as approved ports, personnel qualification records, test procedures, personnel qualifications, test equipment calibration records, test deviation or equipment calibration records, deviation or exception records, and inspection and exception records, and inspection and test examination records shall be prepared. records shall be prepared.

These shall be placed with other project These shall be placed with other project records OK records as required by code, standard, as required by code,'standard, specification, or specification, or project procedures. project procedures.

15 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 V. AppIJUc AppliCabie requirements Guides encompassed by NQA-1 are incorporated in the QAPP and The applicable published codes, standards, and associated procedures to the auides shall be used. extent necessary for the proiect.

In cases where codes or standards were Applicable requirements intended to cover the manufacturing phase of encompassed by NQA-1 are an item, these codes shall be used as guides. incorporated in the QAPP and associated procedures to the extent necessary for the project.

Refer to Appendix B for a listing, not Similar necessarily complete, of additional codes, NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Same Intent standards, and guides that should be language with the same intent:

considered during the construction phase.

7 REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS All codes, standards, and specifications that are referenced as a part of this Part (Part II)are listed in the Table entitled "Codes, Standards, and Specifications Referenced in Text."

The following guides or standards refer Applicable requirements specifically to nuclear power generating encompassed by NQA-1 are stations and their construction, and shall be incorporated in the QAPP and considered applicable. associated procedures to the extent necessary for the project.

When the following standards referred to in this Applicable requirements document are superseded by a revision encompassed by NQA-1 are approved by the American National Standards incorporated in the QAPP and Institute, the revision is not mandatory until it has associated procedures to the been incorporated as part of this standard. extent necessary for the project.

16 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 ANSI N45.2.4 - 1972 NQA-1 (1994) Subpart 2.4~ Commients <

(IEEE 3361.971) (exceptas noted) (NOTE OK 0signifes dentica or..

nearly identic~al wvording.

(1) IEEE Std 279-1971, Criteria for Protection Specific provisions of Subpart Systems for Nuclear Power Generating 2.4 which are applicable to Stations project activities will be defined (2) IEEE Std 308-1971, Criteria for Class IE in-associated procedures.

Electric Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (3) IEEE Std 317-1971, Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Fueled Power Generating Stations (4) IEEE Std 323-1971, Guide for Qualification of Class I ElectricEquipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (5) ANSI 18.2-1965, Nuclear Safety Criteria for the Design of Stationary Pressurized Water Reactor Plants (6) ANSI B31.7-1969, Nuclear Power Piping (7) IEEE Std 334-1971, Guide for Type Tests of Continuous-Duty Class I Motors In-stalled Inside the Containment of Nuclear Power Generating Stations (8) IEEE Std 336-1971, Installation, Inspection and Testing Requirements for Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations (9) IEEE Std 338-1971, Trial-Use Criteria for the Periodic Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Protection Systems (10) IEEE Std 344-1971,Trial-Use Guide for Seismic Qualification of Class I Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations

[1] ANSI/ASME NQA-1-1 983, Quality Assurance Specific provisions of Subpart Program Requirements for Nuclear Power 2.4 which are applicable to Plants.2 project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

[2] ANSI/ASME NQA-2-1983, Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants.

[3] ANSI/ANS 3.2-1982, Administrative Controls and Quality Assurance for the Operational Phase of Nuclear Power Plants.

[4] IEEE Std 498-1985, IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the Construction and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Generating Stations.

[5] IEEE Std 603-1980, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.

[6] 1984 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

17 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.4 (TIhese Appendixes are not a part ot IEEE l u. suppiementary t'rovisions 1 SameIar.

Same Intent Standard Installation. Inspection, and Testing Stations and Operating Plants Requirements for Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the Construction of Nuclear For construction activity in nuclear facilities Power Generating Stations.) where one or more units are already operating or have reached a stage in their construction where Appendix A the fuel has been loaded in the reactor and Supplementary Provisions for Multi-Unit associated systems energized for whatever Stations purpose, the following measures shall be taken in addition to the provisions defined elsewhere in For construction activity in nuclear power this standard.

generating stations where one or more units are already operating or have reached a stage in their own construction where the fuel has been loaded in the reactor and associated systems energized for whatever purpose,.the following measures shall be taken in addition to the provision defined in the body of this document.

AL. Planning and Preparation 10.1 Planning and Preparation. Instructions, OK procedures, or drawings shall be prepared to Instructions, procedures or drawings shall be control installation, inspection, and testing prepared to control installation, inspection and activities at areas of interface between the new testing activities at areas of interface between and existing units. These instructions and the new and existing units. These instructions procedures or drawings shall define the following:

and procedures or drawings shall define: (1) The areas of interface between the new and (1) The areas of interface between the new and existing units -

existing units (2) Access control and authority for work at these (2) Access control and authority for work at interface areas these interface areas (3) Nature of potential hazards to or from the (3) Nature of potential hazards to and/or from existing equipment the existing equipment (4) Precautions required to be taken during (4) Precautions required to be taken during installation installation (5) Supplementary objectives for inspection and (5) Supplementary objectives for inspection and testing testing A2. Documentation 10.2 Documentation Similar Same Intent 10.2.1 "documented" and "as A2.1 The instructions, procedures or drawings The instructions, procedures, or drawings necessary" are omitted from described in Section Al shall be documented described in 10.1 shall be kept current by NQA-1 and shall be kept current by revisions as revisions.

necessary.

18 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 A2.2 I he equipment and/or systems which are. 1U.2.2 I he equipment or systems wnich are "

associated with existing unit(s) that are associated with existing unit(s) that are electrically energized or charged with electrically energized or charged with pressurized pressurzed and/or radioactive fluids and which or radioactive fluids and which are in the vicinity are in the vicinity of the construction activity of the construction activity associated with the associated with the new unit shall be properly new unit shall be properly tagged or identified.

tagged or identified.

A2.3 The documentation associated with 10.2.3 The documentation associated with OK installation described in Section 2.2 of the main installation described in 10.2.2 shall also include:

document shall additionally include: (1) The identification of the equipment or sys-tem A2.3.i The identification of the equipment defined in 10.2.2 which poses a potential hazard and/or system defined in 2.2 above, which in the vicinity of current construction activity poses a potential hazard in the vicinity of (2) Identification of the potential hazard of such current construction activity, neighboring energized systems as voltage, A2.3.2 Level of potential hazard from such radiation level, fluid pressure, or temperatures neighboring energized systems, such as: volt-age, radiation level, fluid pressure and/or temperatures.

A2.4 Authorizations for access to and work at 10.2.4 Authorizations for access to and work at OK the areas of interface between the new and the areas of interface between the new and existing units shall be documented. existing units shall be documented.

10.2.5 Provisions of Section 9 shall be These words were added in implemented to supplement or supersede NQA-1 documents or records as required.

A3. Installation 10.3.1 Suitable protective barriers shall be OK erected where needed, to prevent damage to A3.1 Suitable protective barriers shall be equipment or systems associated with the erected to prevent damage to equipment and/or existing unit(s).

systems associated with the existing unit(s).

A3.2 Spare capacities available in existing 10.3.2 Spare capacities available in the existing OK facility such as in cable raceways or in facility, such as in cable raceways or in panelboards shall not be used unless expressly panelboards, shall not be used unless expressly indicated on the latest applicable approved-for- indicated on the latest applicable approved-for-construction drawings or installation construction drawings or installation specification.

specification. II 19 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 I his does not proflioit autfonzed temporary use Inese words were a of such spare capacities. NQA-1 A3.3 When working in an area common to the 10.3.3 When working in an area common to the OK new and the existing units, such as the cable new and the existing units, such as the cable spreading room, control room, radio-active spreading room, control room, or radioactive waste building or the battery room, care shall waste building, care shall be especially exercised be especially exercised to avoid interference to avoid interference with existing facilities and to with existing facilities and to maintain required maintain required separation, where appropriate, separation, where appropriate, between the between the systems associated with existing systems associated with existing and new units. and new units.

A4. Inspection 10.4 Inspection Similar A4.1 Inspection shall be performed to verify that 10.4.1 Inspection shall be performed to verify that Same Intent existing equipment and/or systems neighboring the requirements of 10.2 and 10.3 have been current construction activity are properly tagged satisfied.

and identified, and potential hazards therefrom identified and documented.

A4.2 Inspection shall be performed to verify that 10.4.2 Inspection shall be performed to verify that OK the existing facilities are properly protected - the existing facilities are properly protected from from current construction activity, construction activity.

AS. Testing 10.5 Testing OK In testing integrated electrical control or A5.1 In testing integrated electrical, control, instrumentation systems, or both, where the plant and/or instrumentation systems where the plant design calls for interconnection between the design calls for interconnection between the existing and new systems, care shall be existing and new systems, care shall be exercised to prevent tripping or otherwise especially exercised to prevent tripping or disturbing the operation of equipment or systems otherwise dislocating the operation of associated with the existing unit(s).

equipment and/or systems associated with the existing unit(s).

Appendix B No corresponding requirement Additional Codes, Standards and Guides in NQA-1. Specific provisions of codes, standards and guides not included in Subpart 2.4 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

1'.ANSI C1 -1968,' National Electrical Code No corresponding requirement (NFPA 701 968) (to be used as a guide when in NQA-1. Specific provisions of appropriate) codes, standards and guides

2. ANSI C29.1-1961, Test Methods for not included in Subpart 2.4 Electrical Power Insulators which are applicable to project

3. ANSI Appendix C57.93, Guide for Installation activities will be defined in and Maintenance of Oil-Immersed associated procedures.

Transformers

4. ANSI Appendix C57.94, Guide for Installation and Maintenance of Dry-Type Transformers

5. ANSI C96.1-1969, Temperature Measurement Thermocouples

6. API RP550-1965,2 Manual on Installation of Refinery Instruments and Control Systems, Part I - Process Instrumentation and Control

7. API RP550-1965, Manual on Installation of Refinery Instruments and Control Systems, Part 20 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 II- Process Stream Analyzers

8. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Nuclear Power Plant Components, 1971

9. IEEE Std 4-1968, Techniques for Dielectric Tests (ANSI C68.1-1968)

10. IEEE Std 43-1961, Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery

11. IEEE Std 51-1955, Guiding Principles for Dielectric Tests

12. IEEE Std 56-1958, Guide for Insulation No corresponding requirement Maintenance for Large AC Rotating Machinery in NQA-1. Specific provisions of

13. IEEE Std 62-1958, Guide for Making codes, standards and guides Dielectric Measurements in the Field not included in Subpart 2.4

14. IEEE Std 64-1969, Guide for Acceptance which are applicable to project and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment activities will be defined in

15. IEEE Std 81-1962, Guide for Measuring associated procedures.

Ground Resistance and Potential Gradients in the Earth

16. IEEE Std 95-1962. Guide for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Direct Voltage

17. IEEE Std 1 12A-1 964, Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators

18. IEEE Std 114-1969, Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors

19. IEEE Std 115-1965. Test Procedure for Synchronous Machines

20. IEEE Std 118-1949, Master Test Code for Resistance Measurement

21. IEEE Std .120-1955 (withdrawn), Master Test Code for Electrical Measurement in Power Circuits

22. IEEE Std 262-1968, Test Code for Distribution, Power and Regulating Trans-formers, and Shunt Reactors (ANSI C57.12.90-1968) 21 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 4 ANSI N45.2.4-1972 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.4 ANSI N45.2.4 - 1 97 2 NQA- 1(1 994) S u pa rt 2.4 Commets1

23. IEEE Std 283-1968, Guide for Installation of No corresponding requirement Oil-Immersed Transformers in NQA-1 Specific provisions o0f

24. ISA-RP3.1,4 Flowmeter Installations, Seal codes, standards and guides and Condensate Chambers, 1960 not included in Subpart 2.4

25. ISA-S5.1, Instrumentation Symbols and which are applicable to project Identification, 1968 activities will be defined in

26. ISA-RP7.1, Pneumatic Control Circuit associated procedures.

Pressure Test, 1956

27. ISA-RP7.2, Color Code for Panel Tubing, 1957

28. ISA-RP8.1, Instrument Enclosures for Industrial Environments

29. ISA-RP25.1, Materials for Instruments in Radiation Service, 1957

30. ISA-526, Dynamic Response Testing of Process Control Instrumentation, 1968

31. ISA-537.1, Electrical Transducers Nomenclature and Terminology, 1969

32. ISA-RP42.1, Nomenclature for Instrument Tubing Fittings (Threaded), 1965

33. NEMA ICS-1970,5 Industrial Controls and Systems

34. NEMA IS1.1-1969, Enclosures for Indus-trial Controls and Systems

35. NEMA SG 3-1965, Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breakers 36: NEMA SG 5-197 1, Power Switchgear Assemblies

37. NEMA VE 1-1965, Ventilated Cable Trays 22 of 22 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5

imliar Same Intent This standard sets forth the supplementary Subpart 2.5 provides amplified requirements for quality assurance requirements for installation, installation, inspection, and testing of structural inspection, and testing of nuclear safety related concrete, structural steel, soils, and structural concrete, structural steel, soils, and foundations, foundations for nuclear power plant construction.

It applies to the following: and applies to the following: OK

1. Formwork (a) formwork

2. Steel Reinforcement (b) steel reinforcement

3. Embedded Items c) embedded items

4. Foundation Preparation (d) foundation preparation

5. Concrete (e) concrete

6. Structural Steel () structural steel

7. Soils and Earthwork (g) soils and earthwork

8. Special Foundations (h) special foundations (i) foundation underpinning The requirements may also be extended to other Similar appropriate parts of nuclear rower plants when It supplements the requirements of Part I and Same Intent specified in contract documents. shall be used in conjunction with applicable Basic and Supplementary Sections of Part I when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking Subpart 2.5.

This standard is intended to be used in It supplements the requirements of Part I and Similar conjunction with ANSI N45.2. shall be used in conjunction with applicable Same Intent Basic and Supplementary Sections of Part I when and to the extent specified by the organization invoking Subpart 2.5.

1.2 APPLICABILITY 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Similar Same Intent The requirements of this standard apply to the The requirements of Subpart 2.5 apply to any work of any organization or individual organization or individual participating in work participating in the production, preparation, relating to production, preparation, placement, placement, inspection, and testing of structural installation, inspection, and testing of structural concrete, structural steel, soils and foundations, concrete, structural steel, soils, and as identified in Section 1.1. foundations, and applies to the following:

The extent to which the individual requirements NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar of this Standard apply will depend upon the language with the same intent: Same Intent nature and scope of the work to be performed An appropriate Quality Assurance Program, and the importance of the item or service based on the nature and scope of the work to involved, be performed and the relative importance of the items or services, shall be specified in contractual documents by selective applications of portions of Part I, Basic and Supplemental Requirements, for programmatic activities and of this Part (Part II) for work oriented activities.

1 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 only specified materials and workmanship are incorporated into the plant; that quality of materials and quality of workmanship are This Part (Part II)sets forth the quality maintained throughout the construction process; assurance requirements for the planning and that the work is performed in accordance with execution of identified tasks during the applicable construction procedures; and that the fabrication, construction, modification, repair, completed installation conforms to the specified maintenance, and testing of systems, requirements. components, and structures for nuclear fnrilifiao The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Guidance only. Wording does not Section III, Divisions 1 and 2, as well as other establish requirements American National Standards, have been considered in the development of this standard; and this standard is intended to be compatible with their requirements.

This standard applies to structural concrete, Subpart 2.5 provides amplified requirements for Similar structural steel, and foundation components of installation, inspection, and testing of structural Same Intent nuclear power plants not covered by the Code. concrete, structural steel, soils, and foundations.

However, this Standard does not apply to Guidance only. Wording does not activities covered by Section III, Divisions 1 and establish requirements 2 and Section Xl of the Code for those activities covered by the Code, 1.3 RESPONSIBILITY NQA-1 Basic Requirement 1 includes similar Similar words: The organizational structure, functional Same Intent The organization or organizations responsible responsibilities, levels of authority, and lines of for establishing the applicable requirements for communication for activities affecting quality the activities covered by this standard shall be shall be documented.

identified, and the scope of their responsibilities shall be documented. Supplement 1 S-1 3.1 Responsibility.

Where more than one organization is involved in the execution of activities covered by this Part (Part II), the responsibility and authority of each organization shall be clearly established and documented.

The work of establishing practices and NQA-1 Supplement 1S-1 2.2 Delegation of Similar procedures and providing the resources in terms Work includes similar words: The individuals(s) Same Intent of personnel, equipment, and services or organizations(s) responsible for establishing necessary to implement the requirements of this and executing a quality assurance program Standard may be delegated to other under this Standard may delegate any or all of organizations, and such delegation also shall be the work to others but shall retain responsibility documented. therefor.

It is the responsibility of each organization The organization upon which this Part (Part II), Similar performing work covered by this standard to or portions thereof, is invoked shall be Same Intent comply with the procedures and instructions responsible for complying with the specified issued for theproject and to conform to the requirements.

requirements of this standard applicable to their work.

It is the responsibility of the organization Part II Introduction Similar performing these activities tospecify the detailed 2 Applicability Same Intent methods and procedures unless they are Planning shall define the operations to be specified in the procurement documents. performed, the systematic sequential progression of operations, and the overall measures to be employed to preserve the quality of the work.

2 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 The following definitions are provided to assure a The following definitions are provided to assure uniform understanding of select terms as they a uniform understanding of unique terms as are used in this standard. they are used in Subpart 2.5.

Additional definitions of terms are included in NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar ANSI N45.2.10. language with the same intent: Same Intent 6 DEFINITIONS Definitions unique to the activities described in this Part (Part II) are included in the section dealing with that activity. Definitions generic to quality assurance activities are included in Part I, Supplement S-1, Terms and Definitions.

Class of Concrete - Identifies each individual class of concrete - identifieseach individual OK design mix. design mix Correlation Testing - A form of in-process testing correlation testing - a form of in-process OK accomplished consistent with established testing accomplished consistent with procedures and which provides for the established procedures, which provides for the comparison on results of specified tests of comparison of results of specified tests of concrete samples taken of corresponding concrete samples taken of corresponding batches from two different points to establish to batches from two different points to establish to what extent the conditions and method of transit what extent the conditions and method of has impacted on specified requirements for transit have impacted on specified plastic concrete at the placement point, requirements for plastic concrete at the placement point Curing - The process of maintaining a curing - the process of maintaining a OK satisfactory moisture content and a favorable satisfactory moisture content and a favorable temperature in concrete during hydration of the temperature in concrete during hydration of the cementitious materials so that desired properties cementitious materials so that desired of the concrete are developed, properties of the concrete are developed Delivery Point - The point of discharge in the delivery point - the point of discharge in the Similar case of a truck agitator unit, or non-agitating unit case of a truck agitator unit, or non-agitating Same Intent when another conveying device is to be used to unit when another conveying device is to be transport the plastic concrete to the placement used to transport the plastic concrete to the Statement 'When a non-agitating point. Where a truck agitator unit is used in the placement point. Where a truck agitator unit is unit is used, the delivery point and transit of concrete, the delivery point and the used in the transit of concrete, the delivery the.mixing point shall not be mixing point are considered coincident when: (1) point an'd the mixing point are considered considered coincident." was added the delivery point is not more than a distance of coincident when: in NQA-1.

two miles and an average of one half-hour in (a) the delivery point in not more than a transit from the mixing point, and (2) the distance of 2 mi (3.22 kin) and a maximum time delivered concrete commences to be placed of 1/2 hr in transit from the mixing point, and within an average of one-half hour from the time (b) the delivered concrete commences to be the transporting vehicle arrives at the delivery placed within a maximum time of 1/2 hr from point, the time the transporting vehicle arrives at the delivery point.

When a non-agitating unit is used, the delivery point and the mixing point shall not be considered coincident.

Finishing - The process of obtaining specified finishing - the process of obtaining specified OK surface characteristics of hardened concrete. surface characteristics of hardened concrete 3 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 Mixing Point - The point of discharge of plastic mixing point - the point of discharge of plastic concrete from a central mix plant. For truck concrete from a central mix plant. For truck mixed concrete the mixing point and delivery mixed concrete, the mixing point and delivery point are defined as coincident. point are defined as coincident.

Placement Point-The point of discharge of plastic placement point - the point of discharge of OK concrete into the forms. Except for pumped plastic concrete into the forms. Except for concrete the placement point and the delivery pumped concrete, the placement point and the point are considered coincident when 5 minutes delivery point are considered coincident when 5 or less is used in transit of the concrete from the min or less is used in transit of the concrete delivery point to the placement point, from the delivery point to the placement point.

Qualified Procedures - Procedures which ASME NQA-1 Section I Introduction Subsection OK incorporate applicable codes and standards, 4 Terms and Definitions:

manufacturer's parameters, and engineering specifications. Qualified procedure - an approved procedure that has been demonstrated to meet the specified requirements for its intended purpose.

Qualification Tests - Tests performed to qualify qualification tests - tests performed toqualify OK.

the basic material source or manufacturer. the basic material source or manufacturer to These tests are mandatory unless current assure conformance to specification documentary test data is available to establish requirements complete confidence in conformance to specification requirements. also 4.2 To assure that materials meet specified requirements, preconstruction qualification tests and inspections of the materials to be used and in-process tests of materials being used shall be conducted. Qualification tests shall be performed and the results evaluated prior to the initial use of the material to establish conformance of the materials to the specified requirements. These tests are mandatory unless current documentary test data are available to establish complete confidence in conformance to specification requirements.

In-Process Tests - Tests performed during the in-process tests - tests performed during the OK course of construction to determine compliance course of construction to determine compliance with specified requirements and to maintain with specified requirements and maintain control of structural materials. These tests may control of materials. These tests may be be performed by the purchaser (or his agent), performed by the purchaser (or his agent),

contractor, manufacturer or supplier, but constructor, manufacturer, or supplier, but samples for these tests must be taken from the samples for these tests must be taken from the lot or batch of materials supplied and used at the lot or batch of materials supplied and used at site of construction, the site of construction.

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3 REQUIREMENTS OK 2.1 PLANNING Measures shall be established and implemented for documenting installation, Measures shall be established and implemented inspection, and testing activities to verify for documenting installation, inspection, and conformance to specified requirements.

testing operations to verify conformance to specified requirements.

4 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 rHldllllll bl alil LCI~*V HIVLuCl.A,.IUllL L ll IM U HUHk.11U preparation and control of procedures and work Same Intent instructions necessary to comply with Planning and procedure preparation shall be in requirements for installation, inspection, and accordance with the Introduction to this Part testing. (Part II)

NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar language with the same intent:

"A plan shall be developed outlining the work to be performed and the work procedures or instructions required to comply with the requirements of the defined work scope."

Planning shall include a review of the structure, NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar system, or component design and procurement language with the same intent: Same Intent specifications, materials lists, drawings, construction work plans, procedures, and "Planning shall include a review of the schedules to assure that installation, inspection, structure, sys-tem or component and testing activities have been incorporated; design/procurement specifications, materials, that they can be accomplished as specified; and lists, drawings, construction work plans, and that time and resources are sufficient to schedules to ensure that fabrication, accomplish the scheduled construction without installation, modification, inspection, testing, degradation of quality. etc., activities have been incorporated; that the work can be accomplished as specified; and that time and resources, plus training, are sufficient to accomplish the work in accordance with the specified requirements.

2.2 Procedures and Instructions NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar language with the same intent: Same Intent Installation, inspection and test procedures, and Installation, inspection, test procedures, and work instructions shall be prepared and work instructions identified during planning shall documented for those activities falling within thc be pre-pared.

scope of this Standard.

These documents shall be revised and controlled NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar as necessary to assure that installation, language with the same intent: Same Intent inspections, and tests are performed in The documents shall be kept current and accordance with latest information and shall revised as necessary to assure that the work is include as appropriate: per-formed in accordance with the latest approved information.

The documents shall include the following as applicable:

5 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.5 I. III ýLO..OLI I I OFVW.. Hl.ll UI I.

2. Inspection and test objectives and language with the same intent: SameIntent requirements. (a) personnel safety and structure or facility

3. Precautions to avoid component or system protection considerations damage during installation, inspection, and (b) precautions to be observed following inspection but prior to use. (c) work requirements including installation

4. Inspection and test equipment required. specifications.

5. Sequence of tests (if applicable). (d) sequence of activities to be followed and

6. Sequential actions to be followed. steps within a given activity

7. Frequency of inspections and tests. (e) prerequisites including preparatory checks

8. Prerequisites. and inspections

9. Approvals. (f) test and inspection objectives

10. Data report form. (g) special equipment required

11. Identification of test equipment and date of (h) identification of inspection and test required recalibration where required for equipment and related calibration requirements interpretation of test results. including recalibration dates

12. Inspection and test acceptance limits. Ci)sequence and frequency of inspection or test (i) acceptance criteria and methods for verifying (k) responsibility and required qualifications of personnel (I) approvals and authorizing or verifying signatures (in) specific document references (n) data or test report forms (o) information to be collected for plant records (p) processing inspection and test data and their analysis, evaluation, and final acceptance 2.3 RESULTS 9.1 Similar Inspection and test results shall be documented ... Inspection and test results that include Same Intent in a suitable test report or data sheet. inspection and test data, together with a report of data analysis and evaluation, shall be provided as specified in Section 10.

Also 10S-1 2 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS

... Inspection activities shall be documented and controlled ...

Each report shall identify the item to which it Supplement 10 S-1: Similar applies, the procedures or instructions followed 9 Records Same Intent in performing the task, and the following: Records shall as a minimum, identify (a) through (f) below:

1. Pertinent inspection and test data such as (a) item inspected Similar identification of location where testing was (b) date of inspection Same Intent performed or where test samples were taken. (c) inspector (d) type of observation

2. Significant dates and times. (e) results or acceptability (f) reference to information on action taken in

3. Inspection acceptance and test completion connection with nonconformances signatures.

4. Conditions encountered which were not anticipated1 including nonconformance.

Test reports and data sheet shall include an Supplement 11 S-1: Similar evaluation of the acceptability of inspection and 5 Test Records Same Intent test results and provide for identifying the individual who performed the evaluation. (d) type of observation (e) results and acceptability (f) action taken-in connection with any deviations noted (g) person evaluating test results 6 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 Personnel performing tests and inspections 5 required bythis standard shall be qualified in QUALIFICATION OF PERSONNEL accordance with ANSI N45.2.6.

Inspection, test, and nondestructive examination personnel and laboratory technicians shall be trained and qualified/certified in accordance with the applicable portions of Part I, Basic and Supplementary Requirements. Professional personnel shall meet the requirements defined by the implementing organization in its position descriotions.

4 .

2.5 MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT 3.2 Measuring and Test Equipment Similar Same Intent 2.5.1 Selection. Measuring and test equipment Measuring and test equipment used to used to implement the requirements of this implement the requirements of Subpart 2.5 standard shall be selected on the basis of shall include (but not be limited to) accuracy sufficient to determine conformance to thermometers, balances, scales, air specified requirements. entrainment meters, volumetric buckets, field measuring devices, pressure gages, and torque These measuring devices shall include but not wrenches.

be limited to thermometers, balances, scales, air entrainment meters, humidity meters, volumetric Also Supplement 12 S-1, 2 Selection:

buckets, field moisture testing and soil density measuring devices, pressure gages, and torque Selection of measuring and test equipment wrenches. shall be controlled to assure that such items are of proper type, range, accuracy, and tolerance to accomplish the function of determining rnnfnrrrnnro*n cnnrifI~r roanIiirpmonfc 2.5.2 Calibration and Control. Supplement 12 S-1, 3.1 Calibration: Similar The equipment shall be adjusted or calibrated or Measuring and test equipment shall be Same Intent both at prescribed intervals against certified calibrated, adjusted, and maintained at standards having known valid relationships to prescribed intervals or, prior to use, against national standards where such exist. certified equipment having known valid relationships to nationally recognized standards.

If no national standards exist, the basis for the Supplement 12 S-1, 3.1 Calibration: OK adjustment or calibration shall be documented. If no nationally recognized standards exist, the bases for calibration shall be documented.

Records shall be maintained and equipment Supplement 12 S-1, 5 Records: OK suitably marked to indicate calibration status. Records shall be maintained and equipment shall be suitably marked to indicate calibration status.

Measures shall be taken to assure proper Supplement 12 S-1, 4 Handling and Storage: Similar handling, storage and care of installation of Measuring and test equipment shall be properiy Same Intent inspection and testing equipment after handled and stored to maintain accuracy.

adjustment of calibration in order to maintain the required accuracy of such equipment.

Test equipment found to be out of calibration Supplement 12 S-i, 3.2 Control: Similar shall be clearly identified as such. Out-of-calibration devices shall be tagged or Same Intent segregated and not used until they have been recalibrated.

7 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1 994, Subpart 2.5 vvnen aiscrepancies, maltunctions or WheUnJIJl E Ii When measuring ing ad and test.-

test equipm I Ui. enI equipment is is found inaccuracies in inspection and testing equipment are found during calibration, all items inspected to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be with that equipment since the last previous made and documented of the validity of calibration shall be considered unacceptable previous inspection or test results and Of the until an evaluation has been made by the acceptability of items previously inspected or responsible authority and appropriate action tested.

taken.

2.6 Laboratory Testing. 3.3 Laboratory Testing OK Laboratory operations and testing associated with concrete and soils shall be controlled using Laboratory operations and testing associated a Quality Assurance program. with concrete and soils shall be controlled using a Quality Assurance Program.

2.7 HOUSEKEEPING N45.2.3 incorporated into NQA-1 as Subpart Specific provisions of Subpart 2.3 2.3. which are applicable to project In areas, facilities and environments where activities will be defined in installation, inspection and testing activities are associated procedures.

performed in accordance with the requirements of this standard, the housekeeping requirements shall be in accordance with ANSI N45.2.3.

3 PRECONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION 4 PRECONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION Similar 3.1 GENERAL Same intent 4.1 General Receipt inspections and storage are covered by another standard, ANSI N45.2.2. Receipt and interim storage inspections shall be used to verify that items are in a satisfactory Interim inspections shall be used to verify that condition for installation.

items are in satisfactory condition for installation.

The verification shall include: The verification shall include the following: OK (1) Visual examination of materials for proper (a) visual inspection of material for proper OK identification, physical damage, and identification, physical damage, and contamination, contamination; (b) review of manufacturer's documentation, (2) Review of manufacturer's documentation, test reports, or other evidence of quality test reports, or other evidence of quality conformance for correctness and compliance conformance for correctness and compliance with specifications if not reviewed at time of with specifications if not reviewed at time of receipt.

receipt.

3.2 MATERIALS SUITABILITY 4.2 Materials Suitability OK To assure that materials meet specified To assure that materials meet specified requirements, preconstruction qualification tests requirements, preconstruction qualification tests and inspections of the materials to be used and and inspections of the materials to be used and in-process tests of the materials being used shall in-process tests of materials being used shall be conducted. be conducted.

8 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 J.4 '.UIII W.I ItýLllJI I I VýILb. %dUdhII1I%,0LIU]I I LVL Wll Iol U.UOI II IýLUli I LWOLOýI 1011 UC P- lUI I IIU 01IU LI IV be performed and the results evaluated prior to results evaluated prior to the initial use of the the initial use of the materials to establish material to establish conformance of the conformance of the materials to the specified. materials to the specified requirements.

requirements.

The specifications shall identify the required These words were added in NQA-1 qualification tests and the frequency for their repetition.

The tests required for concrete, concrete These words were added in NQA-1 constituents, materials for reinforcing systems, materials for prestressing systems and welding materials shall be in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

Lightweight concrete mix designs shall be These words were added in NQA-1 made in accordance with ACI 211.2.

Lightweight concrete aggregates shall be These words were added in NQA-1 qualified by tests for conformance with ASTM C 330.

When splitting tensile strengths are required for These words were added in NQA-1 lightweight concrete mix, the methods given in ASTM C 330 shall be used.

A list of normally required qualification tests or Qualification and certification testing is Test Standards are now included in certifications is contained in Table A. addressed in 4.2 as noted above as well as in the body of subpart 2.5 at the (Table A lists various test standards) 5.2 appropriate location. This area is similar with the same intent.

Specific provisions of Subpart 2.5 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

This list contains tests to qualify materials for Since Test Standards are now normal application, included in the body of subpart 2.5 at the appropriate location, this guidance is no longer applicable.

Specific provisions of Subpart 2.5 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

Additional tests may be required to qualify Additional tests may be required to qualify OK materials for special applications. materials for special application.

3.3 CONSTRUCTION PROCESSES OK 4.3 Construction Processes Inspections shall be performed to verify that the prerequisites for control of construction Inspections shall be performed to verify that the processes such as welding, bolting, structural prerequisites for control of construction reinforcement, splicing, and concrete measuring, processes such as welding, structural bolting, mixing, transporting, placing, and curing have mechanical splicing of reinforcement, and been accomplished, concrete measuring, mixing, transporting, placing, and curing have been accomplished.

9 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 I I COWuII~vuul 0 d

ýCUIU lol n~I.,U

ýl Vo V I I IýtLIIJ I VI S111111eIt the following: Same Intent

1. Verification that the process has been (a) the process has been qualified as required; qualified as required. (b) process controls are in effect; The words in item (e)" (including

2. Verification that process controls are in effect: (c) approved procedures, instruction manuals, measuring and testing equipment)"

3. Verification that qualified procedures, or both, if required for specific equipment, are were added in NQA-1 instruction manuals, or both, if required for available for use during construction; specific equipment, are available for use during (d) the process is suitable for the particular construction. application;

4. Verification that the process is suitable for the (e) manpower, equipment (including measuring particular application. and testing equipment), and materials are

5. Verification that manpower, equipment, and readily available and adequate to perform the materials are readily available and adequate to work inaccordance with drawing and perform the work in accordance with drawing specification requirements.

and specification requirements.

4 INSPECTION OF SOILS AND EARTHWORK 5 INSPECTION OF SOILS AND EARTHWORK OK 4.1 GENERAL 5.1 General shall include Inspection of soils and earthwork preparations for earthwork as well as in-process Inspection of soils and earthwork shall include inspections of placing and compacting preparations for earthwork, as well as in-operations to assure conformance to specified process inspections of placing and compacting requirements. operation, to assure conformance to specified requirements.

4.2 MATERIALS 5.2 Materials OK Inspections of stockpiles or borrow pits shall be Inspections and qualification testing of performed to verify conformance to specified stockpiles or borrow pits shall be performed to requirements, verify conformance to specified requirements.

Qualification tests of soil fill materials shall be These words were added in NQA-1 performed for:

(a) grain size analysis using ASTM D 422; (b) moisture-density relationship of soil using ASTM D 1557, and D 698; (c) maximum and minimum index density of soils using ASTM D 4253 and D 4254; (d) liquid limit, plastic limit, and plasticity index of soils using ASTM D 4318; and (e) unified soil classification using ASTM D 653, D 2487, and D 2488.

Other qualification tests of soil fill materials may These words were added in NQA-1 be used when specified.

4.3 PLACING AND COMPACTING EQUIPMENT 5.3 Placing and Compacting Equipment OK Inspections shall be performed prior to Inspections shall be performed prior to compacting operations to verify the adequacy of compacting operations to verify the adequacy compacting equipment. of compacting equipment.

These inspections shall include the following: These inspections shall include the following: OK 10 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5

1. Inspections to verify that compacting equipment has the specified weight, if applicable. (a) inspections to verify that compacting equipment has specified weight, if applicable;

2. Inspections to verify that the specified type of (b) inspections to verify that the specified type equipment is available and in operating of equipment is available and in operating condition. condition; (c) inspections of vibratory compaction

3. Inspections of vibratory compaction equipment equipment to verify correct vibration frequency.

to verify correct vibration frequency.

4.4 PREPLACEMENT PREPARATIONS 5.4 Preplacement Preparations OK Inspections of preparations for fill placement Inspections of preparations for fill placement shall include the following: shall include the following:

I. Inspections to assure compliance with site (a) inspections to assure compliance with site OK preparation requirements. preparation requirements;

2. Inspections to assure that the subgrade (b) inspections to assure that the subgrade surface is level within specified limits, surface is within specified limits;

3. Inspections to assure that the subgrade (c) inspections to assure that the subgrade is surface is free of deleterious materials and voids free of deleterious materials and voids and in and in compliance with specified requirements. compliance with specified requirements;

4. Inspections to assure that the subgrade (d) inspections to assure that the subgrade is surface is free of excess moisture, snow, frost or free of excess moisture, snow, frost, or frozen frozen lumps. lumps;

5. Inspections to verify that subgrade compaction (e) inspections to verify that subgrade meets specified requirements. preparation meets specified requirements;

6. Documentation of the inspections required by (f) documentation of the inspections required by items (1) through (5) shall be verified as being (a) through (e) above shall be verified as being complete and indicating that all inspection results complete and indicating that all inspection are satisfactory. results are satisfactory

4. SOIL COMPACTION 5.5 Soils Compaction OK Inspections of soil compaction during Inspections of soil compaction during construction shall be performed to verify the construction shall be performed to verify the following: following:.

1. That fill material meets specified (a) fill material meets specified requirements; Similar requirements. (b) segregation of the fill material does not Same Intent

2. That segregation of the fill material does not occur as it is dumped and spread; , Words in (d) "and where fill is occur as it is dumped and spread. (c) specified lift thicknesses are not exceeded; placed against existing earth slopes

3. That specified lift thicknesses are not (d) when specified, a knitting technique is used or adjacent to previously exceeded. when joining lifts and where fill is placed compacted fills;", (f) "heavy

4. That when specified a "knitting technique" is against existing earth slopes or adjacent to compaction equipment does not used when joining lifts, previously compacted fills; impose overloads of subsurface

5. That the compacting equipment makes the (e) the compacting equipment makes the structures or foundations, unless specified number of passes over each lift and specified number of passes over each lift and otherwise stated in the that passes overlap. that passes over-lap; specifications, that are based on (f) heavy compaction equipment does not design considerations;" and impose overloads of subsurface structures or (g) "heavy compact equipment does foundations, unless otherwise stated in the not overload buried structures specifications, that are based on design before backfill is placed to grade."

considerations; added in NQA-1 (g) heavy compact equipment does not

- overload buried structures before backfill is placed to grade.

11 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 In-process tests shall be performed during the In-process tests shall be performed during the course of construction to maintain control of soil course of construction to maintain control of soil compaction. compaction.

A list of the required in-process tests is A list of the in-process tests for soils is shown in OK contained in Table B. Table 5.6..

Table B Table 5.6 The tests for soils listed in Table 5.6 is the same as those listed in N45.2.5 Table B with one exception, for Moisture Density relationships (compaction tests per 45.2.5) the frequency is increased in Subpart 2.5 through the increase in field density testing. This is more conservative and results in similar requirements with same intent.

Specific provisions of Subpart 2.5 which are applicable to project activities will be defined in associated procedures.

In-process tests shall be performed more The need for each specific test shall be Similar frequently if the test results are erratic or ifthe established in the specifications. In-process Same Intent trend of results. or an apparent change in tests shall be performed more frequently if the OK material characteristics indicates that the test results are erratic, or if the trend of results frequency should be increased, or an apparent change in material characteristics indicates that the frequency should be increased.

5 INSPECTION OF FOUNDATION FILES AND 6 INSPECTION OF FOUNDATION PILE AND OK CAISSONS CONSTRUCTION CAISSON CONSTRUCTION 5.1 Pile 6.1 Piles 5.1.1 Pile Receiving Handling and Storage.

Inspections shall be performed to verify that 6.1.1 Pile Receiving, Handling, and Storage.

specified material has been received and to Inspections shall be performed to verify that the verify the adequacy and proper maintenance of specified material has been received and to pile storage and handling techniques. verify the adequacy and proper maintenance of pile storage and handling techniques.

These inspections shall include the following: These inspections shall include the following: OK

1. Receiving inspection (a) receiving inspection;

2. Inspectionof handling procedure to verify that (b) inspection of handling procedure to verify proper lifting points and lifting techniques are that proper lifting points and lifting techniques utilized; are utilized;

3. Inspection of storage procedure to verify that (c) inspection of storage procedure to verify that suitable storage areas have been designated, suitable storage areas have been designated, blocking is adequate and properly located, and that blocking is adequately and properly that piles can be rehandled without damage. located, and that piles can be rehandled

4. Inspection of procedure for transporting piles without damage; from storage area to driving location to verify that (d) inspection of procedure for transporting proper support and lifting points are utilized, that piles from storage area to driving location to proper lifting technique is used to' position the verify that proper support and lifting points are pile for driving, and that pile to be driven is utilized, that proper lifting technique is used to undamaged and as specified. position the pile for driving, and that pile to be driven is undamaged and as specified.

12 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.5 Q.1.4 rIV uiiviiiy dIlU %ýdbLIII ~I-dIU o.ns.t 1-c Construction.

ItIo Construction.

Pile driving and cast in place pile construction Pile driving and cast-in-place pile construction shall be inspected to verify that piles are properly shall be inspected to verify that the specified located from site base lines and elevation piles are properly located from site baselines benches, located according to length and and elevation benches (located according to capacity, and that pile driving surface has been length and capacity), that the surface from properly prepared, excavated to the designated which the piles will be driven has been properly driving elevation, and drained or dewatered and prepared, excavated to the designated driving that pile driving equipment in compliance with elevation, and drained or dewatered, as the specification is available. specified, and that pile driving equipment in compliance with the specification is available.

5.1.2.1 Wood, Steel and Precast Concrete Piles, 6.1.2.1 Installation of Wood, Steel, and Precast Similar and Cast In Place Concrete Piles with Concrete Piles, and Cast-in-Place Concrete Same Intent Permanent Casing. The driving of wood, steel Piles With Permanent Casing and Shell. The The words "or casing" added to and precast concrete piles, and the shells for installation of wood, steel, and precast concrete NQA-l cast in place concrete piles shall be inspected to piles, and the shells or casing for cast-in-place OK verify the following: concrete piles shall be inspected to verify the following:

1. The specified pile hammer is being used and a) the specified pile hammer is being used and Similar is operating at the required speed. is operating at the required speed; Same Intent

2. The pile being driven is the specified type, (b) the pile being installed is the specified type capacity and length. and length; Items H, I, and J were added in

3. The pile is driven plumb or to the specified (c) the pile is installed within specified NQA-1 batter, to the specified tip elevation and that the tolerances of locations, plumb, and rotation or blow count at that elevation is as specified to the specified batter, to the specified tip

4. The proper type of cushioning material is used elevation, and that the blow counts are as between the hammer and the pile. specified;

5. The follower used on piles with the final top (d) the proper type of cushioning materials is elevation below the existing grade is compatible used between the hammer and the pile and to with the driving characteristics of the pile. assure that piles are not being damaged during

6. The piles adjacent to the pile being driven are driving; checked for heave and redriven if required. e) the follower used on piles with the final top

7. The sequence of pile driving is as specified in elevation below the existing grade is compatible order to avoid displacement of piles in place. with the driving characteristics of the pile; (f) the piles that are adjacent to the pile being installed are checked for heave and reinstalled if required; (g) the sequence of pile installation is as specified in order to avoid displacement of piles in place; (h) adjacent structures, fresh concrete, etc., are not damaged due to driving vibrations; (i) drilling and jeting are only done when specified and are performed in accordance with the specification;

() complete records are made of.pile driving resistance 5.1.2.2 Concrete Placement in Cast in Place 6.1.2.2 Concrete Placement in Cast-in-Place OK Piles with Permanent Casing. Piles With Permanent Casing. Prior to Prior to concreting cast in place concrete piles, concreting cast-in-place concrete piles, inspection shall be performed to verify the inspection shall be performed to verify the following: following:

13 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5

) IU - - I.,O l EEO- I - LJUM1- -U LUJIOJ PEEL 1

b) the casing is straight; Same Intent (2) The casing is straight. c) the casing is dewatered, if necessary, and inside of casing has been cleaned to the tip Items E and F were added in (3) The casing is dewatered if necessary. elevation; NQA-1 d) the reinforcement is installed and positioned (4) The reinforcement is installed and positioned as specified and is secured against as specified and is secured against displacement displacement during concreting; during concreting. e) the volume of concrete used is consistent with the estimated required volume; f) grouting pressure or compaction energy used to form the pile is as specified.

The placement of concrete in the pile casing The placement of concrete in the pile casing OK shall be inspected to verify that it conforms with shall be inspected to verify that it conforms with subsection 6.5, Concrete Placement. paras. 7.5 and 7.7, as applicable.

5.1.2.3 Cast in Place Piles Without Permanent 6.1.2.3 Concrete Placement for Cast-in-Place OK Casing. The construction of cast in place piles Piles Without Permanent Casing. The without permanent casing shall he inspected to construction of cast-in-place piles without verify the following: permanent casing shall be inspected to verify the following:

(1) The size and tip elevation of the pile is as a) the volume of concrete used is consistent Similar specified. with the estimated required volume; Same Intent (2) The completed pile is plumb or to the b) the method for withdrawing the casing will specified batter. not cause separation of the pile concrete; Items (1) and (2) were omitted in (3) The quantity of concrete placed in the pile is c) the method for withdrawing the casing during NQA-1.

consistent with the size and length specified. the placing of the concrete maintains a level of (4) The method for withdrawing the casing will concrete sufficiently above the bottom of the Item (e) was added in NQA-1 not cause separation of the pile concrete. casing to avoid soil intruding or necking down (5) The method for withdrawing the casing during the concrete pile; the placing of concrete maintains a level of d) the placement of concrete in the pile casing concrete sufficiently above the bottom of the conforms with paras. 7.5 and 7.7; casing to avoid soil intruding or necking down e) grouting pressure or compaction energy the concrete pile. used to form the pile is specified.

(6) The placement of concrete in the pile conforms with paragraph 6.5, Concrete Placement.

5.1.2.4 Pile Splicing. The construction of 6.1.2.4 Pile Splicing. The construction of OK composite piles and the splicing of piles with the composite piles and the splicing of piles with same section above and below the splice shall the specified section above and below the be inspected to verify the following: splice shall be inspected to verify the following:

(1) The top section is properly aligned with the a) the top section is properly aligned with the OK bottom section. bottom section; (2) The splice interface is clean and is properly b) the splice interface is clean and is properly prepared and spaced for application of the prepared and spaced for application of the splicing material. splicing material; (3) The pile is at the specified temperature limits c) the pile is at the specified temperature limits for splicing and that the splice is installed in for splicing and that the splice is installed in accordance with applicable standards and accordance with applicable standards and specifications. specifications.

14 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 U.I .L.U IIIbPM..LIUII U I UIIUIU Lt; ".UIIZLlUULIUII. . I.1.0 IIPIbMJAULIUIIU I 1, VUI LV .UI IýLI UULIUII.

Concrete construction of cast in place piles and Concrete construction of cast-in-place piles and protective concrete cast around piles shall be protective concrete cast around piles shall be inspected in accordance with Section 6, inspected in accordance with Section 7.

Inspection of Concrete Construction.

5.1.2.6 Test Piles. Test piles shall, be inspected 6.1.2.6 Test Piles. Test piles shall be inspected OK to verify that: to verify that:

(1) Load tests are made on piles driven or cast. (a) load tests are made on piles driven or cast- OK in place in the same manner as production piles, in-place in the same manner as production (2) The driving or construction is in accordance piles; with the applicable paragraphs above. (b) the driving or construction is in accordance (3) The performance of load .testing is in with the applicable paragraphs above; accordance with ASTM D1143, Load Settlement (c) the performance of load testing is in Relationship for Individual Vertical Piles Under accordance with ASTM D 1143, Method of Static Axial Load. Testing Piles Under Static Axial Compressive Load.

5.2 CAISSONS 6.2 Caissons OK Caisson excavation shall be inspected to verify 6.2.1 Caisson excavation shall be inspected to that:. verify that:

(1) Caissons are correctly located, a) caissons are correctly located; OK (2) The caisson shaft is straight and plumb or to b) the caisson shaft is straight and plumb, or to the specified batter, and suitable means are the specified batter, and suitable means are employed to maintain the shaft diameter. employed to maintain the shaft diameter; (3) The bottom of the caisson is at the specified c) the bottom of the caisson is at the specified elevation and is level or is excavated in steps as elevation and is level, or is excavated in steps necessary to provide level and uniform bearing as necessary to provide level and uniform over the full base area. bearing over the full base area; (4) There are no unacceptable voids, cavems or d) there are no unacceptable voids, caverns, or strata of compressable material below the strata of compressible material below the bottom of caisson. bottom of the caisson; (5) Underreamed caissons have the specified e) underreamed caissons have the specified bottom diameter and side slope, bottom diameter and side slope; (6) The rock socket of drilled in caissons is the f) the rock socket of drilled-in caissons is the specified diameter and depth. specified diameter and depth; (7) The shear rings of friction caissons are the g) the shear rings of friction caissons are the specified size.and spacing, specified size and spacing.

5.2.2 Caisson concrete construction shall be 6.2.2 Caisson concrete construction shall be OK inspected in accordance with subsection 6.4, inspected in accordance with Section 7.

Preplacement Preparations, subsection 6.5, Concrete Placement, and subsection 6.7, Curing, of Section 6.

In addition caisson concreting shall be inspected In addition, caisson concrete shall be inspected OK to verify that: that:

15 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 I) m-l IuOe spoii nas ueeri reonuveu Tromn trie a) all loose soil has been removed from the bot- fIIIIIdl bottom of the caisson excavation prior to tom of the caisson excavation prior to Same Intent concreting. concreting:

(2) The caisson excavation has been dewatered b) the caisson excavation has been dewatered Item (f) was added in NQA-1 or that approved means of placing concrete or that approved means of placing concrete underwater are employed. underwater are employed; (3) Sufficient head of concrete is maintained c) sufficient head of concrete is maintained above the bottom of the casing while it is being above the bottom of the casing while it is being withdrawn to avoid soil intrusion or necking down withdrawn to avoid soil intrusion or necking of the concrete shaft. down of the concrete shaft; (4) Method of withdrawal of the casing prevents d) method of withdrawal of the casing prevents voids in or separation of the concrete shaft. voids in or separation of the concrete shaft; (5) Approved methods of proportioning and e) approved methods of proportioning and placing concrete are employed in slurry placing concrete are employed in slurry stabilized caisson to prevent segregation or stabilized caisson to prevent segregation or mixing with slurry and to assure specified mixing with slurry and to assure specified concrete strength. concrete strength; f) the volume of concrete used is consistent with the estimated required volume.

5.3 REQUIRED QUALIFICATION TESTS 6.3 Required Qualification Tests The tests listed are the same as those listed in Table A of N45.2.5 The required qualification tests are covered in The required qualification tests are as follows: with additional tests listed for wood Table A. (a) Wood piles shall conform to specifications piles regarding the wood such as ASTM D 25, and AWPA C3, and ASTM preservative treatment. Therefore D 1760 for wood preservation treatment, subpart 2.5 is more conservative (b) Steel piles shall conform to specifications than N45.2.5. Specific provisions of such as ASTM A 252 for pipe, and ASTM A 6 Subpart 2.5 which are applicable to and A 36 for structural shapes. project activities will be defined in (c) Concrete piles (precast, cast in place and associated procedures.

pre-stressed) shall conform to approved specifications used in the manufacturer's certification, or as specified.

6 INSPECTION OF CONCRETE 7 INSPECTION OF CONCRETE OK CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION 6 6.1 GENERAL 7.1 General inspection of concrete construction shall include inspections of preparations for concreting, as Inspection of concrete construction shall well as in-process inspections of concrete include inspection of preparations for measuring, mixing, transporting, placement, concreting, as well as in-process inspections of curing, and protection to assure conformance to concrete measuring, mixing, transporting, specified requirements. placement, curing, and protection to assure conformance to specified requirements.

The inspection of pre- or post-tensioning The inspection of pretensioning or post- OK systems shall be.included, if applicable, tensioning systems shall be included, if applicable.

The inspection shall follow the Recommended The inspection shall follow ACI 311.4R, Guide Similar Practice for Concrete Inspection, ACI 311 and for Concrete Inspection; and PCI MNL-1 16 and Same Intent the PCI Manual for Quality Control. MNL-1 17.

16 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.5 Inspections shall be performed to verify the Inspections shall be performed to verify the adequacy and proper maintenance of material adequacy and proper maintenance of material storage conditions and handling techniques. storage conditions and handling techniques.

These inspections shall Include the following: These inspections shall include the following: OK

1. Inspection of cement storage facilities to verify a) inspection of cement storage facilities to OK weather tightness, cement temperature and the verify weather tightness, cement temperature absence of lumps, and review of records to vedfy and the absence of lumps, and review of type and age of cement. records to vedfy type and age of cement; b) inspection of aggregate stockpiles to verify

2. Inspection of aggregate stockpiles to verify: that:

handling techniques are not resulting in I) handling techniques are not resulting in segregation; storage and handling adequately segregation; prevent contamination with deleterious 2) storage and handling adequately prevent substances; proper temperature contamination with deleterious substances; and uniform moisture control; and use of frozen 3) specified temperature and uniform moisture materials is prevented, control are maintained; and

3. Inspection of admixture storage and handling 4) use of frozen materials is prevented; facilities to verify that deterioration and c) inspection of admixture storage and handling contamination are prevented, facilities to verify that deterioration and

4. Inspection of water sources and cooling and contamination are prevented; heating facilities to verify the specified water d) inspection of water sources and cooling and quality and assure that the specifications for heating facilities to verify the specified water concrete temperature are met. quality and to assure that the specifications for

5. Inspection of reinforcing material, concrete temperatures are met; embedments, and prestressing system materials e) inspection of reinforcing material, (wire, strand, tendons, tendon tubes and embedments, and prestressing systems temporary or permanent anchor hardware) to materials (wire, strand, tendons, tendon tubes, verify protection against corrosion, contamination and temporary or permanent anchor hardware) and physical damage. to verify protection against excessive corrosion, contamination, and physical damage.

6.3 MEASURING, MIXING, AND 7.3 Measuring, Mixing, and Transporting OK TRANSPORTING EQUIPMENT Equipment Inspections shall be performed prior to and Inspections shall be performed prior to and during the production of concrete to verify the during the production of concrete to verify the adequacy and proper operation of measuring, adequacy and proper operation of measuring, mixing, and transporting equipment in mixing, and transporting equipment in accordance with ACI 304, ASTM C-94, and accordance with ACI 304, ASTM C 94, and National Ready Mix Concrete Association - National Ready Mix Concrete Association Concrete Plant Standard and Truck Mixer and Concrete Plant Standard and Truck Mixer and Agitator Standard. Agitator Standard.

The inspections shall include time following: These inspections shall include the following: OK 17 of 33 7/2710

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 k I IlI0P~tAI./ ;I .UI II i:* *Uilly 151 ICIIIILll*I IUZ I 1 .0. I IIIlOtJV".VIl I UI I 1C-00U IVIJ , II.I V IUI U IV specified accuracy of measuring, weighing and specified accuracy of measuring, weighing, and weight recording devices to control time weight recording devices to control the following: following:

(a) Proportions of cement, water and (a) proportions of cement, water, and aggregates aggregates (b) Quantities of admixtures (b) quantities of admixtures (c) Aggregate moisture compensation (c) aggregate moisture compensation (d) Mixing time (d) mixing time (e) Temperature control: Heating or cooling of (e) temperature control, heating or cooling of concrete. concrete (f) Method of adding water when batching (f) method of adding water when batching light-lightweight aggregates in accordance with ACI weight aggregates in accordance with ACl 301.

301.

(2) Inspection of central mix plant and truck 7.3.2 Inspection of central mix plant and truck OK mixers for wear of drum blades, availability of mixers for wear of drum blades, availability of revolution counter and water measuring device, revolution counter and water measuring proper speed of rotation and ability to mix devices, proper speed of rotation, and ability to concrete completely in the specified time. mix concrete completely in the specified time.

6.4 PREPLACMENT PREPARATIONS 7.4 Preplacement Preparations OK Inspection of preparations for concrete Inspection of preparations for concrete placement shall include the following: placement shall include the following:

1. Inspection-of compacted structural fill during a) inspection of the compacted structural fill or Similar placement to verify correct condition. undisturbed soil to verify correct condition; Same Intent b) inspection and field testing, in accordance

2. Inspection of rock surfaces which will be in with the specifications of all structural fill, contact with structural concrete to verify surface undisturbed soil, and rock surfaces which will cleanness, removal of loose rock and free water, be in contact with structural concrete to verify correct contour and specified subgrade surface cleanness, removal of loose rock and condition, free water, correct contour, and specified subgrade condition;

3. Inspection of previously placed concrete to c) inspection of previously placed concrete to verify proper preparation for the next lift. verify proper preparation for the next lift; d) inspection of formwork to verify:

4. Inspection of formwork to verify: correct I) correct location and configuration, location and configuration of formwork; dimensional accuracy; and proper line and installation and integrity of water stops and grade of form-work; membrane waterproofing; condition of form 2) installation and integrity of water stops and material to produce the specified concrete finish; membrane waterproofing; installation of ties, anchors, bracing, shoring and 3) condition of form material to produce the supports; correct location and dimensions of specified concrete finish, installation of ties, blackouts; proper form coating and cleanliness anchors, bracing, shoring, and supports to inspection of forms forwater tightness and prevent movement during concrete placement; placement of grout and vent pipes when 4) correct location and dimensions of block-preplaced aggregate concrete is used. outs, proper form coating, and cleanness inspection of forms fore tightness and

5. Inspection of reinforcing steel, prestressing placement of grout and vent pipes when components (if applicable) and other embedded preplaced aggregate concrete is used; items to verify: correct size, number, location, e) inspection of reinforcing steel, prestressing position components (if applicable), and other embedded items to verity; (1) correct size, number, location, position, cleanness and leak tightness, if applicable; (2) proper stringing and absence of physical damage topretensioning strands or tendons; 18 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4', Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 V. 111bP, kA:ULIUI U1 IIItRIIC11IIk,0I IV:lllUI6,Ill Udl I) IIIiI*{.AtIUI UI I Il lL.0l I 1 IIUI. I Ul splicing operations to verify conformance to the splicing operations to verify conformance to the Same Intent requirements of Section 6.12. requirements of para. 7.12;

7. Inspection by use of a mandrel or similar g) inspection by use of a mandrel or similar Item "k"added in NQA-1 device to ensure that the tendons conduits are device to ensure that the tendon conduits are open and remain open during the concrete open and remain open during the concrete placing operation. placing operation;

8. Inspection of pretensioning load cells and/or h) inspection of pretensioning load cells and pressure sages for accuracy and calibration if pressure gages for accuracy and calibration, if applicable. applicable;

9. Inspection of pretensioning system strand i) inspection of pretensioning system strand vises for cleanliness, proper lubrication, wear, vises for cleanness, proper lubrication, wear, distortion and cracking if applicable. distortion, and cracking, if applicable; j) inspection of the pretehsioning operation, if

10. Inspection of the pretensioning operation if applicable, to verify:

applicable, to verify: initial tensioning of each (1) initial tensioning of each strand to eliminate strand to eliminate slack and to provide a slack and to provide a uniform initial stress uniform initial stress condition in all strands prior condition in all strands prior to final stressing; to final stressing; proper measurement and (2) proper measurement and correlation of jack correlation of Jack pressure (or load cell reading) pressure (or load cell reading) and strand or and strand or tendon elongation; proper tendon elongation; correction for elongation losses due to strand (3) proper correction for elongation losses due slippage in the rises and movement of to strand slippage in the rises and movement of anchorage abutments. anchorage abutments; (k) inspection of groundwater control, as specified; III inspectIUII I IIIb l nIILO, Documentation of the inspections required by Documentation of the inspections required by OK steps 1 through 10 above shall be verified as steps (a) through (I) above shall be verified as being complete and indicating that all inspection being complete and indicating that all results are satisfactory. inspection results are satisfactory.

6.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT 7.5 Concrete Placement OK Inspection of concrete placement shall be Inspection of concrete placement shall be performed to verify the following: performed to verify the following:

1. Specified tests of concrete have been a) specified tests of concrete have been OK performed. performed;

2. Adherence to specified requirements for class b) adherence to specified requirements for of concrete, age, rate of placement, lift height, class of concrete, age, rate of placement, lift placing height, placing sequence, concrete sequence and hot or cold weather concreting temperature, and hot or cold weather practice. (ACI 305 or 306 respectively.) concreting practice (ACI 305 or ACI 306,

3. Proper use of adequate conveying and placing respectively);

equipment. c) proper use of adequate conveying and

4. That harmful materials are not used in placing equipment; covering or placing equipment. (d) harmful materials are not used in covering

5. Adequate concrete consolidation equipment or placing equipment; and technique of operation.(ACI 309) e) adequate concrete consolidation equipment

6. Embedded items are not disturbed nor forms and technique of operation (ACI 309);

displaced. f) embedded items are not disturbed nor forms displaced.

6.6 FINISHING AND REPAIRS 7.6 Finishing and Repairs OK Inspections shall be performed to verify that Inspections shall be performed to verify that specified finishes are obtained; i.e., wood float, specified finishes are-obtained, i.e., wood float, steel trowel, as cast or other type. steel trowel, as cast, or other type.

19 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 MILWll uriris IldVtIUmIl ruifiIvU U, Iliz.iAl UIlib mitt[IuI iI lb ICIVU UVIV I I V1II1UVVU, Iiibz~utLlUii1ý shall be performed to verify that the formed shall be performed to verify that the formed surfaces have been repaired and finished in surfaces have been repaired and finished in accordance with specified requirements. accordance with specified requirements.

Any indications of voids or contamination, such Any indication of voids or contamination, such OK as at a construction joint, shall be explored by as at a construction joint, shall be explored by physical removal of concrete if necessary to physical removal of concrete, if necessary, to determine the extent of such voids or determine the extent of such voids or contamination. contamination.

Appropriate repairs shall be made. Appropriate repairs shall be made. OK 6.7 Curing 7.7 Curing OK Qualification tests shall be performed on liquid These words were added in NQA-1 membrane forming curing compounds and sheet materials for concrete curing for compliance with ASTM C 309 in accordance with test methods given therein or ASTM C 171, as applicable.

Inspections shall be performed throughout the Inspections shall be performed throughout the OK specified curing period to verify the following: specified curing period to verify the following:

I. Correct curing method is used, i.e., use of a) correct curing method is used, i.e., use of OK ponding, fog spray, wet buriap, curing ponding, fog spray, wet burlap, curing compound, or other method in accordance with compound, or other methods in accordance specified requirements. with specified requirements;

2. Concrete is kept continuously, i.e., not b) concrete is kept continuously, i.e., not periodically, wet during the entire curing period, if periodically, wet during the entire curing period, one of the wet curing methods is used. if one of the wet curing methods is used;

3. Membrane curing compounds are specifically c) membrane curing compounds are specifically approved for use prior to application, approved for use prior to application;

4. Curing temperature is maintained within d) curing temperature is maintained within specified limits during the entire curing period, specified limits during the entire curing period;

5. Shoring and forms are left in place and . e) shoring and forms are left in place, and precast concrete members are left in the forms precast concrete members are left in the forms until concrete has reached the specified strength until concrete has reached specified strength necessary to preclude the possibility of damage necessary to preclude the possibility of damage from construction loads, from construction loads;

6. Concrete test cylinders are subjected to the f) concrete test cylinders are subjected to the same curing process as the concrete when field same curing process as the concrete when field cured cylinders are required to evaluate curing cured cylinders are required to evaluate curing methods. methods.

6.8 Stress Transfer of Pretensioned Members 7.8 Stress Transfer of Pretensioned Members OK If applicable, inspections shall be performed to If applicable, inspections shall be performed to verify that: verify the following:

20 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 I. I I1 I",% IU.1 t bLC LI*ilyLII, d5 IIUIILtOU uy LtZCL a)1 U CAJ1W , OI

-L I 0 VUbt OQ IU L UY -ytO cylinders, is in accordance with the specified cylinders, is in accordance with the specified Same Intent transfer strength prior to the transfer of transfer strength prior to the transfer of prestressing load from the bed to the member. prestressing load to the member;

2. Stress transfer is performed within the b) stress transfer is performed within the specified temperature limits for heat-cured specified temperature limits for heat cured members. members;

3. Forms, ties, inserts, hold downs or other c) forms, ties, inserts, hold downs, or other devices that would restrict longitudinal devices that would restrict longitudinal movement of the member(s) along the bed are movement of the member(s) are removed, or removed, or loosened in a specific sequence loosened in a specific sequence to or in prior to or in conjunction with stress transfer. conjunction with stress transfer;

4. The stress transfer is performed in a d) the stress transfer is performed following an sequence which avoids overstressing or cracking approved stressing procedure.

of the member due to unacceptable non-symmetrical loading.

6.9 Post Tensioning 7.9 Post-Tensioning OK Inspections shall be performed prior to and Inspections shall be performed prior to and during post-tensioning, if applicable, to verify the during post-tensioning, ifapplicable, to verify following: the following:

I. The concrete strength, as indicated by test a) the concrete strength, as indicated by test OK cylinders is in accordance with the specified cylinders, is in accordance with the specified strength at time of prestress or at the time of strength at the time of prestress or at the time post-tensioning. of post-tensioning;

2. The tendons and tendon ducts of ungrouted b) the tendons and tendon ducts of ungrouted tendons have been treated with the specified ten-dons have been treated with the specified lubricant and/or corrosion inhibiting compound lubricant, or corrosion-inhibiting compound, prior to tendon installation. prior to tendon installation;

3. The tendons are tensioned (from both ends if c) the tendons are tensioned (from both ends if so specified) in accordance with the specified so specified) in accordance with the specified pre-stressing sequence. prestressing sequence;

4. There is proper measurement and correlation d) there is proper measurement and correlation of jack pressure (or load cell reading) and tendon of jack pressure (or load cell reading) and elongation as well as proper correction for tendon elongation as well as proper correction elongation and/or prestress seating losses, for elongation, or prestress seating losses;

5. The anchorage details (buttonheads, friction e) the anchorage details (buttonheads, friction grip, wedge grip, threaded, etc.) are in grip, wedge grip, threaded, etc.) are in accordance with the specified requirements both accordance with the specified requirements prior to and after tensioning. both prior to and after tensioning;

6. The grouted tendon ducts are free from f) the grouted tendon ducts are free from excessive moisture prior to tendon installation excessive moisture prior to grouting; the grout and kept dry prior to grouting; the grout material material and the grouting operation are in and the grouting operation are accordance with specified requirements.

6.10 Shipping and Handling of Precast Concrete 7.10 Shipping and Handling of Precast OK Members Concrete Members Shipping and handling of precast concrete N45.2.2 incorporated into NQA-1 as Subpart Specific provisions of Subpart 2.2 members shall be in accordance with the 2.2. which are applicable to project requirements of ANSI activities will be defined in.

N45.2.2. associated procedures.

21 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 apto d to andandy, erctonl during 1rpui U to verify erection rt verify thfllowpng:

the following:

IIIbIJ.ULIUIIb blIdll U*; PJiIUIIII U JIIUI LU dIIU during erection to verify the following:

1. Members are handled only by means of a) members are handled only by means of OK approved devices at designated locations or approved devices at designated locations or pick-up points. pick-up points;

2. Suitable foundations are provided for storage b) suitable foundations are provided for storage of precast members. of precast members;

3. Stacked members are separated and c) stacked members are separated and supported by battens placed across the full width supported by battens placed across the full of the designated bearing points. width of the designated bearing points;

4. Shipping and handling has not caused d) cracking, spalling, and other defects caused unacceptable cracking, spalling, or chipping of by shipping and handling of the precast the precast members, using acceptance criteria members do not exceed the specified limits.

at least equivalent to those of ACI Committee Report 533, "Design of Concrete Wall Panels, Chapter 17, Cracking Acceptability."

6.11 In-Process Tests on Concrete and 7.11 In-Process Tests on Concrete and OK Reinforcing and Prestressing Steels Reinforcing and Prestressing Steel In-process tests shall be performed during the In-process tests shall be performed during the course of construction to maintain control of course of construction to maintain control of structural, prestressed and precast concrete. structural, prestressed, and precast concrete.

A list of the required in-process tests is The tests which are required and the frequency Similar contained in Table B. shall be in accordance with the ASME Boiler Same Intent and Pressure Vessel Code, Section Il1,Division 2 (ACI Standard 359) except as follows.

The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359) test frequencies for the following tests shall be considered minimum, unless current documentary test data are available to establish adequate confidence in conformance of materials to specified requirements.

a) for concrete materials - unit weightlyield b) for aggregate materials

1) unit weight of aggregate

2) fixed water and iron content of aggregate only for radiation-shielding concrete

3) organic impurities

4) fiat and elongated particles

5) lightweight particles

6) soft fragments

7) specific gravity and absorption

8) Los Angeles abrasion

9) potential reactivity

10) soundness 22 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 lIEI Lw~t [I rqUwlkEIvAW IVUIEu IIwloll Uw ýIIIUvWU IV I VUUUI.VIII I V 1 1 4UC ILy i.1- 11IV I I lIUQL u minimums. documented, and referenced documentation must be representative of the material currently being certified with the results of prior testing.

In-process tests shall be performed more In-process tests shall be performed more OK frequently if test results are erratic or ifthe trend frequently if test results are erratic, or ifthe of results or an apparent change in material trend of results or an apparent change in characteristics indicates that the frequency material characteristics indicates that the should be increased, frequency should be increased.

Samples for in-process tests of concrete shall be Samples for in-process tests of concrete shall OK taken following the procedures of ASTM C- 172 be taken following the procedures of ASTM C except as defined herein regarding location of 172, except as defined herein regarding sampling, location of sampling.

No water or other ingredients may be added to No water or other ingredients may be added to OK any concrete batch after making the in-process any concrete batch after making the in-process tests, tests.

Samples shall not be taken from concrete Samples shall not be taken from concrete OK deposited in the form. deposited in the form.

Except as noted below for pumped concrete and Except as noted below, the sampling point for OK when correlation testing is performed, the taking in-process test samples of plastic sampling point for taking in-process test samples concrete shall be performed at the placement of plastic concrete shall be performed at the point or other points coincident thereto.

placement point, or other points coincident thereto.

In the case where concrete is pumped during its When concrete is pumped during its movement OK movement from the delivery point to the from the delivery point to the placement point, placement point, in-process strength samples in-process strength samples shall be taken at shall be taken at the placement point, unless the placement point, unless correlation tests of correlation tests of air content, slump, and air content, slump, and temperature are temperature are performed. performed.

Where correlation testing is ineffect, in-process When correlation testing is in effect, in-process OK strength samples may be taken at the delivery strength samples may be taken at the delivery point. point.

In-process strength testing conducted at the In-process strength testing conducted at the OK mixing point is permitted, but unless the mixing mixing point is permitted, but unless the mixing point and the delivery point are considered point and the delivery point are considered coincident, correlation strength tests between coincident, correlation strength tests between samples taken at the mixing point and the samples taken at the mixing point and the delivery point are required. delivery point are required.

In this case the frequency of the correlation of In this case, the frequency of the correlation of OK strength samples taken at the delivery point shall strength samples taken at the delivery point be each 500 cubic yards of concrete or twice shall be taken each 500 cu yd (382 in3) of each week, which-ever provides the greater concrete or twice each week, whichever number of samples. provides the greater number of samples.

23 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 II b pll lJIIly IV I UI C2L,kUl IIJIIP IICU aL LIIC pId lcI lII11 It I ipI I VJ IC I IUL . I I.IiIIJI EcU OLLIIC point and ifthe delivery point and the placement placement point and if the delivery point and point are not considered coincident, correlation the placement point are not considered tests will be established and performed for air coincident, correlation tests will be established content, slump, and temperature. and performed for air content, slump, and temperature.

The frequence of correlation tests shall be at an The frequency of the correlation tests shall be Similar interval four times greater than that noted in at an interval of four times greater than the Same Intent Table B for in-process tests. required test frequency.

When any of the specified limits and tolerances When any of the specified limits and tolerances OK on loss of air content, slump, or temperature are on loss of air content, slump, or temperature exceeded at the placement point, correlation are exceeded at the placement point, strength tests between the delivery point and the correlation strength tests between the delivery placement point shall be accomplished for each point and the placement point shall be 100 cubic yards of concrete placed as long as accomplished for each 100 cu yd (76.5 in3) of limits and tolerances are exceeded. If no limits concrete places as long as limits and and tolerances are specified, the ASTM C-94 tolerances are exceeded. If no limits and shall apply. tolerances are specified, ASTM C 94 shall apply.

6.12 Mechanical (Cadweld) Splice Testing 7.12 Mechanical (Sleeve With Ferrous Filler OK Metal) Splice Testing These words were added in NQA-1 The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) splice testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

6.12.1 Qualification of Operators. Prior to the The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar production splicing of reinforcing bars, each splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent member of the splicing crew (or each crew if the the requirements of the ASME Boiler and members work as a crew) shall prepare two Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 qualification splices on the largest bar size for (ACI Standard 359).

each of the splice positions (e.g., horizontal, vertical, diagonal) to be used.

The qualification splices shall be made using the The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar same materials (e.g., bar, sleeve, powder) as splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent those to be used in the structure. the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

To qualify, the completed splices must meet the The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar specified visual inspection acceptance splice'testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent requirements of paragraph 6.12.2 and meet the the requirements of the ASME Boiler and tensile test requirements of paragraph 6.123. Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

24 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 II i10I ii1101.1i1i111l,01 IlOOOvO* VVIIII Il IIUU IIII I1011.10l0 theI members if-"I,I IIll 1110 1...

1ý I work

, "'O p as 00,1 I

a crew) is subject IVII -W -. kY ual to1w V splice testing shall be done in accordance with requalification (1) if the specific splice position the requirements of the ASME Boiler and (e.g., horizontal, vertical, diagonal) has not been Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 used by member or crew for a period of three (ACI Standard 359).

months or more or (2) if there has been an increase in bar size beyond one bar size up or (3) if there is a reason to question their ability, such as the completed splices not passing visual inspection or tensile testing.

The requalification procedure should be identical The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar to the initial qualification procedure. splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

6.12.2 Visual Inspection. The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar All completed mechanical splices shall be cooled splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent to ambient temperature prior to being visually the requirements of the ASME Boiler and inspected at both ends of the splice sleeve and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 at the tap hole in the center of the splice sleeve (ACI Standard 359).

for longitudinal centering of sleeve on the spliced ends, allowable voids in filler metal; extent of leaking of filler metal, gas blowout, amount of packing and slag at the tap hole.

Splices that fail to pass visual inspection shall be The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar discarded and replaced and shall not be used as splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent tensile test samples. the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

6.12.3 Tensile Testing. Splice samples may be The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar production splices (i.e., those cut directly from in- splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent place reinforcing) or sister splices (i.e., those the requirements of the ASME Boiler and removable splices made in place next to Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 production splices and under the same (ACI Standard 359).

conditions).

A record shall be kept of all splices tested, The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar showing the splice location, splice identification splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent number, and whether the tested splice was a the requirements of the ASME Boiler and production or sister splice. Splice samples shall Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 be subjected to tensile tests in accordance. with (ACI Standard 359).

the sampling frequency specified in Section 6.12.4 to determine conformance with the tensile requirements set forth in Table CB-4330-1 of the ASME Code Sec. III,Div. 2.

Splice samples shall be subjected to tensile tests The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar in accordance. with the sampling frequency splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent specified in Section 6.12.4 to determine the requirements of the ASME Boiler and conformance with the tensile requirements set Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 forth in Table CB-4330-1 of the ASME Code Sec. (ACI Standard 359).

Ill,Div. 2.

25 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 Olllt.V tUlVt;U IlillUfUllly Ud[Ir Will llUL L*,ll*l tW*I I It; IIWL 101 11,ýt1 l, v LI IIIUU HIII1C1IllUll accurately, production splice'samples shall not splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent be re-moved from curved reinforcing bars for the requirements of the ASME Boiler and tensile testing. Pressure Vessel Code, Section III,Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

Straight sister splice samples shall be made for The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar each of the required curved reinforcing bar splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent production splices, the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACl Standard 359).

Production samples shall also not be cut from The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar the structure where the mechanical splicing splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent sleeve is welded to an anchorage in a region of the requirements of the ASME Boiler and high stress concentration, or at a leak tight Pressure Vessel Code, Section I1l,Division 2 barrier (e.g., embedded structural steel sections (ACI Standard 359).

or liner plate Representative sister splice samples shall be The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar used in such cases. splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

The sampling frequency specified in Section The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar 6.12.4(2) shall then be followed, except that all splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent splices tested shall be sister splices, the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III,Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

6.12.4 Tensile Test Frequency. Separate test The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar cycles shall be established for mechanical splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent splices in horizontal, vertical, and diagonal bars, the requirements of the ASME Boiler and for each bar size as follows: Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

1. Test Frequency for Production Splice Test The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar Samples. If only production splices are tested, splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent the sample frequency shall be: the requirements of the ASME Boiler and

a. One of the first 10 splices. Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2

b. One of the next 90 splices. (ACI Standard 359).

c. Two of the next and subsequent units of 100 splices.

2. Test Frequency for Combination of Production The mechanical (sleeve with ferrous filler metal) Similar and Sister Splices. If production and sister splice testing shall be done in accordance with Same Intent splices are tested, the sample frequency shall the requirements of the ASME Boiler and be: Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2

a. One production splice of the first 10 splices. (ACI Standard 359).

b. One production and three sister splices for the next 90 production splices.

c - One splice either production or sister splice, for the next and subsequent units of 33 splices.

At least 1/4 of the total number of splices tested shall be production splices -

26 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.5 SamIneln Same Intent Welded reinforcing bar splices shall be subject to Welded reinforcing bar splices shall be subject the requirements of Section 7.5 of this Standard to the requirements of para. 8.5, except that except that provisions of Subsection CC-4334 of provisions of the ASME Boiler and Pressure ASME Code Section III, Division 2 shall apply. Vessel Code, Section III,Division 2 (ACI Standard 359) shall also apply.

7. INSPECTION OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION 8 INSPECTION OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION OK 7.1 General 8.1 General Structural steel qualification shall be These words were added in NQA-1 documented by manufacturer's certification showing conformance to specifications such as ASTM A 36, A 441, or as otherwise specified.

Inspection of steel construction in accordance Inspection of steel construction in accordance OK with the "AISC Specification for the Design, with the AISC S326, Specification for the Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Buildings" as contained in the AISC Manual of Steel for Buildings shall include inspection of Steel Construction shall include inspection of assembly and erection operations, fastening or assembly and erection operations, fastening or connecting operations such as high strength connecting operations such as high strength bolting and welding, and finishing operations to bolting and welding and finishing operations to include cleaning and protective painting or include cleaning and protective painting or coating.

coating.

!nspection of steel construction shall include Inspection of steel construction shall include OK inspection of related items, such as anchor bolts inspection of related items, such as anchor and base plates, which may be part of the bolts and baseplates, which may be part of the supporting structure and installed as part of supporting structure and installed as part of the structural concrete work. structural concrete work.

Table B Required tests are delineated within body of Similar Required In-Process Test Subpart 2.5 Same Intent 7.2 Supporting Structures 8.2 Supporting Structures OK Prior to erection of steel, anchor bolts, base Prior to erection of steel, anchor bolts, plates, and other structural embedments shall be baseplates, and other structural embedments checked for correct orientationspacing, and shall be checked for correct orientation, elevation. Base plate surfaces and supporting spacing, and elevation. Baseplate surfaces and concrete surfaces shall be checked to verify supporting concrete surfaces shall be checked satisfactory condition for grouting. to verify satisfactory conditions for grouting.

Grouting of base plates, beam pockets, etc., Grouting of baseplates, beam pockets, etc., OK shall be controlled and inspected to verify that shall be controlled and inspected to verify that only specified materials are used, proportioned only specified materials are used, proportioned properly, placed correctly; and cured properly to properly, placed correctly, and cured properly to achieve the specified compressive strength - achieve the specified compressive strength.

27 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1 994, Subpart 2.5 Assembly and erection operations shall be Assembly and erection operations shall be inspected to verify compliance with installation inspected to verify compliance with installation procedures and work instructions. Alignment procedures and work instructions. Alignment operations shall be carried out early enough and operations shall be carded out eady enough as often as is necessary as erection progresses and as often as is necessary as erection to ensure that specified requirements are met progresses to ensure that specified requirements are met.

Particular attention shall be given to verification Particular attention shall be given to verification OK of the condition of contact surfaces of friction of the condition of contact surfaces of friction type connections and bolt hole alignment, type connections and bolt hole alignment.

Correction of fabrication errors shall be closely Correction of fabrication errors shall be closely OK controlled to prevent correction of misaligned controlled to prevent correction of misaligned holes by reaming in excess of AISC tolerances. holes by reaming in excess of AISC tolerances.

Burning of bolt holes is not permitted. Burning of bolt holes is not permitted. OK All equipment used in connecting operations Equipment used in connecting operations shall OK shall be inspected to verify conformance with be inspected to verify conformance with specification requirements. specification requirements.

For example, air compressors must be of For example, air compressors shall be of OK sufficient capacity to maintain the required sufficient capacity to maintain the required operating pressures for impact tools. operating pressures for impact tools.

7.4 High Strength Bolting 8.4 High Strength Bolting OK Bolt tightening shall be in accordance with the Bolt tightening shall be in accordance with the specified method, i.e., automatic cut-off impact specified method, e.g., automatic cut-off impact wrench, turn-of-nut method, or direct-tension wrench, turn-of-nut method, or direct-tension indicator. If the turn-of-nut method is used, indicator. If the turn-of-nut method is used, inspections shall be made to verify that the inspections shall be made to verify that the bolting crews understand the meaning of "snug bolting crews understand the meaning of snug tight" condition before the nut is tumed through tight condition before the nut is turned through the required angle the required angle.

If an automatic cut-off impact wrench is used, it If an automatic cut-off impact wrench is used, it OK shall be calibrated at least twice daily, shall be calibrated at. least twice daily.

The calibration of automatic cut-off impact The calibration of automatic cut-off impact . OK wrenches shall be performed by tightening in a wrenches shall be performed by tightening in a device capable of indicating actual bolt tension, device capable of indicating actual bolt tension, using no less than three typical bolts of each using no less than three typical bolts of each diameter from the bolts being installed, diameter from the bolts being installed.

Installation of bolts shall be done in accordance Installation of bolts shall be done in accordance OK with "Specifications for Structural Joints Using with AISC 5329, Specifications for Structural ASTM A-325 or A-490 Bolts." Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts.

Qualification of bolts shall be.documented by These words were added in NQA-1 manufacturer's certification or as otherwise specified 28 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 I H.I II~pI*l.lIlU[ I IJI LJIILII I*. IIlI*)J*,tlq.IUI I LII IJuIJ U.-t I IIpO . .fJIJ

-V...U IV. IO-LI*LIf~ ..

shall include visual inspections of bolting shall include visual inspection of bolting operations and torque wrench inspection of operations and torque wrench inspection of completed connections. completed connections.

Connection points shall be visually inspected for Connection points shall be visually inspected OK the following items: for the following items:

(a) bolts are long enough as indicated by the

1. Bolts are long enough as indicated by the point of the bolts being flush with or outside the point of the bolts being flush with or outside the face of the nuts; face of the nuts. (b) correct type bolt is used as indicated by the

2. Correct type bolt is used as indicated by the manufacturer's marking on the head; manufacturers marking on the head. Cc) torque has been applied as indicated by the

3. Torque has been applied as indicated by the burnishing or peening of the comers of the nut; burnishing or peening of the comers of the nut. (d) tuming elements are on the correct face;

4. Turning elements are on the correct face; properly sized washers are used when properly sized washers are used when required. required.

The schedule bolt tension inspection shall be as Bolt tension inspection shall be as specified in OK specified in the latest edition of "Specification for AISC Structural Joints Using ASTM A-325 or A-490 5329, Specification for Structural Joints Using Bolts". ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts.

In addition, during the initial phase of bolting In addition, during the initial phase of bolting OK operations, all bolts tightened by each bolting operations, all bolts tightened by each bolting crew shall be checked until the results are crew shall be checked until the results are consistently acceptable. consistently acceptable.

7.4.2 Inspection Tools and Procedure. 8.4.2 Inspection Tools and Procedure. Hand OK Hand torque wrenches used for inspection shall torque wrenches used for inspection shall be be controlled in accordance with paragraph 2.5.2 controlled in accordance with Part I, Basic and and must be calibrated at least weekly and more Supplementary Requirements, and shall be often if deemed necessary. calibrated at least weekly, more often ifdeemed necessary.

Impact torque wrenches used for inspection Impact torque wrenches used for inspection OK must be calibrated at least twice daily, shall be calibrated at least twice daily.

Feeler gauges used for inspection of direct- Feeler gauges used for inspection of direct- Similar tension indicators shall be controlled in tension indicators shall be controlled.. Same intent accordance with paragraph 2.5.2.

7.5 Welding 8.5 Welding Similar Same Intent Inspection of structural steel welding shall be Inspection of structural steel welding shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of per-formed in accordance with the provisions of AWS DI .1, Section 6, entitled "Structural Section 6.0 of AWS DI., Structural.Welding Welding Code," and supplemental addenda. Code- Steel.

This inspection shall include visual examination This inspection shall include visual examination OK of preparations, welding processes, and post- of preparations, welding processes, post-welding operations and ifdeemed necessary welding operations, and if deemed necessary, some NDE inspections which are appropriate to some NDE inspections which are appropriate to the application, the application.

Prior to welding, verification of welding Prior to welding, verification of welding OK procedure and welder qualification shall be procedure and welder qualification shall be documented and shall include all essential documented and shall include all essential variables identified in the procedure. variables identified in the procedures.

29 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 II I-PIuubb i lb lI 16l.IUU wIbpAII acceptability of environmental conditions, joint fit acceptability of environmental conditions, joint up prior to start of welding, preheat and interpass fit-up prior to start of welding, preheat and temperature requirements, filler metal, control of interpass temperature requirements, filler distortion, and post-weld heat treatment and metal, control of distortion, post-weld heat cleaning requirements. treatment, and deaning requirements.

Procedures shall be established to control the Procedures shall be established to control the OK purchase, receiving, distribution, storage, and purchase, receiving, distribution, storage, and use of welding electrode. use of welding electrodes.

Weld repairs necessitated by visual or These words were added in NQA-1 nondestructive examinations shall be made in accordance with the procedure used to perform the original weld or a qualified repair procedure and reinspected by the same method that disclosed the repairable defect.

All weld repairs necessitated by nondestructive These words were added in NQA-1 examination shall be documented.

8. DATA ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION 9 DATA ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION OK 8.1 General 9.1 General Procedures shall be established for processing Procedures shall be established for processing inspection and test data and their analysis and inspection and test data and their analysis and evaluation, evaluation.

These procedures shall provide for acquisition These procedures shall .provide for acquisitions OK and preparation of inspection and test data for and preparation of inspection and test data for prompt evaluation against acceptance criteria, prompt evaluation againstacceptance criteria, operating limits, and performance standards. operating limits, and performance standards.

The data processing procedures shall provide for The data processing procedures shall provide OK "on-the-spot" evaluation to determine the validity for on-the-spot evaluation to determine the of the inspection and test results and the validity of the inspection and test results and appropriateness of continuing the inspection or the appropriateness of continuing the test. inspection or test.

The data shall be analyzed and evaluated to The data shall be analyzed and evaluated to OK verify completeness of results, achievement of verify completeness of results and achievement inspection and test objectives, and to identify of inspection and test objectives; and to identify additional inspection and tests required; and additional inspection and tests required, and necessary changes to the installation inspection necessary changes to the installation inspection or test procedures. or test procedures.

Inspection and test results that include Inspection and test results that include OK inspection and test data, together with a report of inspection and test data, together with a report data analysis and evaluation, shall be provided of data analysis and evaluation, shall be as specified in Section 9. provided as specified in Section 10.

8.2 Concrete and Mechanical (Cadweld) Splice 9.2 Concrete and Mechanical (Sleeve With OK Test Data Evaluation and Analysis Ferrous Filler Metal) Splice Test Data Evaluation and 8.2.1 Evaluation of Concrete Test Results. Analysis Standard deviation data shall be developed, evaluated, and maintained for permanent 9.2.1 Evaluation of Concrete Test Results.

records in accordance with ACI 214. Standard deviation data shall be developed, evaluated, and maintained for permanent records in accordance with ACI 214.

30 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5

%..UIIUIACU t4UdIILY al 1U dACýPLCII UV U1 ILVId ~I '.VILIL -I yuirc-y O 01/4.- Ct L~CI ..

conform to the requirements of ACI 318, Chapter conform to the requirements of ACI 318,

4. Chapter 4.

8.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical (Cadweld) Splice 9.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical Splice Test Similar Test Results. The following procedure shall be Results. Same Intent used for substandard tensile test results: The evaluation of mechanical splice test results shall be in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IIl, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

1. If any production or sister splice tested fails to 9.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical Splice Test Similar meet the tensile test specification of paragraph Results. Same Intent 6.12.3 and the observed rate of splices that fail The evaluation of mechanical splice test results the tensile test at that time does not exceed one shall be in accordance with ASME Boiler and for each 15 consecutive test samples, the Pressure Vessel Code, Section I1l,Division 2 sampling procedure shall be started anew. (ACI Standard 359).

If any production or sister splice used for testing 9.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical Splice Test Similar fails to meet the tensile test specification in Results. Same Intent paragraph 6.12.3 and the observed rate of The evaluation of mechanical splice test results splices that fail the tensile test exceeds one for shall be in accordance with ASME Boiler and each 15 consecutive test samples, mechanical Pressure Vessel Code, Section III; Division 2 splicing shall be stopped. (ACI Standard 359).

In addition, the adjacent production splices on 9.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical Splice Test Similar each side of the last failed splice and four other Results. Same Intent splices distributed uniformly throughout the The evaluation of mechanical splice test results balance of the 100 production splices Under shall be in accordance with ASME Boiler and investigation shall be tested, and an analysis Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 shall be made to identify the cause of all failures. (ACI Standard 359).

The results of these tests shall be evaluated by 9.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical Splice Test Similar the responsible engineering organization to Results. Same Intent determine the corrective action. The evaluation of mechanical splice test results shall be in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section Il, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

The responsible engineering organization shall 9.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical Splice Test Similar specify the extent of repairs necessary and the Results. Same Intent actions required to prevent further failures from The evaluation of mechanical splice test results the identified causes. shall be in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

If two or more splices from any of these six 9.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical Splice Test Similar additional splice samples fail to meet the tensile Results. Same Intent test specification of paragraph 6.12.3, the The evaluation of mechanical splice test results balance of the 100 production splices under shall be in accordance with ASME Boiler and investigation shall be evaluated by the Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 responsible engineering organization to (ACI Standard 359).

determine the corrective action.

When mechanical splicing is resumed, the 9.2.2 Evaluation of Mechanical Splice Test Similar sampling procedure shall be started anew. Results. Same Intent The evaluation of mechanical splice test results shall be in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 (ACI Standard 359).

31 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.5

z. if Fie average ler1si1e SL((regl o1 Mnei D U.4.L -VdIludLlU1I U1 IVl*Tl*1diIIL;*dl OpIILU I tbL l[l lilrd consecutive samples fails to meet the provisions Results. Same Intent of paragraph 6.12.3, the responsible engineering The evaluation of mechanical splice test results organization shall evaluate and assess the shall be in accordance with ASME Boiler and acceptability of the reduced average tensile Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Division 2 strength with respect to the required strength of (ACl Standard 359).

the location from which the samples were taken.

8.2.3 Evaluation of Aggregate Test Results. 9.2.3 Evaluation of Aggregate Test Results OK When any aggregate tests specified fail to meet When any aggregate tests specified fail to meet the specified requirements, two additional tests the specified requirements, two additional tests shall be made from samples of the same lot of shall be made from samples of the same lot of aggregate. aggregate.

If one or both of the two additional tests fail to 9.2.3 If one or both of the two additional tests OK meet the specified requirements, the data shall fails to meet the specified requirements, the be submitted to the responsible engineering data shall be submitted to the responsible organization forevaluation and corrective action. engineering organization for evaluation and corrective action.

8.3 Steel Construction Test Data Evaluation and 9.3 Steel Construction Test Data Evaluation Similar Analysis and Analysis Same Intent This data shall be evaluated for conformance to This data shall be evaluated for conformance to project specifications, the AISC Manual of Steel project specifications of the AISC MO1 1, Construction, and AWS DI .1 and supplemental Manual of Steel Construction and AWS Di.,

addenda. Structural Welding Code - Steel.

8.4 Soils Test Data Evaluation and Analysis 9.4 Soils Test Data Evaluation and Analysis OK This data shall be evaluated daily during This data shall be evaluated daily during progress of the work for conformance to project progress of the work for conformance to project specifications, specifications.

The control techniques given in the The control techniques given in the OK specifications such as specific test methods for specifications, such as specific test methods for the type of soil compacted must be verified, the type of soil compacted, shall be verified.

Data must include determination of parameters Data shall include determination of parameters Similar specified including use of proper materials, specified, including use of proper materials, Same Intent amounts and uniformity of soil moisture, amounts and uniformity of soil moisture, and thickness of layers being placed, and finally, thickness of layers being placed.

determination of specified compacted values by In-place compacted fill density shall be specified tests of in-place density and attainment determined using standard approved methods of specified values, and the results evaluated for compliance to specified requirements.

Data shall include verification that the soils are Data shall include verification that the soils are OK fully compacted or consolidated to contours and fully compacted or consolidated to contours and grades specified, the grades specified.

When statistical methods are required by the When statistical methods are required by the OK specification, the desired level of confidence specification, the desired level of confidence must be specified. shall be specified.

32 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 5 ANSI N45.2.5-1978 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.5 Record copies of completed procedures, reports, Record copies of procedures, reports, personnel qualification records, test equipment personnel qualification records, test equipment calibration records, test deviation or exception calibration records, test deviation or exception records, and inspection and examination records records, and inspection and examination shall be prepared. records shall be prepared.

These shall be placed with other project records These shall be retained with other project OK as required by code, standard, specification, or records as required by code, standard, project procedures. specification, or project procedures.

Collection, storage, and maintenance of records N45.2.9 incorporated into NQA-1 as Basic QAPP Section 4.17 commits to shall be in accordance with requirements of Requirement 17 and Supplement 17S-1. Basic Requirement 17 and ANSI N45.2.9. Supplement 17 S-1.

10. REVISION OF AMERICAN NATIONAL These documents incorporated into NQA-1 STAN-DARDS REFERRED TO IN THIS DOCUMENT When any of the following standards referred to in this document is superseded by a revision approved by the American National Standards Institute, the revision is not mandatory until it has been incorporated as a part of this Standard.

N45 2 Quality Assurance Program Requirements These documents incorporated into NQA-1 for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2 Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants.

N45.2.3 Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.6 Qualifications of Inspection, Examination and Testing Personnel for the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45 .2.9 Requirements for Collection, Storage, and Maintenance of Quality Assurance Records for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.10 Quality Assurance Terms and Definitions APPENDIX NQA-1 Part II Introduction includes similar Similar language with the same intent: Same intent (This Appendix is not a part of ANSI Standard N45.2.5 but is included for information purposes 7 REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, AND only.) SPECIFICATIONS All codes, standards, and specifications that are NONMANDATORY APPENDIX A referenced as a part of this Part (Part II) are listed in the Table entitled "Codes, Standards, (Ust of Reference Documents) and Specifications Referenced in Text."

33 of 33 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 intent.

1.1 Scope Section 1 "Purpose" This standard contains requirements This Part (Part II) sets forth the and guidelines to assure the quality of quality assurance requirements for important items of nuclear power the planning and execution of plants including structures, systems identified tasks during the fabrication, and components. construction, modification, repair, maintenance, and testing of systems, components, and structures for The requirements and guidelines are I GENERAL N45.2.8 includes "in a manner that will intended to assure that these important provide adequate confidence that they items are installed, inspected and Subpart 2.8 provides amplified will perform satisfactorily in service."

tested in a manner that will provide requirements for installation, adequate confidence that they will inspection, and testing of mechanical perform satisfactorily in service. equipment and systems.

The requirements and guidelines for Guidance only. Wording does not installation, inspection and testing establish requirements.

activities during construction are intended to assure the quality of mechanical items not covered by Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

The requirements of this standard deal Guidance only. Wording does not with the protection and control establish requirements.

necessary to assure that the requisite quality of mechanical items of the plant

.are preserved from the time items are removed from storage or receiving until they are incorporated into the plant up to but not including fuel loading of PWR plants and the completion of cold functional testing of BWR and HTGR plants.

This standard is intended to be used in It supplements the requirements of Slightly different words, but same conjunction with ANSI N45.2. If any Part I and shall be used in intent.

conflict exists, ANSI N45.2 shall conjunction with applicable Basic and govern. Supplementary Sections of Part I when and to the extent-specified by the organization invoking Subpart 2.8.

1.2 Applicability Introduction N45.2.2 is more specific in detailing that the requirements and guidelines The requirements and guidelines of Section 2 "Applicability" "apply to the work of any individual or this standard apply to the work of any organization"..

individual or organization that "...The requirements of this Part (Part participates in installation, inspection II) apply to fabrication, construction, Same Intent / Result or testing of mechanical equipment modification, repair, maintenance, during construction activities of nuclear and testing activities that affect the power plants as discussed in Subsec- quality of structures, systems, and tion 1.1. components for nuclear facilities.

These activities include the performing function of attaining quality objectives and verifying that activities affecting quality have been correctly performed. These activities include planning, subsurface investigation, fabricating, handling, shipping, storing, cleaning..."

The extent to which the individual Introduction N45.2.8 states that application will be requirements of this standard apply will dependent "upon the nature and scope depend upon the nature and scope of Section 2 "Applicability" of the work to be performed and the the work to be performed and the importance of the item or service importance of the item or service To the extent applicable to the involved" whereas NQA-1 states "shall 1 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 application of this Part (Part II), or policies, procedures, or instructions.

portions thereof, and the provisions Same Intent / Result of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements, shall be specified in written contracts, policies, orocedures, or instructions.

Important mechanical items to be Introduction Same Intent / Result covered and the extent of coverage shall be identified by the individual or Section 2 "Applicability" organization invoking this standard.

To the extent applicable to the activities being performed, the application of this Part (Part II), or portions thereof, and the provisions of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements, shall be specified in written contracts, policies, procedures, or instructions.

The requirements are intended to Guidance / Context Wording assure that only proper materials, equipment, processes and procedures are utilized during the construction of power plants and that the quality of items is not degraded as a result of installation, inspection and testing practices and techniques during construction.

The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Section 1.1/1.2 of the QAPP specifies Code (herewith referred to as the applicable Regulatory Commitments.

Code), as well as other American National Standards has been considered in the development of this standard, and this standard is intended to be compatible with their requirements. However, this standard does not apply to activities covered by Section IIIDivision I and 2 and Section XI of the Code for those activities covered by the Code.

1.3 Responsibility Basic Requirement 1 Similar Same Intent The organization or organizations The organizational structure, responsible for establishing the functional responsibilities, levels of applicable requirements for the activi- authority, and lines of communication ties covered by this standard shall be for activities affecting quality shall be identified and the scope of their documented.

responsibilities shall be documented.

Supplement 1S-1 3.1 Where more that one organization is involved in the execution of activities covered by this Part (Part 1) the responsibility and authority of each organization shall be clearly established and documented.

The work of establishing practices and Supplement 1S-1 Similar procedures and providing the 2.2 The individual(s) or Same intent resources in terms of personnel, equip- organization(s) responsible for ment and services necessary to establishing and executing a quality implement the requirements of this assurance program under this standard may be delegated to other Standard may delegate any or all of organizations and such delegation the work to others but shall retain shall also be documented. responsibility therefor.

2 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 tion performing work covered by this intent.

standard to comply with the Section 3 "Responsibility" procedures and instructions issued for the project and to conform to the The organization invoking this Part requirements of this standard (Part II) shall be responsible for applicable to this work. specifying which section, or portions thereof, apply and appropriately relating them to specific items and services. To the extent necessary, this organization shall invoke the applicable provision of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements, to specify a complete Quality Assurance Program appropriate for the specific items or services. The organization upon which this Part (Part II), or portions thereof, is invoked shall be responsible for complying with the specified requirements.

It is the responsibility of the Introduction. NQA-1 does not include the words organization performing these activities "unless they are specified in to specify the detailed methods and Section 3 "Responsibility" procurement documents".

procedures unless they are specified in the procurement documents. The organization invoking this Part Differences are not relevant.

(Part II) shall be responsible for specifying which section, or portions thereof, apply and appropriately relating them to specific items and services. To the extent necessary, this organization shall invoke the applicable provision of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements, to specify a complete Quality Assurance Program appropriate for the specific items or services. The organization upon which this Part (Part II), or portions thereof, is invoked shall be responsible for complying with the specified reauirements.

1.4 Definitions 1.1 Definitions OK The following definitions are provided The following definitions are provided to assure a uniform understanding of to assure a uniform understanding of select terms as they are used in this unique terms as they are used in standard. Subpart 2.8.

Acceptance Criteria- A limit or limits I Introduction N45.2.8 is more specific in detailing placed on the variation permitted in the Section 4 "Terms and Definitions" definitive engineering terms.

characteristics of an item expressed in definitive engineering terms such as acceptance criteria - specified limits Differences are not relevant.

dimensional tolerances, chemical placed on characteristics of an item, composition limits, density and size of process, or service defined in codes, defects, temperature ranges, time standards, or other required limits, operating parameters, and other documents.

similar characteristics.

Checks - The tests, measurements, checks - the tests, measurements, OK verifications or controls placed on an verifications, or controls placed on an activity by means of investigations, activity by means of investigations, comparisons, or examinations to comparisons, or examinations to determine satisfactory condition, determine satisfactory condition, accuracy, safety or performance. accuracy, safety, or performance EngineeringLimitations - Restrictions engineering limitations- restrictions OK which, if disregarded, may result in which, if disregarded, may result in damage to the item, shortening the life damage to the item, shortening the of the item, or preventing the item from life of the item, or preventing the item functioning as intended, from functioning as intended 3 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.8 inspection consisting of investigation of inspection consisting of investigation materials, components, supplies and of materials, components, supplies, services to determine conformance to and services to determine those specified requirements which conformance to those specified can be determined by such requirements which can be investigation. Examination is usually determined by such investigation.

nondestwuctive and includes simple Examination is usually nondestructive physical manipulation, gaging and and includes simple physical measurement. manipulation, gaging, and measurement.

Inspection - An element of quality I Introduction N45.2.8 includes words "an element of control which by means of Section 4 "Terms and Definitions" quality control" and "observation" and examination, observation or examples of what one is trying to measurement determines the inspection - examination or determine conformance of (i.e.,

conformance of materials, supplies, measurement to verify whether an materials, supplies, etc.). In addition, components, parts, appurtenances, item or activity conforms to specified N45.2.8 states that it is to systems, processes or structures to requirements. "predetermined quality requirements" predetermined quality requirements. whereas NQA-1 states "specified requirements".

_________________________Same Intent IResult Mechanical Items - Parts, mechanical items - parts, OK components, or systems that function components, or systems that function primarily for pressure retaining, mass primarily for pressure retaining, mass moving, or heat exchange purposes. .moving, or heat exchange purposes.

Examples of mechanical items are Examples of mechanical items are rotating equipment (motors, pumps, rotating equipment (motors, pumps, blowers), handling equipment (cranes, blowers), handling equipment hoists, conveyors), piping systems (cranes, hoists, conveyors), piping (pipe, valves, hangers), fuel handling systems (pipe, valves, hangers), fuel systems, and waste effluent systems. handling systems, and waste effluent

____________________________systems.__________________

Testing - The determination or I Introduction OK verification of the capability of an item Section 4 "Terms and Definitions" to meet specified requirements by subjecting the item to a set of physical, testing - an element of verification for chemical, environmental or operating the determination of the capability of conditions, an item to meet specified requirements by subjecting the item to a set of physical, chemical, environmental, or operating conditions.

Verification - An act of confirming, I Introduction N45.2.8 states that it is an act of substantiating and assuring that an Section 4 "Terms and Definitions" "confirming, substantiating and activity or condition has been assuring" whereas NQA-1 defines it as implemented in conformance with the verification - the act of reviewing, an act of "reviewing, inspecting, specified requirements. inspecting, testing, checking, testing, checking, auditing, or auditing, or otherwise determining otherwise determining". In addition and documenting whether items, N45.2.8 states that it is "an activity or processes, services, or documents condition" whereas NQA-1 states it is conform to specified requirements. "items, processes, services, or documents".

Same Intent / Result Other terms and their definitions are Introduction Slightly different words, but same contained in ANSI N45.2.10. intent.

Section 6 "Definitions" Definitions unique to the activities described in this Part (Part 11)are included inthe section dealing with that activity. Definitions generic to quality assurance activities are _________________

4 of 24 4of 247/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 _ý NQA-1 (1994) Subpart2.8 Commennts (except where rnoted) / (NOTF: OK signifies ide~ntical or

_ n(early clentical wording) included in Part 1, Supplement S-1, Terms and Definitions 1.5 Referenced Documents Introduction Slightly different words, but same intent.

Documents that are required to be Section 7 "Referenced Codes, included as a part of this standard are Standards, and Specifications" identified at the point of reference and described in Section 8 of this standard. All codes, standards, and specifications that are referenced as a part of this Part (Part II)are listed in the Table entitled "Codes, Standards, and Specifications Referenced in Text."

The issue or edition of the referenced Codes, standards, and specifications. N45.2.8 includes the words "unless document that is required will be referenced in this Part (Part II)may otherwise specified in the contract specified either at the point of be identified with the applicable date document".

reference or in Section 8 of this or reference at the point of reference Same Intent / Result standard unless otherwise specified in or in the Table "Codes, Standards, the contract document. and Specifications Referenced in Text.

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Guidance only. Wording does not establish requirements.

This section contains requirements that are to be fulfilled by the organization or organizations responsi-ble for performing any segment of work described in Section 3 through 5 of this standard.

Measures shall be established and Measures shall be established and OK implemented for documenting the implemented for documenting the necessary installation, inspection and necessary installation, inspection, testing to verify conformance to and testing to verify conformance to specified requirements. specified requirements.

5 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.8 Activities shall be planned and Planning and procedure preparation documented to be consistent with shall be in accordance with the engineering and design requirements requirements of the Introduction to including those which define the this Part (Part II).

degree of importance to safety and reliability of the item. Introduction Planning shall define the operations to Section 4.1 "Planning" be used and the systematic, sequential progression of operations, the A plan shall be developed outlining personnel responsibilities for each the work to be performed and the activity and the measures employed to work procedures or instructions preserve the quality of the item. required to comply with the requirements of the defined work Planning shall take into account the scope.

need for the identification, preparation and control of procedures and work Planning shall define the operations instructions necessary to comply with to be performed, the systematic requirements for installation, inspection sequential progression of operations, and testing of components and .and the overall measures employed systems; and the need for trained to preserve the quality of the work personnel necessary to comply with these procedures, work instructions, Planning shall include a review of the and requirements. structure, system or component design/procurement specifications, Planning shall include a review of the materials, lists, drawings, system and component design construction work plans, and specifications, procurement documents schedules to ensure that fabrication, and drawings and of the construction installation, modification, inspection, work plans and schedules to assure testing, etc., activities have been that applicable installation, inspection, incorporated; that the work can be and testing activities have been iden- accomplished as specified; and that tified; that they can be accomplished time and resources, plus training, are as specified; and that time and sufficient to accomplish the work in resources are sufficient to accomplish accordance with the specified the required actions. requirements.

Deficiencies identified during reviews Basic Requirement 16 Same Intent / Effect shall be brought to the attention of the Conditions adverse to quality shall be responsible organization for action, identified promptly and corrected as soon as practical.

2.2 Procedures and Instructions Introduction N45.2.8 states that procedures and instructions should be prepared and Installation, inspection and test Section 4.2 "Procedures" documented, NQA-1 states prepared.

procedures and work instructions identified during planning shall be Installation, inspection, test prepared and documented for those procedures, and work instructions activities falling within the scope of this identified during planning shall be standard. prepared.

'Where the planning review identifies Preparation and approval of the Same Intent / Result new procedures and inspections that procedures/instructions shall be in are necessary, appropriate target advance of the need to use the dates and effort shall be scheduled for documents.

their preparation and approval.

These documents shall be kept current The documents shall be kept current OK and revised as necessary to assure and revised as necessary to assure that installation, inspections, and tests. that work is performed in accordance are performed in accordance with, with the latest approved information.

latest approved information and shall include as appropriate: The documents shall include the following as applicable:

6 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 r i2.9.llI;IC S

Subsectionc. UCl It 2.9. Iprepa1a t-U-checks preparatory k aVnV-d LIc -n InUUIIoIn and inspections" preparatory checks and inspections

b. Precautions to be observed. (b) precautions to be observed OK

c. Installation requirements. (c) work requirements including Slightly different words, but same installation specifications intent.

d. Sequential actions to be followed. (d) sequence of activities to be Slightly different words, but same followed and steps within a intent.

given activity

e. Test objectives. (f) test and inspection objectives NQA-1 adds the words "and inspection"

f. Special equipment required for (g) special equipment required OK installation, inspection and test.

g. Identification of inspection and test (h) identification of inspection and NQA-1 adds "and test equipment and equipment. test equipment and related related calibration requirements calibration requirements including recalibration dates" including recalibration dates

h. Frequency of inspection or test. (i) sequence and frequency of NQA-1 adds "sequence" inspection or test

i. Inspection and test acceptance (0) acceptance criteria and methods NQA-1 adds "and methods for criteria, for verifying verifying"

j. Specific document references where (m) specific document references N45.2.8 adds "where required" required. Same Intent / Result

k. Data report forms. (n) data or test report forms NQA-1 adds "or test" 1.Approvals. (I) approvals and authorizing or NQA-1 adds "and authorizing or verifying signatures verifying signatures" 2.3 Results 6 Data Analysis and Evaluation N45.2.8 states "in a suitable test report or data sheet" Inspection and test results shall be Inspection and test results supported Same Intent / Result documented in a suitable test report or by inspection and test data, together data sheet. with a report of data analysis and evaluation, shall be provided as specified in Section 7.

Each report shall identify the item to BR 10 "Inspection" These words are not included in NQA-which it applies, the procedures or .1 Intent is encompassed by instruction followed in performing the Inspection results shall be subsequent record requirements of a-f.

task and include the following: documented.

BR 11 "Test Control" Test results shall be documented.

Supplement 1OS-1 "Supplementary Requirements for Inspection" Records shall, as a minimum, identify (a) through (f) below:

a. Pertinent inspection and test data. (e) results and acceptability Slightly different words, but same intent.

b. Significant dates and times. (b) date of inspection Slightly different words, but same intent.

c. Signature or stamp of inspector or (c) inspector Slightly different words, but same tester. intent.

d. Measuring and test equipment used (d) type of observation Type of observation may include where required. identification of equipment as necessary

e. Identification of nonconformances (f) reference to information on action Slightly different words, but same and action taken on other conditions taken in connection with intent.

that were not anticipated. nonconformances Test reports and data sheets shall 6 Data Analysis and Evaluation Slightly different words, but same include an evaluation of the intent.

acceptability of inspection and tests Procedures shall be established for results and provide for identifying the processing inspection and test data individual who performed the and their analysis, evaluation, and 7 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.8 shall identify individuals or organizations responsible for the acquisitions and reduction of inspection and test data, and evaluation against acceptance criteria, operating limits and 2.6 Cleaning Specific provisions which are applicable to project activities are Cleaning activities required by this addressed by other portions of NQA-1 standard shall be performed in or will be defined in associated accordance with ANSI N45.2.1 and procedures if applicable to project Section 4 of this standard. activities.

2.5 Receiving, Storage and Specific provisions which are Handling applicable to project activities are addressed by other portions of NQA-1 Receiving, storage and handling or will be defined in associated activities required by this standard procedures if applicable to project shall be performed in accordance with activities.

ANSI N45.2.2. _____________ _____________

2.6 Housekeeping Specific provisions which are applicable to project activities are In areas, facilities, and environments addressed by other portions of NQA-1 where installation, inspection and or will be defined in associated testing of mechanical items is procedures if applicable to project performed in accordance with the activities.

requirements of this standard, the housekeeping requirements shall be in accordance with ANSI N45.2.3.

2.7 Personnel Qualifications Introduction Slightly different words, but same intent.

Those personnel who perform Section 5 "Qualification of inspection and testing activities Personnel" required by this standard shall be qualified in accordance with ANSI Inspection, test, and nondestructive N45.2.6. examination personnel and laboratory technicians shall be trained and qualified/certified in accordance with the applicable portions of Part 1, Basic and Supplementary Requirements.

Professional personnel shall meet the requirements defined by the implementing organization in its position descriptions.

2.8 Measuring and Test Equipment Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary OK Requirements for Control of 2.8.1 Selection. Measuring and test Measuring and Test Equipment" equipment used to implement the requirements of this standard shall be 'Paragraph 2 selected to have range, type and accuracy sufficient to determine Selection of measuring and test conformance to specified equipment shall be controlled to requirements. assure that such items are of proper type, range, accuracy, and tolerance to accomplish the function of determining conformance to specified requirements.

8 of 24 8of 247/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 Measuring and test equipment used to Requirements for Control of.

determine compliance with speci- Measuring and Test Equipment" fications, shall be adjusted and calibrated at predetermined intervals, Paragraph 3.1 Slightly different wording. Same intent based on equipment stability and use, and effect.

against certified equipment having Measuring and test equipment shall known valid relationships to nationally be calibrated, adjusted and recognized standards. maintained at prescribed intervals or, prior to use, against certified equipment having known valid rela-tionships to nationally recognized standards.

If no national standards exist, the basis Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary OK for calibration shall be documented. Requirements for Control of Measuring and Test Equipment" Paragraph 3.1 If no nationally recognized standards exist, the bases for calibration shall be documented.

Records of calibrations shall be Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary Slightly different words, but same maintained and equipment suitably Requirements for Control of intent.

marked so that the calibration status Measuring and Test Equipment" can be determined.

Paragraph 5 Records shall be maintained and equipment shall be suitably marked to indicate calibration status.

Records of calibration shall be These words not in NQA-1 included in inspection and test results where applicable.

Measures shall be taken to assure Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary Slightly different words, but same proper handling, storage, and care of Requirements for Control of intent.

the measuring and test equipment Measuring and Test Equipment" after calibration in order to maintain the required accuracy of such equipment. Paragraph 4 Measuring and test equipment shall be properly handled and stored to maintain accuracy.

When measuring and test equipment is Supplement 12S-1 "Supplementary NQA-1 does not include the word found to be out of calibration, an Requirements for Control of "mechanical" and "since the last evaluation shall be made of the validity Measuring and Test Equipment" calibration check".

of previous inspection or test results and the acceptability of mechanical Paragraph 3.2 Slightly different wording. Same intent items inspected or tested since the last and effect.

calibration check. When measuring and test equipment is found to be out of calibration, an evaluation shall be made and documented of the validity of previous inspection or test results and the acceptability of items previously inspected or tested.

Where necessary to determine the. 4.1 Planning The effect of the 4.1 requirements is to acceptability of items or data, the A plan shall be developed outlining establish the necessity and methods required original inspections or tests or the work to be performed and the for such inspections or tests ifthey are applicable portions thereof shall be work procedures or instructions deemed to be required.

repeated using properly calibrated required to comply with the equipment. In the event that the status requirements of the defined work of equipment precludes using the scope.

originally specified methods, Planning shall include a review of the equipment or procedures, alternate structure, system or component inspections or tests agreeable to the design/procurement specifications, 9 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 materials, lists, drawings, used. construction work plans, and schedules to ensure that fabrication, installation, modification, inspection, testing, etc., activities have been incorporated; that the work can be accomplished as specified; and that time and resources, plus training, are sufficient to accomplish the work in accordance with the specified requirements.

Planning shall define the operations to be performed, the systematic sequential progression of operations,

-and the overall measures to be employed to preserve the quality of the work.

2.9 Prerequisites 2.2 Prerequisites OK The following minimum conditions shall The following minimum conditions have been met or evidence thereof shall have been met, or evidence shall be available as applicable before thereof shall be available as appli-the requirements set forth in this cable, before the requirements set standard are applied: forth in Subpart 2.8 are applied.

a. Qualification of individuals, (a) Qualification of individuals, OK organizations and procedures have organizations, and procedures have been completed in accordance with the been completed in accordance with requirements of applicable codes and the requirements of applicable codes standards, and standards.

b. Systems have been designed and (b) Systems have been designed OK engineered in accordance with and engineered in accordance with applicable codes, standards and applicable codes, standards, and specifications, specifications.

c. Materials have been selected and (c) Materials have been selected OK equipment has been fabricated and and equipment has been fabricated assembled in accordance with the and assembled in accordance with design specifications and the the design specifications and the applicable published codes and applicable published codes and standards, the conformance to which standards ,the conformance to which has been demonstrated by the has been demonstrated by the responsible organization, responsible organization.

d. Engineering limitations, as (d) Engineering limitations, as OK applicable, have been incorporated in applicable, have been incorporated in the procedures and instructions. These the procedures and instructions.

limitations and requirements shall These limitations and requirements include, as a minimum, installation, shall include, as a minimum, testing, and on-site fabrication installation, testing, and on-site processes such as cleaning, welding, fabrication processes such as nondestructive examination and cleaning, welding, nondestructive parameters such as pressure, flow, examination, and parameters such as speed, load limits (static and dynamic), pressure, flow, speed, load limits travel limits, physical clearances, (static and dynamic), travel limits, control and alarm settings, en- physical clearances, control and vironmental and thermal limits which alarm settings, and environmental are included in design specifications, and thermal limits, which are included manufacturer's data sheets, instruction in design specifications, manual and design reports. manufacturer's data sheets, instruction manual, and design reports.

e. To substantiate (b) and (c) above, (e) To substantiate (b) and (c) N45.2.8 uses the term "construction the following documents relating to the above, the following documents site" whereas NQA-1 uses the term specific stage of installation activity for relating to the specific stage of "work site". Same intent and effect.

the item shall be available at the con- installation activity for the item shall struction site: be available at the work site:

(1) The latest applicable approved- (1) the latest applicable OK for-construction drawings. approved-for construction drawings 10 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 instructions, instructions (4) Installation procedures. (4) installation procedures OK (5) Evidence of compliance by (5) evidence of compliance by OK manufacturer with purchase manufacturer with purchase requirements, including quality assur- requirements, including quality assur-ance requirements. ance requirements (6) Evidence that engineering or (6) evidence that engineering OK design changes are documented and or design changes are documented approved prior to installation, and approved prior to installation (7) Records of inspections and tests (7) records of inspections and OK during on-site receiving, storage and tests during on-site receiving, handling. storage, and handling (8) Release of mechanical items for (8) release of mechanical OK installation, items for installation (9) Evidence that nonconformances (9) evidence that nonconformances OK have been satisfactorily resolved or have been satisfactorily resolved or controlled. controlled

3. PRE-INSTALLATION 3 PREINSTALLATION OK VERIFICATION VERIFICATION 3.1 General 3.1 General Prior to the actual Prior to the actual installation of installation of mechanical items, there mechanical items, there are certain are certain preliminary inspections, preliminary inspections, checks and checks, and similar activities that similar activities that shall be shall be completed to verify that the completed to verify that the item and item and the installation area conform the installation area conform to to specified requirements, and the specified requirements and the necessary resources are available to necessary resources are available to assure that the quality of the assure that the quality of the mechanical item will be maintained as mechanical item will be maintained as the installation proceeds.

the installation proceeds.

The quality requirements and quality The quality requirements and quality OK assurance actions that are necessary assurance actions that are necessary during installation shall be reviewed during installation shall be reviewed and planned so that they are and planned so that they are understood by responsible individuals, understood by responsible individuals.

3.2 Identification 3.2 Identification OK Checks shall be made to verify that the Checks shall be made to verify that identity of received mechanical the identity of received mechanical materials and equipment has been materials and equipment has been maintained and is in accordance with maintained and is in accordance with the latest approved-for-construction the latest approved-for-construction drawings, equipment lists, drawings, equipment lists, specifications and established specifications, and established procedures. procedures.

If these checks disclose apparent loss Ifthese checks disclose apparent OK of identification, the identity shall be loss of identification, the identity shall reaffirmed prior to release for be reaffirmed prior to release for installation, installation.

Checks shall be made to verify that a Checks shall be made to verify that a OK control system for maintaining control system for maintaining identification of mechanical items identification of mechanical items throughout installation has been through installation has been established including provisions for established, including provisions for control of substitution or exchange of control of substitution or exchange of equipment or materials, equipment or materials.

The procedures for control of The procedures for control of OK identification shall provide a system of identification shall provide a system traceability to drawings, specifications of traceability to drawings, or other records when identification or specifications, or other records when 11 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.8

,I'l'.. i' II.W U- U- U..... ' luCl ILIIIl,O*LIUI UI I Ilal P.11 I*:O{ I UOLI UA removed from an item. destroyed, hidden, or removed from an item.

3.3 Processes and Procedures 3.3 Processes and Procedures OK Consistent with the construction Consistent with the construction activities schedule, inspections or activities schedule, inspections, or checks shall be performed to verify checks shall be performed to verify that processes and procedures are that processes and procedures are ready when needed for use in the ready when needed for use in the installation of mechanical items. installation of mechanical items.

These inspections or checks shall These inspections or checks shall OK include, but not be limited to the include, but not be limited to, the following verifications: following verifications.

a. Approved procedures, drawings, (a) Approved procedures, drawings, OK manuals or other work instructions are manuals, or other work instructions provided to the installer at the are provided to the installer at the construction site. work site.

b. Special instructions and checklists (b) Special instructions and OK as required are available at the checklists as required are available at installation area or attached to the the installation area or attached to item. the item.

c. Approved procedures and (c) Approved procedures and OK instructions for special processes such instructions for special processes as coating, welding, heat treating and such as coating, welding, heat nondestructive examination are treating, and nondestructive available at the site. examination are available at the site.

d. Where applicable, personnel, (d) Where applicable, personnel, OK procedures and instructions shall have procedures, and instructions shall been qualified through the preparation have been qualified through the of workmanship standards, samples, preparation of workmanship or mockups that simulate actual job standards, samples, or mockups that conditions, simulate actual job conditions.

e. Installation preparations have been (e) Installation preparations have OK completed, including such tasks as been completed, including such tasks removal of packaging, conditioning, as removal of packaging, condi-cleaning, and preliminary positioning. tioning, cleaning, and preliminary positioning.

f. Jigs, fixtures and equipment for (f0 Jigs, fixtures, and equipment for OK special processes, if required, are special processes, if required, are available at the site and conform to available at the site and conform to specified requirements. specified requirements.

g. Equipment for handling and (g) Equipment for handling and OK placement of mechanical items is placement of mechanical items is available at the site and is adequate to available at the site and is adequate perform the work in accordance with to perform the work in accordance specified requirements. with specified requirements.

h. Warnings and safety notices, (h) Wamings and safety notices OK appropriate to the activity, are posted. appropriate to the activity are posted.

3.4 Physical Condition 3.4 Physical Condition OK Inspections or checks as appropriate Inspections or checks, as shall be performed to verify that appropriate, shall be performed to mechanical items at the installation are verify that mechanical items at the in accordance with the specified re- installation are in accordance with the quirements and that quality has been specified requirements and that maintained, quality has been maintained.

These inspections or checks shall These inspections or checks shall OK include, but not be limited to, the include, but not be limited to, the following verifications: following verifications.

a. Protective measures and physical (a) Protective measures and physical OK integrity during storage have been integrity during storage have been maintained in conformance with maintained in conformance with specified requirements. specified requirements.

12 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.8 ANSI N45.2.8 - 1975 NQA-1 (1994) Subpart 2.8 ~ Commenets (except where noted) (NOTE: OK signifies kdentical or

_ _ _ _ _ _ _nearly identical wording) *

b. Nonconformances have been (b) Nonconformances have been OK satisfactorily dispositioned or satisfactorily dispositioned or controlled, controlled.

c. Items have been cleaned in (c) Items have been cleaned in OK accordance with specified accordance with specified requirements. requirements.

3.5 Site Conditions 3.5 Site Conditions OK Inspections or checks as appropriate Inspections or checks, as shall be performed to verify that appropriate, shall be performed to conditions of the installation area verify that conditions of the conform to specified requirements and installation area conform to specified precautions have been taken to requirements and precautions have prevent conditions that will adversely been taken to prevent conditions that affect the quality of the item during will adversely affect the quality of the installation, items during installation.

These inspections or checks shall These inspections or checks shall OK include, but not be limited to, the include, but not be limited to, following to verify that: verification of the following.

a. Protection from adjacent (a) Protection from adjacent OK construction activities being provided construction activities is being including implementation of appro- provided, including implementation of priate exclusion and area cleanness appropriate exclusion and area requirements. cleanness requirements.

b. Protection from inclement weather (b) Protection from inclement OK and other ambient conditions adverse weather and other ambient conditions to quality is being provided, adverse to quality is being provided.

c. Materials that may be deleterious (c) Materials that may be OK to the mechanical items being deleterious to the mechanical items installed, are controlled, being installed are controlled.

d. Installation of the mechanical item (d) Installation of the mechanical OK will not adversely affect the item will not adversely affect the subsequent installation of materials subsequent installation of materials and equipment and that repair or and equipment, and repair or rework rework on any nonconforming items on any nonconforming items can be can be performed satisfactorily. performed satisfactorily.

e. Nonconformances for adjacent (e) Nonconformances for adjacent OK items have been dispositioned or items have been dispositioned or controlled, controlled.

f. Adequate permanent or approved (0 Adequate permanent or OK temporary supports and mountings approved temporary supports and have been installed that will properiy mountings have been installed that interface with the mechanical item. will properly interface with the mechanical item.

g. Mating parts such as couplings (g) Mating parts such as couplings OK and flanges are properiy positioned and flanges are properly positioned and conditioned, and conditioned.

h. Servicing or maintenance activity (h) Servicing or maintenance activity OK related to installation has been related to installation has been performed. performed.

4. CONTROL DURING 4 CONTROL DURING NQA-1 uses "Checking, inspection, INSTALLATION PROCESS INSTALLATION PROCESS and examination of testing..." This is considered to be a typographical error.

4.1 General 4.1 General Checking, inspection, examination or Checking, inspection, and testing activities shall be performed examination of testing activities shall during the installation of mechanical be performed during the installation items to assure that the required of mechanical items to assure that quality is being obtained in accordance the required quality is being obtained with prescribed procedures. in accordance with prescribed proce-dures.

13 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1 -1994, Subpart 2.8 systematic manner to assure a systematic manner to assure surveillance thoughout the installation surveillance throughout the process. installation process.

A procedure shall be provided for the A procedure shall be provided for the OK coordination and sequencing of these coordination and sequencing of these activities at established inspection activities at established inspection points in successive stages of points in successive stages of installation, installation.

A method shall be implemented to A method shall be implemented to OK assure that engineering and design assure that engineering and design changes are documented and changes during installation are controlled during installation, documented and controlled.

4.2 Process and Procedure Control 4.2 Process and Procedures OK Control Checks shall be made .to verify that a Checks shall be made to verify that a OK system of controls has been system of controls has been established and is being maintained at established and is being maintained the construction site to assure the at the construction site to assure the following: following.

a. The applicable revision of approved (a) The applicable revision of OK procedures, drawings and instructions approved procedures, drawings, and are being followed, instructions is being followed.

b. Qualified and approved processes, (b) Qualified and approved OK materials, tools and other equipment processes, materials, tools, and other are being used by qualified personnel. equipment are being used by quali-fied personnel.

c. The status of installation, (c) The status of installation, OK inspections, examinations or tests is inspections, examinations, or tests is clearly indicated or identified in in- clearly indicated or identified in in-spection records. spection reports.

d. The installation, inspection and (d) The installation, inspection, and OK testing sequence is being maintained, testing sequences are being maintained.

e. Identification, appropriate (e) Identification, appropriate N45.2.8 uses term "are being segregation, and disposition of segregation, and disposition of controlled" whereas NQA-1 uses term nonconforming items are being nonconforming items are being main- "are being maintained".

controlled. tained.

Differently worded. Same intent and effect.

f. "As-built" information is being (f) As-built information is being OK processed. processed.

g. Inspection and test reports are (g) Inspection and test reports are OK current, accurate and complete. current, accurate, and complete.

4.3 Examination Supplement 9S-1 "Supplementary N45.2.8 provides examples of Requirements forControl of nondestructive examinations.

Nondestructive examinations, when Processes" required, shall be performed to Same intent and effect.

approved applicable procedures. Ex- Paragraph 3 amples of these examinations are liquid penetrant, magnetic particle, Each special process shall be ultrasonic, eddy current and radi- performed in accordance with ography. appropriate instructions which include or reference procedure, personnel, and equipment qualification requirements.

4.4 Inspection 4.3 Inspection OK Inspections of the work areas and the Inspections of the work areas and the work in progress shall be performed to work in progress shall be performed verify that mechanical items are being to verify that mechanical items are located, installed, assembled or con- being located, installed, assembled, nected in compliance with the latest or connected in compliance with the

.14 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 JlVOJ vv I Iu-

- AvI C..

U U*LLRJ JI a aVVIIII*O, ICLUCI. 0 1

Jj tJV0U-IU.~XI-C lLlbil manufacturers' instructions, codes, drawings, manufacturer's installation instructions and instructions, and procedures.

orocedures.

Inspections performed shall include as Inspections performed shall include OK appropriate, but not be limited to, the as appropriate, but not be limited to, following: the following:

a. Identification. (a) identification OK

b. Location and orientation of (b) location and orientation of OK components. components

c. Leveling and alignment. (c) leveling and alignment OK

d. Clearances and tolerances. (d) clearances and tolerances OK

e. Tightness of connections and (e) tightness of connections and OK fastenings. fastenings

f. Fluid levels and pressures. (f) fluid levels and pressures OK

g. Absence of leakage. (g) absence of leakage OK

h. Physical integrity. (h) physical integrity OK

i. Cleanness. (i) cleanness OK

j. Welding operations including 0() welding operations, including OK materials and process controls, materials and process controls, adequate purging, and the removal of adequate purging, and the removal of purge dams on completion, purge dams on completion

k. Adequacy of protective measures to (k) adequacy of protective measures OK assure that the item will not be to assure that the item will not be damaged during installation, damaged during installation I. Adequacy of housekeeping, barriers (I) adequacy of housekeeping, OK and protective equipment to assure barriers, and protective equipment to that items will not be damaged or assure that items will not be contaminated as a result of adjacent damaged or contaminated as a result construction activities, of adjacent construction activities 4.5 Installation Checks 4.4 Installation Checks OK Checks shall be performed to verify Checks shall be performed to verify that mechanical items have been that mechanical items have been correctly installed and will function correctly installed and will function properly so that the initial starting of properly so that the initial starting of items and preoperational testing can items and preoperational testing can proceed with a minimum amount of proceed with a minimum amount of problems and delays. problems and delays.

If construction or associated activity If construction or associated activity OK affects the results of these checks, the affects the results of these checks, checks shall be repeated if necessary the checks shall be repeated, if to assure that the quality has not been necessary, to assure that the quality adversely affected. has not been adversely affected.

These activities shall include as These activities shall include as OK appropriate, but not be limited to, the appropriate, but not be limited to, the following: following.

a. Checkout procedures are prepared (a)

Checkout procedures are OK and approved to verify correctness of prepared and approved to verify installation and ability to function, correctness of installation and ability to function.

b. Proper greasing or lubrication has (b) Proper greasing or OK been completed. lubrication has been completed.

c. Lubricating and cooling water (c) Lubricating and cooling OK systems are in service, water systems are in service.

d. Protection strainers are installed (d) Protection strainers are OK where necessary. installed where necessary.

e. Rotation of prime movers is correct. (e) Rotation of prime movers is OK correct.

f. Electrical circuits, controls and relay (0 Electrical circuits, controls, OK settings are correct. and relay settings are correct.

g. Phasing of electrical busses is (g) Phasing of electrical buses OK correct. is correct.

h. Instrumentation is calibrated and in (h) Instrumentation is OK 15 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8

j. Casings, reservoirs, etc. are primed, 0) Casings, reservoirs, etc., OK vented and filled, are primed, vented, and filled.

k. Proper communications are (k) Proper communications OK established for control, are established for control.

I. Tags are issued, where appropriate, (I) Tags are issued, where OK for isolationand control. appropriate, for isolation and control.

m. Piping system alignment is correct. (M) Piping system alignment is OK correct.

n. Pipe hanger placement is correct (n) Pipe hanger placement is OK and hangers will function properly. correct and hangers will function properly.

o. Seismic anchors and restraints are (o) Seismic anchors and OK properly installed. restraints are properly installed.

p. Valve glands and packing are (p) Valve glands and packing OK installed, are installed.

q. Pneumatic lines have been blown. (q) Pneumatic lines have been OK blown.

r. Valve stroking, actuation and (r) Valve stroking, actuation, OK settings are proper. and settings are proper.

s. Pump seals andpacking are (s) Pump seals and packing OK properly installed, are properly installed.

t. Limit switches, interlocks and stops (t) Limit switches, interlocks, OK are properly adjusted and set. and stops are properly adjusted and set.

4.5.1 Cleaning. Installed systems and 4.4.1 Cleaning. Installed systems N45.2.8 states according to the components shall be cleaned, flushed and components shall be cleaned, requirements of ANSI N45.2.1 and conditioned according to the flushed, and conditioned according to whereas NQA-1 states according to requirements of ANSI N45.2.1. Special applicable requirements. Special applicable requirements.

attention shall be given to the following attention shall be given to the requirements: following requirements. See 2.4 above.

a. Chemical Conditioning. (a) Chemical Conditioning. OK Procedures shall be prepared including Procedures shall be prepared the scope, acceptance criteria, se- including the scope, acceptance quence, temperatures, soak periods criteria, sequence, temperatures, and neutralizing solutions to be used. soak periods, and neutralizing solutions to be used.

Checks shall be made to verify Checks shall be made to verify that OK that the proper chemicals at the the proper chemicals at the designated strength and temperature designated strength and temperature are being used in the conditioning are being used in the conditioning operations operations.

Other operations shall be performed as Other operations shall be performed OK specified in Paragraph 4.5.1.c. as specified in (c) below.

b. Flushing.Procedures shall be (b) Flushing.Procedures shall be OK prepared including routes, boundaries, prepared including routes, velocities and acceptance criteria, boundaries, velocities and restoration, and layup for high integrity acceptance criteria, restoration, and systems where appropriate. layup for high integrity systems, where appropriate.

Checks shall be made to verify that Checks shall be made to verify that OK mechanical items are being flushed in mechanical items are being flushed accordance with specified in accordance with specified requirements so that contaminants or requirements so that contaminants or flow velocities will not adversely affect flow velocities will not adversely subsequent operations. affect subsequent operations.

Other operations shall be performed as Other operations shall be performed OK specified in Paragraph 4.5.1 .c. as specified in (c) below.

c. ProcessControls. Checks shall (c) Process Controls.Checks shall OK be performed to verify that controls are be performed to verify that controls functioning for the following: are functioning for the following:

(1) Removal and installation of parts or (1) removal and installation of parts OK 16 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 UI 1A..II I jJJ~ 1

, I tO OU*I I001* II IOO1 III 4

orifice plates and valve internals that devices, orifice plates, and valve are removed from the system to internals that are removed from the L hf-m tn f , fl_ _ilif_ _ _ __hin_ _

(2) Installation and removal of (2) installation and removal of OK temporary strainers, blind flanges, and temporary strainers, blind flanges, piping: and piping; (3) Isolation of sensitive (3) isolation of sensitive OK instrumentation, instrumentation; (4) Water and chemical quality. (4) water and chemical quality; OK (5) Acceptance data, specimens, or (5) acceptance data, specimens, or OK progressive samples if required. progressive samples, if required.

Where appropriate for disassembly Where appropriate for disassembly OK and reassembly of components, and reassembly of components, procedures or instructions shall be procedures or instructions shall be prepared or manufacturer's technical prepared or manufacturer's technical manuals shall be used to assure manuals shall be used to assure adherence to match marks, protection adherence to match marks, of seats and proper reassembly and to protection of seats, and proper preclude damage to the component. reassembly and to preclude damage to the component.

4.5.2 Pressure Testing. Checks 4.4.2 Pressure Testing. Checks OK shall be made to verify that mechanical shall be made to verify that items are being pressure tested in mechanical items are being pressure accordance with specified tested in accordance with specified requirements to assure that the requirements to assure that the strength and integrity of the installed strength and integrity of the installed systems or portions thereof conform to systems or portions thereof conform specified requirements. to specified requirements.

The purpose of the test, scope, test The purpose of the test, scope, test OK boundary, duration for inspection, boundary, duration for inspection, acceptance criteria, restoration, and acceptance criteria, restoration, and layup shall be clearly established and layup shall be clearly established and documented. documented.

Checks shall include, but not be limited Checks shall include, but not be OK to, the following: limited to, the following.

a. Appropriate pressures, (a) Appropriate pressures, OK temperatures, water chemistry, and temperatures, water chemistry, and pressure test cycles are established, pressure test cycles are established.

b. Sufficient time at test pressure is (b) Sufficient time at test pressure is OK specified to determine acceptance specified to determine acceptance.

c. Provisions are available to protect (c) Provisions are available to protect OK and isolate instrumentation during and isolate instrumentation during hydrostatic testing. hydrostatic testing.

d. Items external to test boundary are (d) Items external to test boundary OK protected to prevent inadvertent are protected to prevent inadvertent overpressurization. overpressurization.

e. Relief devices are controlled to (e) Relief devices are controlled to OK prevent system overpressurization. prevent system overpressurization.

f. Gagging and ungagging of relief (0) Gagging and ungagging of relief OK valves, valves.

g. Piping and equipment supports have (g) Piping and equipment supports OK hydrostatic pins installed where have hydrostatic pins installed where applicable for testing and removed applicable for testing and are to be upon completion of testing. removed upon completion of testing.

(h) Evidence of calibration of test These words are not included in gages. N45.2.8 4.6 Care of Items 4.5 Care of Items OK Items on which inspection and testing Items on which inspection and testing activities are being performed shall be activities are being performed shall protected from personnel traffic, be protected from personnel traffic, weather, and adjacent construction weather, and adjacent construction activities such as sandblasting, acid activities such as sandblasting, acid cleaning, welding, jack hammering, cleaning, welding, jack hammering, 17 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 chipping, burning and stress relieving that would adversely affect the quality relieving, which would adversely of the item or test results. affect the quality of the item or test results.

Such protection shall be provided Such protection shall be provided OK through good cleanliness and through good cleanliness and housekeeping practices, temporary housekeeping practices, temporary packaging, erection of barriers, packaging, erection of barriers, protective covers, and walkways as protective covers, and walkways, as required in accordance with required.

Subsection 2.6.

Temporary use of equipment or Temporary use of equipment or OK facilities to which this standard applies facilities to which this Part applies that are to become part of the that are to become part of the com-completed project may be desirable. pleted project may be desirable.

Authorization for such usage shall be Authorization for such usage shall be OK as provided for in the contract or by as provided for in the contract or by written approval from the responsible written approval from the responsible organization, organization.

Such temporary use shall not subject Such temporary use shall not subject OK the equipment or systems to conditions the equipment or systems to for which they were not designed. conditions for which they were not designed.

The temporary use authorization shall The temporary use authorization OK include: shall include:

(1)conditions of use or operation; (a) conditions of use or operation; OK.

(2) maintenance requirements; and (b) maintenance requirements; and OK (3) inspections and tests as required to (c) inspections and tests as required OK maintain operability and quality during to maintain operability and quality period of temporary use of the item. during the period of temporary use of item.

When temporary use is completed, When temporary use is completed, NQA-1 adds the word "most".

conditions of temporary use shall be conditions of temporary use shall be evaluated to verify that the permanent evaluated to verify that the plant equipment continues to satisfy permanent plant equipment the specified requirements. continues to satisfy the most specified requirements.

5. INSTALLED SYSTEMS 5 INSTALLED SYSTEMS OK INSPECTION AND TESTS INSPECTION AND TESTS 5.2 General 5.1 General Following the installation of mechanical Following the installation of items, the checking, inspection; and mechanical items, the checking testing activities shall be performed to inspection and testing activities shall verify that the completed systems are be performed to verify that the in conformance with specified completed systems are in requirements. conformance with specified requirements.

This is a final verification that the This is a final verification that the OK requirements defined by licensing requirements defined by licensing commitments, drawings, specifications commitments, drawings, and other contract documents are specifications, and other contract reflected in the completed installation, documents are reflected in the completed installation.

It is also a time to verify that field It is also a time to verify that field OK modifications and other changes made modifications and other changes and controlled during installation, made and controlled during activities have been incorporated in the installation activities have been "as-built" documents. incorporated in the as-built documents.

Controls shall be provided for the Controls shall be provided for the OK 18 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 identification, documentation, and resolution of nonconformances resolution of nonconformances di'~rln~qn hvj in.onr.tionn' or tp'.qt.* di.wnlns*rd hv insne~ctions or tests.

Tests shall be conducted on completed Tests shall be conducted on OK plant systems. completed plant systems.

Test procedures shall identify Test procedures shall identify OK prerequisites for system testing prerequisites for system testing, including required completed construc- including required completed con-tion activities. struction activities.

The test procedure shall identify and The test procedures shall identify and OK describe any temporary or simulated describe any temporary or simulated condition or equipment. condition or equipment.

If not previously planned, a If not previously planned, a OK documented notice shall be prepared documented notice shall be prepared and issued with approval of the and issued with approval of the responsible organization stating the responsible organization stating the substitutions that existed for the test. substitutions that existed for the test.

Written verification shall also be Written verification shall also be OK provided that temporary installations provided that temporary installations have been satisfactorily replaced by have been satisfactorily replaced by the permanent installations, permanent installations.

Checks and inspections shall be Checks and inspections shall be OK performed to verify the operational performed to verify the operational readiness and completeness of coin- readiness and completeness of com-ponents and systems. These systems ponents and systems. These or partial systems shall be identified, systems or partial systems shall be tagged and released for operational identified, tagged, and released for testing. operational testing.

These checks and inspections shall be These checks and inspections shall OK performed to verify the following as a be performed to verify the following, minimum: as a minimum.

a. Equipment and materials have not (a) Equipment and materials have OK sustained external physical damage. not sustained external physical damage.

b. The installation has been made in (b) The installation has been made OK accordance with specified in accordance with specified requirements. requirements.

c. All nonconforming items have (c) All nonconforming items have OK been satisfactorily dispositioned. been satisfactorily dispositioned.

d. Internal and external restrictions (d) Internal and external restrictions OK and obstructions to flow and full travel and obstructions to flow and full have been removed, travel have been removed.

e. Supports and restraints are (e) Supports and restraints are OK properly installed. properly installed.

f. Interfacing connections with (f0) Interfacing connections with OK adjacent systems are compatible. adJacent systems are compatible.

g. Original materials and component (g) Original materials and OK identification has been preserved with component identification have been provisions for traceability throughout preserved with provisions for trace-the installed systems. ability throughout the installed systems.

h. Safety features such as interlocks, (h) Safety features such as OK cable separation, guards, warning interlocks, cable separations, guards, devices, and lockouts have been warning devices, and lockouts have installed, are being used and comply been installed, are being used, and with applicable codes and regulations, comply with applicable codes and regulations.

i. Temporary connections such as (i) Temporary connections, such as OK jumpers and bypass lines and jumpers and bypass lines, and temporary trip points of control equip- temporary trip points of control ment are identified and documented so equipment are identified and that their final condition can be verified, documented so that their final condition can be verified.

j. System water chemistry is (I) System water chemistry is OK appropriate for operational testing. appropriate for operational testing.

19 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 re.u.. ets.. have b...en

-.. aintai reauirements have been maintained. reauirements have been maintained.

I. Permits and authorizations have (I) Permits and authorizations have OK been obtained, been obtained.

5.3 Preoperational Testing 5.2 Preoperational Testing OK This testing involves the operation of This testing involves the operation of all items in a system, partial systems all items in a system(s) or partial or systems to assure that operation is system(s) to assure that operation is in accordance with the design criteria in accordance with the design criteria and functional requirements. The and functional requirements. The testing shall include, but not be limited testing shall include, but not be to, the following: limited to, the following:

a. Systems integrity. (a) systems integrity; OK

b. In-line instrument installation is (b) in-line instrument installation is OK consistent with specified flow consistent with specified flow directions. directions;

c. Sensing lines are phased (c) sensing lines are phased OK correctly to in-line elements and correctly to in-line elements and sensors. sensors;

d. Service requirements for initial (d) service requirements for initial OK operation such as flow alignment, operation such as flow alignments, limiting flow orificing and relief limiting flow orificing, and relief devices have been performed. devices have been performed;

e. Operation of controls, valves, (e) operation of controls, valves, OK dampers, operators, and load dampers, operators, and load limiting limiting devices. devices;

f. Rotating equipment (motors, (f) rotating equipment (motors, OK pumps, blowers)- rotation, pumps, blowers), rotation, speed, speed, vibration, noise, and no- vibration, noise, and no-load opera-load operation. tion;

g. Handling equipment-load tests (g) handling equipment (load tests of OK of cranes, hoists, conveyors, cranes, hoists, conveyors, hooks, hooks, and handling adaptors, handling adapters, and accessories);

and accessories.

h. Containment systems. (h) containment systems; OK

i. Air handling systems. (i) air handling systems; OK

j. Fuel storage and handling ") fuel storage and handling OK systems. systems;

k. Reactor components handling (k) reactor component handling OK systems. systems;

1. Instrument air systems. (I) instrument air systems; OK

m. Fluid service systems. (m) fluid service systems; OK

n. Waste effluent systems. (n) waste effluent systems; OK

o. Auxiliary building systems. (0) auxiliary building systems. OK Where mechanical equipment and Where mechanical equipment and OK systems interface with, and their systems interface with, and their operation must coordinate with, non- operation must coordinate with, non-mechanical equipment or systems, the mechanical equipment or systems, test performed shall include verifying the test performed shall include the compatibility of interfacing verifying the compatibility of equipment and functions. interfacing equipment and functions.

For additional information on Guidance only. Wording does not inspections, tests and procedures, see establish requirements.

Section 6 of ANSI N18.7.

5.4 Cold Functional Tests 5.3 Cold Functional Tests OK These tests follow preoperational These tests follow preoperational testing of individual systems including testing of individual systems, reactor coolant systems. including reactor coolant systems.

This testing shall be performed to This testing shall be performed to OK obtain operational data of equipment obtain operational data of equipment with maximum allowable simultaneous and maximum allowable operation of interfacing systems and simultaneous operation of interfacing equipment and final verification of systems and equipment, the final 20 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 tunctional perrormance Ot tnese verification of functional performance sYstems. of these systems.

5.3.1 Reactor Coolant System 5.3.1 Reactor Coolant System OK Hydrostatic Tests. As applicable to Hydrostatic Tests. As applicable to the reactor system type, hydrostatic reactor system type, hydrostatic tests tests to verify conformance to specified to verify conformance to specified requirements when performed on the requirements, when performed on the reactor coolant system, shall include reactor coolant system, shall include all or parts of connected systems all or parts of connected systems which cannot be isolated from the test which cannot be isolated from the pressure. test pressure.

The applicable test requirements are The applicable test requirements are OK contained in Section III of the Code. contained in Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

5.3.2 Functional and Flow Testing. 5.3.2 Functional and Flow OK The required individual systems shall Testing. The required individual be tested to demonstrate cold systems shall be tested to functional operability of individual demonstrate cold components, subsystems and functional operability of individual systems, and to demonstrate components, subsystems, and compatibility with other systems. systems, and to demonstrate compatibility with other systems.

These tests, where appropriate, shall These tests, where appropriate, shall OK demonstrate the following: demonstrate the following:

a. System pressure drop. (a) system pressure drop OK

b. Flow rate. (b) flow rate OK

c. Controls and throttling device (c) controls and throttling device OK settings. settings

d. Function of interlocks, alarms and (d) function of interiocks, alarms, and OK automatic features. automatic features

e. Instrument calibration. (e) instrument calibration OK

f. Setting of meter biases. (f) setting of meter biases OK

g. Systems stability. (g) system stability OK

h. Adequacy of pipe and equipment (h) adequacy of pipe and equipment OK support settings. support settings

i. Heat runs on rotating equipment. (i) heat runs on rotating equipment OK

j. Adequacy of ventilation, lubrication 0) adequacy of ventilation, OK and cooling systems under sustained lubrication, and cooling systems operating conditions. under sustained operating conditions

k. Ability to meet water chemistry (k) ability to meet water chemistry OK requirements. requirements 5.5 Hot Functional Tests 5.4 Hot Functional Tests OK These tests are not applicable to BWR These tests are not applicable to and HTGR nuclear plants because BWR and HTGR nuclear plants these plants use nuclear heat to because these plants use nuclear produce the system temperatures. heat to produce the system temperatures.

Hot functional tests for PWR plants Hot functional tests for PWR plants OK follow cold functional tests and follow cold function tests and simulate plant operating conditions at simulate plant operating conditions at elevated temperatures and pressures. elevated temperatures and pressures.

All auxiliary and support systems All auxiliary and support systems OK exclusive of those required for pre- exclusive of those required for criticality resting must be available for precriticality testing must be available these tests. for these tests.

If any of these systems are. not If any of these systems is not OK available, the responsible organization available, the responsible shall specifically authorize exclusion of organization shall specifically these systems or subsystems from authorize exclusion of these systems testing and document those from testing and document those exceptions, exceptions.

These systems shall include the These systems shall include the OK 21 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8

a. oystem pressure arop.

b. Flow rate.

c. Controls and throttling device (c) controls and throttling device OK settinas. settinas

d. Function of interlocks, alarms and (d) function of interlocks, alarms, OK automatic features. and automatic features

e. Instrument calibration. (e) instrument calibration OK

f. Setting of meter biases. (f) setting of meter biases OK

g. Systems stability. (g) system stability OK

h. . Adequacy of pipe and equipment (h) adequacy of pipe and equipment OK support settings. support settings

i. Heat runs on rotating equipment. (i) heat runs on rotating equipment OK

j. Verification of heat exchanger () verification of heat exchanger OK performance. performance

k. Verification of boron control (k) verification of boron control OK system performance. system performance I. Thermal insulation effectiveness. (I) thermal insulation effectiveness OK

m. Set points of temperature, (m) set points of temperature, OK pressure and level devices, pressure, and level devices

n. System heatup tests. (n) system heatup tests OK

o. System cooldown tests. (0) system cooldown tests OK

p. Hot flow tests. (p) hot flow tests OK

q. Setting protective devices. (q) setting protective devices OK

r. Hot clearances. (r) hot clearances OK

s. Vibration measurement of major (s) vibration measurements of major OK equipment and piping, as equipment and piping, as applicable applicable.

6. DATA ANALYSIS AND 6 DATA ANALYSIS AND OK EVALUATION EVALUATION Procedures shall be established for Procedures shall be established for processing inspection and test data processing inspection and test data and their analysis, evaluation, and final and their analysis, evaluation, and acceptance. final acceptance.

These procedures shall identify These procedures shall identify OK individuals or organizations individuals or organizations responsible for the acquisition and responsible for the acquisitions and reduction of inspection and test data reduction of inspection and test data, and evaluation against acceptance and evaluation against acceptance criteria, operating limits, and criteria, operating limits, and performance standards. performance standards.

The data processing procedure should The data processing procedure shall OK provide for preliminary evaluation to provide for preliminary evaluation to determine the validity of the inspection determine the validity of the and test results, and the inspection and test results and the appropriateness of continuing the appropriateness of continuing the in-inspection or test. spection or test.

The data shall be analyzed and The data shall be analyzed and eval- OK evaluated to verify completeness of uated to verify completeness of results, achievement of inspection and results, achievement of inspection test objectives, and operational and test objectives, and operational proficiency of equipment and systems; proficiency of equipment and to identify additional inspection or test systems; to identify additional requirements or both; and to identify inspection or test requirements or necessary changes to the installation both; and to identify necessary inspection or test procedures. changes to the installation inspection or test procedures.

Inspection and test results supported Inspection and test results supported OK by the inspection and test data, by the inspection and test data, together with a report of data analysis together with a report of data analysis and evaluation, shall be provides as and evaluation, shall be provided as specified in Section 7. specified in Section 7.

7. RECORDS 7 RECORDS NQA-1 deleted the word "completed" 22 of 24 7127/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 Record copies of completed Record copies of procedures, procedures; reports; required reports, required qualification No effect - a record is defined as qualification records; test equipment records, test equipment calibration being properly completed and calibration records; test deviation or records, test deviation or exception authenticated.

exception records; and inspection, records, and inspection, examination, examination and check records shall and check records shall be prepared.

be prepared.

These shall be placed with other These records shall be retained with N45.2.8 uses word "placed" whereas project records as required by code, other project records as required by NQA-1 uses word "retained".

standard, specification or project code, standard, specification, or procedures. project procedures. Same intent and effect.

Collection, storage and maintenance of Guidance only. Wording does not quality assurance records shall be in establish requirements.

accordance with ANSI N45.9. QAPP 4.17 "Quality Assurance Records" establishes requirements.

8. REVISION OF AMERICAN NQA-1 includes applicable provisions NATIONAL STANDARDS of these standards. No corresponding REFERRED TO IN THIS provision in NQA-1 for addressing DOCUMENT revisions is included or required.

When the following standards referred to in this document are superseded by a revision approved by the American National Standards Institute, the revi-sion is not mandatory until it has been incorporated as a part of this standard.

Revisions of the referenced standards, and revisions to this standard issued after the date of a specific contract invoking this standard may be used by mutual consent of the purchaser and the supplier.

N18.7-1972 Administrative Controls for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2-1971 Quality Assurance Program Require-ments for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.1 -1973 Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Asso-ciated Components During the Con-struction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.2-1972 Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants (During the Construction Phase)

N45.2.3-1973 Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2-6-1973 Qualifications of 23 of 24 7/27/10

Enclosure 4, Table 6 ANSI N45.2.8-1975 vs NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.8 inspecuion, :xami-nation and Testing Personnel for the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.9-1974 Requirements for Collection, Storage and Maintenance of Quality Assurance Records for Nuclear Power Plants N45.2.10-1973 Quality Assurance Terms and Definitions 24 of 24 7/27/10

ZS-2010-0199, Submittal of Quality Assurance Project Plan, ZS-QA-10

Contents

Text

Subject:

References:

Enclosures:

1.0 INTRODUCTION

7.0 REFERENCES

7.0 REFERENCES

Navigation menu

ZS-2010-0199, Submittal of Quality Assurance Project Plan, ZS-QA-10

Text

Subject:

References:

Enclosures:

1.0 INTRODUCTION

7.0 REFERENCES

7.0 REFERENCES

Navigation menu

Search